Home

ROC Polling Services User Manual (A6192)

Contents

1. 7 16 Figure 7 9 Data Item Security 7 16 Figure 7 10 Units Security dialog box 7 17 Figure 7 11 Units Security Level 7 17 Figure 7 12 Login dialog DOX 7 18 Figure 7 13 Displays Webserver screen 7 19 Figure 7 14 Calc Explorer blank 7 20 Figure 7 15 Calc Explorer Menu 7 21 Figure 7 16 Connect Wizard cccce 7 22 Figure 7 17 Newly Added ltem 7 23 Figure 7 18 Adding Inputs ccccccocccnnccco 7 24 Figure 7 19 Added Inputs oocccccccocccnncccno 7 24 Figure 7 20 Adding Outputs 008 7 25 Figure 7 21 Added Outputs ee 7 26 Figure 7 22 Saving a bitmap c e 7 27 Figure 8 1 PCSetup Error Message 8 2 Figure 8 2 Config Transfer screen 8 3 Figure 8 3 Config Transfer Send tab 8 5 Figure 8 4 Config Transfer Receive tab 8 6 Figure 8 5 Save As New Config dialog box 8 7 Figure 8 6 Config Transfer Logging tab 8 7 Figure 9 1 PCSetup Reports screen 9 2 Figure 9 2 PCSetup Reports screen with Edit A ed ercce eer ue Semele 9 3 Figure 9 3 Report Editor oooooomoooo 0 9 3 Figure 9 4 Select Config dialog box 9 4 Figure 9 5 Select Config dialog box 9 4 Figure 9 6 Report Editor
2. Stream 2 GAS DP Stream 3 GAS DP Temperature 115 Deg C BASE DENSITY General Flowrate Batching Upstream Conditions Flow Switching UPSTREAM PRESSURE UPSTR COMP ZA GC FWA STRO3 GAS CMPNT FWA F UPSTREAM TEMP STRO3 GAS CMPNT FWA F Time amp Flow Weighted Averag STRO3 FORWARD TFWA STROS REVERSE TFWA UPSTREAM DENSITY Downstream Upstream Correc STRO3 DOWN UP CORR T STRO3 DOWN UP CORR D Pipe Correction 1505167 ISOTR9464 Gas CV NX19 STRO3 NX 19 UPSTR STRO3 NX 19 STND Gas Composition Gas Properties DP Cell Input Conditioning j Stream 4 GAS DP Calculation Limits gt For Help press F1 Security Level 1 Figure 6 30 PTZ Compressibility screen 2 Complete the following fields Field Description 2 Pressure _ _ Sets pressure at base conditions The default is O Temperature Sets temperature at base conditions The default is 15 STD COMP Zs Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm BS limits for the standard compressibility Zs BASE DENSITY Displays a Calculation Result dialog box youuseto define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for the base density UPSTREAM Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to PRESSURE define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm o limits for the upstream pressure UPSTREAM Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to TE
3. 6 8 Figure 6 8 Gas Component Flow Weighted Averaging screen coooccncncconccnncncnonocnncncnncnncnnnnnos 6 9 Figure 6 9 Block Valves screen o o 6 11 Figure 6 10 Weighted Averaging screen 6 14 Figure 6 11 AGA8 Compressibility screen 6 16 Figure 6 12 Gas CV screen 6 18 Figure 6 13 Calorific Value screen 6 20 Figure 6 14 Gas CompositiON oo cccoo 6 21 Figure 6 15 Gas Properties ccccooocccocnncccccnos 6 25 Figure 6 16 LinearisatiON ocooccccnnnnnnccnncccno 6 28 Figure 6 17 Sampling Screen ccccccccccnnnnnno 6 29 Figure 6 18 Coriolis screen eeeeeeees 6 31 Figure 6 19 Downstream Upstream Correction A raea 6 35 Figure 6 20 Pipe Correction screen 6 37 Figure 6 21 AGA8 Compressibility screen 6 39 Figure 6 22 1505167 Mass Flowrate screen 6 41 Figure 6 23 ISOTR9464 Mass Flowrate screen os e 6 44 Figure 6 24 VCone Mass Flowrate screen 6 45 Figure 6 25 Annubar Mass Flowrate screen6 47 Figure 6 26 Pure Gas Air screen 6 49 Figure 6 27 Gas CV ISO6976 or GPA screen 6 51 Figure 6 28 SGERG Compressibility screen6 53 Figure 6 29 NX19 Compressibility screen 6 55 Figure 6 30 PTZ Compressibility screen 6 57 Figure 6 31 AGA3 Volume Flowrate screen 6 59 Figure 6 32 Gas Composition screen 6 61 Figure 6 33 GOST CV screen ccccccee 6 65 Figure 6 34 GOST Flow scree
4. File Edit View Tools Window Help Ds AE ta E oO tdi System Graphic System Setup 1 0 Setup METER PRESSURE Station 1 GAS Stream 1 GAS CORIOLIS Measurement Point UPSTREAM r stream 2 GAS DP General Density DOWNSTREAM DENSITY Batching Flow Switching DENS EXP CONSTANT GC FWA STRO2 GAS CMPNT FWA F STRO2 GAS CMPNT FWA F Pressure Temperature Time amp Flow Weighted Averag METER TEMP STROZ FORWARD TFWA STRO2 REVERSE TFWA Correction Type Downstream Upstream Correc STRO2 DOWN UP CORR T Measurement Point DOWNSTREAM ha STRO2 DOWN UP CORR OSS Pipe Correction TEMP ExP CONSTANT AGAS I5OTR9464 Joule Thompzon Gas CV AGAS Gas Composition Gas Properties AA A etn a For Help press F1 Security Level 1 tt Figure 6 19 Downstream Upstream Correction screen 3 Click the appropriate button or complete the following fields METER Displays an Analog Input dialog box you use to define PRESSURE various values for the analog input For further information refer to Section 4 3 Analog Inputs Measurement Indicates the source of flow data for pressure Point calculations Click w to display all valid values The default is UPSTREAM Note This represents the physical measurement point on the metering system DOWNSTREAM Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to DENSITY define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for downstream density Note This
5. 1 Click the icon next to the Open an existing configuration option on the Welcome to Config600 screen Figure 2 1 to opena previously created configuration file The Select Config screen displays Select Config Description lt nfa gt Config version Last Edited Contig Format hin orks EXE NN Da Figure 2 16 Select Config 2 18 PCSetup Editor Revised Jan 07 Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Note You can also access this screen by selecting File gt Open from the S600 PCSetup screen 2 Click the name of a configuration file in the left hand pane Note that the OK and Delete buttons in the right hand pane become active and the software completes the following fields Field Description Description Displays the description you assigned to this configuration in Step 1 of the configuration A MA O OO Config Version Indicates the number of times the configuration file has been edited and saved since its creation The system increments this number only when you save a configuration Last Edited Indicates the date the configuration was last a saved Config Format Identifies the template version number used to A _generate the configuration file Min VxWorks Identifies the minimum version of VxWorks that o supports the configuration file Cancel oo _ Cancels the action and closes this window 3 Click OK The system opens a configuration specific S600 PCSetup scre
6. Compress Uses the value obtained from compressibility calculations for the selected item This mode uses the calculation that was selected during the generation of the configuration Corrected Uses the value that has been corrected from one condition to another As an example the pipe diameter will be a calibrated diameter at a known temperature If the current temperature is different to the calibrated temperature the corrected pipe diameter will be the diameter corrected to current temperature conditions CV Uses the Calorific value for the selected item This mode uses the calculation that was selected during the generation of the configuration 6 166 Stream Configuration Revised Jan 07 Revised Jan 07 Mode Dens A Dens B Keypad Lastgood Measured Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Description Uses the value obtained from Densitometer A Used on the Density inputs Uses the value obtained from Densitometer B Used on the Density inputs Note This option is not valid if there is only a single densitometer configured Uses a value entered on the keypad or web access server interface or fallback value for the selected item Uses the lastgood value obtained from the input Used on the Analog and PRT RTD inputs Uses the measured value from a transmitter for the selected item The measured value is converted from the raw input prior to use AS an example a pressure input would be first seen by the flow comp
7. EEPROM FAIL Occurs when a Checksum failure has been detected in EPROM FAIL the Coriolis transmitter ERROR Occurs when the Coriolis transmitter has reported an A E i EVENT 1 Occurs when the Coriolis transmitter has reported that Event 1 is ON EVENT 2 Occurs when the Coriolis transmitter has reported that Event 2is ON ess FAIL IO x 1 7 Occurs when I O board x has failed to communicate 7 8 Advanced Setup Configuration Revised Jan 07 Revised Jan 07 Code FAIL A FAIL B FAIL CH_A FAIL CH_B FAIL CH_C FAIL CH_D FIXED VEL FATAL CRD FAIL WARN FRQ O RNGE H HH HIGH PRD H W FAIL INTEG FAIL I P ERR ILLEGAL IP O RNGE INVALID INC K_COMP L LL LINK x 1 10 LOW PRD LOW FLOW MA OP SAT Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Description Occurs when the densitometer frequency is below 1Hz or the measured period is outside the period Occurs when the densitometer frequency is below 1Hz or the measured period is outside the period limits or the calculated density is negative Occurs when the status byte for Chord A has at least one bit set in the range bit 14 to bit 15 Occurs when the status byte for Chord B has at least one bit set in the range bit 14 to bit 15 Occurs when the status byte for Chord C has at least Occurs when the status byte for Chord D has at least one bit set in the range bit 14 to bit 15 Occurs when a keypad entered flow velocity is in use Occurs when
8. Field Description Archive Displays the base time reports available for selection Click Period v to display the reports for selection Note When you select a report from this list and add it to the configuration file Config600 removes that report name from this listing Number of Indicates the number of instances of this report to save reports Note The total number of reports you can save is a function of the available storage on the S600 Config600 also uses a report buffer to store reports For example if you select 5 Config600 overwrites the first iteration of the generated report with the sixth Print when Indicates whether Config600 prints the report after Generated generating it Web history Indicates whether the selected report appears as an option in the Reports display on the Config600 webserver Web Indicates whether Config600 includes report data live as A e part of the webserver menu bar Preformatted Indicates whether Config600 uses its native HTML HTML formatting when displaying webserver based reports or your HTML formatting Select this box to use your HTML formatting for reports Note This is an advanced option Contact techical support for further information 5 Click OK when you are finished The Archive Configuration dialog box closes Config600 adds your report to the Base Time Reports listing 6 Complete the following if you added these reports Report Field Daily Complete the
9. Note The Translate function only translates stream or station data 1 Build the display structure you require for one stream or station This is the model structure Right click on another line and select Translate The Translate dialog box displays Translate Board z P154 PRY Station 1 LIQ US Stream 1 LG USTURB Stream 2 LG USTURB Board 2 P154 PRY Stream 3 PRY MMETELI Figure 10 7 Translate dialog box 3 Select a model stream or station from the left hand column and a target stream or station in the right hand column Config600 activates the OK button when you identify a target stream or station Click OK to apply the model structure to the target stream or station Display Editor Revised Jan 07 10 3 5 Save Config600 Lite Llte User Manual If you have changed any display content Config600 gives you the option of saving your changes through the Save option on the shortcut menu Establishing the habit of saving your work frequently is a highly recommended practice 10 3 6 Menu Page Clipboard The Display Editor has a built in clipboard that can store any number of menus and or pages This enables you to copy or move menus and pages by right clicking and using the shortcut menu To copy a page to the clipboard navigate to that page and select Menu Page gt Copy from the shortcut menu To copy a whole row of pages to the clipboard navigate to the menu above the row of pages
10. Stream Configuration Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 6 Click Alarms to Supress on Cutoff 1f you want to suppress alarms while the flowrate is below the Low Flow Cutoff value An Alarm Suppression dialog box displays Alarm Suppression Select each object to suppress alarms on STRO2 GUVOL FR Check alarms to suppress iw LL W L W H e HH 5TRO2GUYOL FA STROZ STO DENSITY Add Remove Figure 6 6 Alarm Suppression dialog box 7 Select an object for alarm suppression and then select the appropriate check boxes You can define up to 20 objects 8 Click OK when you finish The Flowrate Settings screen displays 9 If you are editing a liquid stream indicate values for the High Band and Low Band fields Flow switching and flow balancing use these values to determine if the stream is within allowable limits 10 Complete the PID Loop field to indicate the loop configured to control the flowrate through the selected stream Click w to display all valid values Note Be sure to configure the PID refer to Chapter 4 I O and Comms Configuration 11 Click in the hierarchy menu when you finish defining settings A confirmation dialog box displays s600ed 12 Click Yes to apply your changes The PCSetup screen displays Revised Jan 07 Stream Configuration 6 7 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 6 2 3 Flow Switching S600 PCSetup GasConfig1 File Edit View Tools Window Help
11. Zoom Out Save As Bitmap For Help press F1 Security Level 1 Figure 7 20 Adding Outputs 2 Click Add All Outputs The Calc Explorer displays all outputs for the selected item Revised Jan 07 Advanced Setup Configuration 7 25 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 7 26 600 PCSetup complex File Edit View Tools Window Help OD co El ea El System Graphic System Setup 1 0 Setup Station 1 LI Station 2 GA Stream 1 LIQ TURBINE Stream 2 LIQ TURBINE Stream 3 LIQ TURBINE Stream 4 PRV BALL Stream 5 GAS DP Stream 6 GAS DP Stream 7 GAS DP Stream 8 GAS ULTRASONIC Advanced Setup Conversions Constants Totals Descriptions Alarms Security Displays Webserver Calc Explorer For Help press F1 CO t 1 2 PRV04 M K F STRO4 PID MF CALC PRV04 PID KF Keypad Reals pls m3 Calculation Tables Keypad Reals pls m3 PRV04 M M F Keypad Reals Security Level 1 Figure 7 21 Added Outputs Note Use the Add Output menu option to add individual outputs to the screen Delete Item s Use this option to remove one or more selected items from the Calc Explorer screen Note Calc Explorer does not have an undo feature Once you delete 1 Right click an item to select it and display the menu 2 Click Delete Item s The menu closes and the item disappears from the screen To delete more than one item 1 Mov
12. Description Indicates the density units the S600 uses for the density correction calculations Click w to display all valid values The default is KG M3 DEG API Use degrees API KG M3 Use kilograms per cubic meter S G Use specific gravity Note See Table 6 1 for product selection Indicates the iteration type for the density correction calculations Valid values are ASTM use the iterative temperature and pressure correction as defined by ASTM API Chapter 12 or IP2 use the iterative temperature and pressure correction as defined in IP 2 ISO 91 1 Note For the DT TO BASE stream component the default is IP2 For the SEL TO BASE stream component the default is ASTM Indicates whether the S600 applies hydrometer correction values to the calculation Valid values are YES and NO the default is NO Indicates the type of petroleum product involved in the calculation Click w to display all valid values The default is A CRUDE o Indicates the specific CPL calculation the S600 uses Click w to display all valid values The default is API1221M Indicates whether the S600 rounds the calculation results Valid values are YES and NO the default is NO 6 125 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Field Reference Temp Alpha Description Indicates the reference temperature for the correction calculations The default is 15 degrees C Sets the coefficient of thermal expansion The default is O
13. ExampleZ File Edit View Tools Window Help D oe ted Sa E DO t 18 System Graphic System Setup Averaging Mode ALL y I O Setup Station 1 LIQ STN TEMP STN PRESS Flowrate Flow Balance Setup Stream 1 LIQ CORIOLIS Stream 2 LIQ CORIOLIS Stream 3 PRV MMETER Advanced Setup Security Level 1 Figure 5 10 Average Temp amp Pressure 2 Select an averaging mode Click w to display all valid options Value Description All Average the pressure and temperature of all streams coer Gardess of status 2222 All Online Average the pressure and temperature of only those ce Streams currently online 1st Online Use the pressure and temperature of the first stream on line as the average station pressure and temperature 3 Click STN TEMP or STN PRESS to display a Calculation Result dialog box 5 6 Station Configuration Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Calculation Result STNO1 AVE TEMP i Calculation Result STNO1 AVE PRESS Cancel Cancel Alarm Lirnits Alarm Lirnits Enabled Enabled High High E High High Ml High iv E Deg C High iv 9500 kPa g Low fa E Deg c Low ga E kPa g E Low Low Low Low Figure 5 11 Calculation Result dialog box for Temp amp Pressure 4 Select the appropriate alarms to enable and indicate the specific values temperatures and pressure in pre defined units for each alarm 5 Click OK to apply the changes The PCSetup scre
14. Hardware settings relate to the Prover I O board You use these settings to define how the S600 processes the pulse inputs to the prover Typically when the pulse count is low less than 10 000 pulses per round trip the S600 uses either Phase Locked Loop or Dual Chronometry processing This effectively divides each pulse into smaller parts to ensure accuracy is maintained 1 Select Hardware from the hierarchy menu The Hardware screen displays t 5600 PCSetup ExampleZ File Edit View Tools Window Help D gt E ta E OO t 1 3S System Graphic System Setup 140 l 1 0 Setup Phase Locked Loop f Station 1 LIQ Stream 1 LIQ CORIOLIS Pulse 10 Select Stream 2 LIQ CORIOLIS gt Stream 3 PRY MMETER Master Meter Channel linearisation Proving Meter Channel Run Data Constants Alarm Limits Advanced Setup Security Level 1 Figure 6 94 Hardware screen MMeter Prover 2 Complete the following fields Field Description Phase Locked Enables phase locked loops A phased locked loop Loop multiplies the number of actual turbine pulses by a value for greater accuracy The default is unchecked phase locked loops are disabled Master Meter Indicates the I O channel to which the S600 sends E Channel pulse O information for the Master Meter Proving Meter Indicates the I O channel to which the S600 sends Channel pulse I O information for the proving meter 3 Click in the hi
15. Sets the compressibility factor for the liquid also known as the beta factor The default is 0 FFactor Product Type Density ASTM IP A B C D Light Light Table User Units 1952 Crude Refined Special Lube Oils 1986 TP25 Lookup KO K1 DEG ASTM D1250 ASTM ASTM n a ASTM n a n a User ASTM API 1952 Table 5 D1250 80 D1250 80 D1250 80 lookup D1250 80 Table 5A Table 5B Table 5D table Table 5A S G ASTM D1250 ASTM ASTM n a ASTM n a GPA TP User ASTM 1952 Table 23 D1250 80 D1250 80 D1250 80 25 1988 lookup D1250 80 Table 23A Table 23B Table 23D Table 23E table Table 23A ee sss sr KOKI KG M3 ASTM D1250 ASTM ASTM n a ASTM ASTM IP API n a User ASTM 1952 Table 53 D1250 80 D1250 80 D1250 80 Petroleum lookup D1250 80 Table 53A Table 53B Table 53D Measurement table Table 53A tables for light User K0 K1 hydrocarbon Table 6 1 Observed Density Correction Editor Product Selection 3 Click any of the following buttons to define calculation results for the observed density correction calculations Button Description BASE DENSITY Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for base density Note The label on this button changes depending on whether you selected the DT TO BASE or SEL TO BASE stream component METER CTL Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for the correction of the tempe
16. 1 4 2 KG M Density Table Units Iteration Type IP2 Hydrometer Correction NO Product Selection Product Type Rounding Reference Temp 5 Deg C Alpha FF actor la CRUDE CPL Calculator APIV121M NO gt z Config600 Lite Lite User Manual DER F r Live Inputs OBS DENSITY OBS TEMP OBS PRESS a Pe Calculation Results BASE DENSITY Security Level 1 Figure 6 78 Observed Density Correction screen 2 Complete the following fields Field Density Table Units Description Indicates the density units the S600 uses for the density correction calculations Click w to display all valid values The default is KG M3 DEG API Use degrees API KG M3 Use kilograms per cubic meter S G Use specific gravity Iteration Type Indicates the iteration type for the density correction calculations Valid values are ASTM use the iterative temperature and pressure correction as defined by ASTM API Chapter 12 or IP2 use the iterative temperature and pressure correction as defined in IP 2 ISO 92 1 The default is ASTM Hydrometer Correction Indicates whether the S600 applies the hydrometer correction values to the calculation Valid values are YES and NO the default is NO Indicates the type of petroleum product involved in the calculation Click w to display all valid values The default is A CRUDE Indicates the specific
17. 6 113 GOST OV atada roda ala 6 65 GOS I POW ctricos id 6 66 ISO SG earn ion 6 41 SOTO Ascaso 6 51 6 92 Linearisation 6 27 6 102 6 120 6 133 NA O eee NRE ORE TNR 6 55 Pipe GomecwOni c tne ee 6 36 POV OM ih chabert lets cca cate dee 6 156 apd BS eee are eer ee et et Ree een 6 57 PUNE Gas Allg a Aye sae 6 49 O 6 52 O sienen 6 114 V OONO en A coe 6 45 Alarms to Suppress on Gutoff ooocccc 5 4 Analog iio 4 20 Analog PU tancia 4 6 A O OUPO ar a ee ica etal anit 4 13 AUD etc ataco aja 6 47 Arto Manada ctas add a aldo 4 23 El A O SG 6 166 Average Density cccoccccccccconnconoconccnancnnnnnas 6 166 B PALCHING AAPP ths 5 7 Baud Rale erai e dede ln oia 8 4 BEN ViOn 4 8 Block Valves ocoooccccocccccccncocccncoconncononononcnononos 6 10 Revised Jan 07 Index Config600 Lite Lite User Manual C Calo EXI tac a 7 20 Calc uled tits 6 166 Calibration A ee a ene caterer ee ee 4 11 Calorific Walue ooocccccccccno 6 18 6 19 6 106 AGAD resect cache rece ee cass sas asseeaeee 6 50 OPA as 6 92 SOI Dri as 6 92 Galorifie Value GOST inician bis 6 65 Cell gt ldenticali ios 6 84 litro ici 6 73 Eo ts hice E ede ndcinatatoedusave 6 71 ISO STAI a E E E T 6 79 OMA Fi oios R 6 74 DING kei i RT 6 71 SOCK adiis aa ES 6 166 CRECK SUM icivesisoncotractnounsvecrnretsueoesetiactancrtius 7 18 8 3 CHIFOM Aaa 6 166 Chromatograph 6 21 6 60 6 96 6 108 Common Stre
18. 6 9 1 Run Data Run Data settings allow you to define the prover stability check variables the number of prove runs from which the system can calculate K factors Meter Factors and the tolerances allowed on the K factors Meter Factors Once the S600 calculates these values you can select a new K factor Meter Factor to replace the current K factor Meter Factor Stability Checking When in the stability checking phase of the loop the prover checks for deviations from acceptable bands on the following parameters if configured Prover Inlet Pressure vs Prover Outlet Pressure Meter Pressure vs Prover Inlet Pressure Meter Pressure vs Prover Outlet Pressure Prover Inlet Temperature vs Prover Outlet Temperature Meter Temperature vs Prover Inlet Temperature Meter Temperature vs Prover Outlet Temperature Flowrate Limits The prover also performs Rate of Change ROC checks on the following parameters Prover Inlet Pressure Prover Outlet Pressure 6 140 Stream Configuration Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Prover Inlet Temperature Prover Outlet Temperature Uncorrected Volume Flowrate To edit the prover run data settings 1 Select Run Data from the hierarchy menu The Run Data screen displays E 600 PCSetup complex 6 File Edit View Tools Window Help Dek AAA HOO RAS fF System Graphic System Setup stability Run Delay 1 0 Setup Override a Tine Sta
19. Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 3 Click in the hierarchy menu when you finish defining settings A confirmation dialog box displays A Apply Changes 4 Click Yes to apply your changes The PCSetup screen displays 6 3 5 Gas Properties t 600 PCSetup GasConfig1 File Edit View Tools Window Help O gt fd BESA System Graphic System Setup I O Setup Station 1 GAS Stream 1 GAS CORIOLIS General Flowrate GC FWA STRO1 GAS CMPNT FWA FV STRO1 GAS CMPNT FWA RE Time amp Flow Weighted Averagir STRO1 FORWARD TFWA STRO1 REVERSE TFWA AGAS Calorific Value Gas Composition Gas Properties Linearisation Sampling Coriolis Stream 2 GAS DP Stream 3 GAS DP Stream 4 GAS DP Stream 5 GAS DP Stream 6 GAS DP Stream 7 GAS DP Stream 8 GAS DP Stream 9 GAS DP Stream 10 GAS DP A For Help press Fi Revised Jan 07 Gas Properties settings define methods the system uses to calculate viscosity isentropic exponent also known as specific heat ratio or adiobatic exponent and the velocity of sound These settings also allow you to define alarms The system activates these alarms when the calculated results are not within the specified limits 1 Select Gas Properties from the hierarchy menu The Gas Properties screen displays EEk DOTAS Inputs Viscosity Tn 0 01 0861 Wiscosity Tn 11 5 Sutherland Constant 11 64 Viscosity Calc Type DISABLED Isentropic Expone
20. Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Editing To edit a communication task 5600 PCSetup Example0 1 File Edit View Tools Window Help D a E System Graphic System Setup I O Setup Discrete Inputs Discrete Outputs Analog Inputs Analog Outputs Density Inputs Turbine Inputs Pulse Outputs Hart Boards PID Loops Station 1 GAS Station 2 LIQ Steam 1 GAS CORIOLIS Stream 2 PRV BALL Advanced Setup 4 26 ta El 1 Select the Comms component from the hierarchy menu The system displays the Communication Task configuration screen CO 1 4 7 Comms Links PRINTER SLAVE LINK EFM SLAVE LINK Function IMODBUS SLAWE CHROMAT LINA Protocol SERIAL RTU Fort COMS5 RS 4227455 Setup COMMS TASK 039 COMMS TASK 10 Slave Address 0 Address Map imbslave txt Edit Alam Accept on Te Read Orly Security Level 1 Figure 4 21 Communication Task Configuration 2 Select a value in the Comms Links field Config600 displays the values associated with that Comm Link type in the right hand side of the screen The title of the values pane also changes to reflect the selected Comm Link type Note Not all fields display for each Comm Link option Complete the Function field for the selected Comm Link Click w to display all valid functions Complete the Protocol field if required Click w to display all valid protocols which include Serial ASCII Serial RTU Ethernet ASCII
21. DETAIL v Pressure barg Station 1 GAS Stream 1 GAS CORIOLIS Temp Deg C G IR Standard Flowrate gt GC FWA Pressure 0 barg BES RDG 1 A j 1 A j STRO1 GAS CMPNT FWA FWD Temperature 15 Dea C GROSS HY STRO1 GAS CMPNT FWA REV Time amp Flow Weighted Averaging STRO1 FORWARD TFWA STRO1 REVERSE TFWA METER DENSITY BASE DENSITY IDEAL RD AGAS Calorific Value UPSTR COMP ZA BASE COMP 2b STD COMP Zs Gas Composition Gas Properties MOLAR MASS Linearisation Sampling Coriolis Stream 2 GAS DP Stream 3 GAS DP Stream 4 GAS DP Stream 5 GAS DP Stream 6 GAS DP Stream 7 GAS DP Stream 8 GAS DP Stream 9 GAS DP Stream 10 GAS DP Advanced Setup Calculation Limits H A AA 4 4 14 For Help press F1 Security Level 1 Figure 6 11 AGAS Compressibility screen 6 16 Stream Configuration Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 2 Complete the following fields Field Description Method Indicates the compressibility method Click w to display all valid values DETAIL Uses 20 component values temperature and pressure This is the default GROSS1 Uses SG Heating Value CO ee temperature and pressure GROSS2 Uses SG Ne COs temperature and pressure VNIC Uses 20 component values temperature and pressure Pressure Sets the pressure under standard conditions The default is 0 Temperature Sets the temperature under standard condition
22. Displays a Calculation ResliGaog Dagan aes define the specific alarm limits for the calculated _ diameter ratio _ Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the specific alarm limits for the Reynolds number 6 67 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Button EXPANSION FACTOR COEFF APPROACH FAC Description Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for the expansion factor gt Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the specific alarm limits for the discharge coefficient Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for the flow coefficient Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the specific alarm limits for the velocity of approach factor 4 Click in the hierarchy menu when you finish defining settings A confirmation dialog box displays s600ed 5 Click Yes to apply your changes The PCSetup screen displays 6 4 17 Gas Properties Gas Properties settings define methods the system uses to calculate viscosity isentropic exponent also known as specific heat ratio or adiobatic exponent and the velocity of sound These settings also allow you to define alarms The system activates these alarms when the calculated results are not within the specified limits 1 Select Gas Properti
23. Empty Empty l Channel12 420m8 fEmpiy _ Empty JEmpty Empty Empty Empty Empty l Channel 1 Channel 2 Channel 3 Channel 4 Channel 5 Channel 6 Channel 7 Channel 8 Security Level 1 Figure 4 16 HART Board Configuration screen 2 Complete the screen based on the number of sensors associated with each channel on the S600 PID Loop Settings Each installed P144 I O board has up to four PID Proportional Integral and Derivative Analog channels No PID channels are available on the P154 or the P188 I O board Assigning To assign or reassign PID data items 4 20 I O and Comms Configuration Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 1 Select the PID Loops component from the hierarchy menu The system expands the hierarchy to display the control loops defined for each P144 I O board 2 Select a control loop Config600 displays a gateway screen 1 600 PCSetup Example01 File Edit View Tools Window Help o E tu E D00 t148 System Graphic System Setup I O Setup Discrete Inputs Discrete Outputs Analog Inputs Analog Outputs Density Inputs Turbine Inputs Pulse Outputs Hart Boards PID Loops Board 1 P144 IIO 1 001 PID CNTRL 1 1 001 PID CNTRL 2 1 001 PID CNTRL 3 1 001 PID CNTRL 4 Comms Station 1 GAS Station 2 LIQ Stream 1 GAS CORIOLIS Stream 2 PRV BALL Advanced Setup Security Level 1 Figure 4 17 PID Loop Enabled screen 3
24. Field Description Minimum Field Indicates the number of characters reserved for the Width data item counted to the right of where you placed the data item If the number or text exceeds the minimum field width the data item automatically expands to the SSDS Da EeEee ea eeeeneaeeeen ea eeeN OG DEON OS EE ENDS OSE ON OSES ESOS EEE EN OLESEN SLES EEE SLES EELS REN ONNNnNeNEnenEELELELELEELELELLLLLLLLLL LLL nnaneneneeeens Alignment Indicates whether the data point aligns to the left or right of the placed position 7 Click OK to apply your new data point definition to the report file The report file displays showing your new data point 9 8 Report Editor Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 9 2 2 Editing a Data Point Use this procedure to edit an existing data point field on the selected report 1 Select an existing data point and right click The edit pop up menu displays 2 Select Edit Placement The Placement Editor dialog box displays Placement Editor Alignment le Lett Right OR Cancel Figure 9 11 Placement Editor dialog box Minimum Field width 11 3 Click the button at the top of the dialog box The Connect Wizard displays Note The label on this button changes depending on the data point you select Connect Wizard Select from left to right System PROTOT STROT FWD UVOL STHPRO2SINDEss Board 1 P144 110 EPINT STROT FWD EOL STRPRD24 D ER Board 2 P154 PRY EPINTARA S
25. GAS DP sde BASEPAD Si General Mol Flag MASS y Flowrate Batching Normalisation CLEAR Flow Switching GC FWA STRO2 GAS CMPNT FWA REV Time Flow Weighted Averaging Downstream Upstream Correction Pipe Correction AGAS ISOTR9464 Gas CV AGA3 Gas Composition Gas Properties DP Cell Input Conditioning Stream 3 GAS DP Stream 4 GAS DP Stream 5 GAS DP Stream 6 GAS DP Stream 7 GAS DP Stream 8 GAS DP Stream 9 GAS DP Stream 10 GAS DP Advanced Setup Gas component FWA settings Method FWA X For Help press F1 Security Level 1 Figure 6 8 Gas Component Flow Weighted Averaging screen 4 Complete the following fields Field Description Method Indicates the averaging method Click w to display all options Revised Jan 07 Stream Configuration 6 9 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Field Description Method cont FWA Flow weighted averaging calculated with respect to the total This is the default value TWA Time weighted averaging calculated with respect to time and totals The system calculates this value only when the flowrate is greater than zero TWA Time weighted averaging calculated XFLOW with respect only to time The system calculates this value regardless of the measured flowrate Period Indicates the period for the averaging Click w to display all options Select only one period The default is BASE PRD 1 Mol Flag Indicates how the s
26. Modbus communications using the Modbus Editor Note To get help on a specific screen press F1 or click Help You can also modify the size of the Config600 editor window by clicking and dragging the lower right corner of the window When configuration panes have scroll bars modify the window size to make sure you can view all the configuration settings Introduction Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 1 3 Software Features Config600 software has three versions Lite Lite and Pro Table 1 1 shows the tools in each version Table 1 1 Config 600 Tools Tool Config600 Lite Config600 Lite Config600 Pro PCSetup Programs XK X X _Transter Program XK Xx X Report Editor X o X o ooo X Modbus Editor Xoo A X Display Editor PA X X LogiCale X System Editar X Configuration Generator X X 1 4 Related Specification Sheets For technical details on the S600 refer to the specification sheet 7 S600 For technical details on the Conf1g600 software refer to the specification sheet 4 5600 For the most current versions of these specification sheets go to www EmersonProcess com Flow Revised Jan 07 Introduction 1 3 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 14 Introduction Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Chapter 2 PCSetup Editor When you start Conf1g600 Pro the Welcome to Conf1g600 screen displays Figure 2 1 Using this screen you can create a new S600 configuratio
27. Provides the B constant value for the Calendar Van Dusen conversion Note This field displays only if you selected the __ Calendar Van Dusen conversion option Provides the C constant value for the Calendar Van Dusen conversion Note This field displays only if you selected the Calendar Van Dusen conversion option Provides the RO constant value for the Calendar Van Dusen conversion Note This field displays only if you selected the Calendar Van Dusen conversion option 13 Click OK to apply the edits The PCSetup screen displays Adding a New I O Point To add either a new analog input or a new PRT RTD I O point 1 Right click in the right hand pane of the PCSetup screen The system displays a shortcut menu 2 Select New I O Point on the shortcut menu The system displays the Analog Input Assignment dialog box Analog Input Assignment FO Board FO Channel Figure 4 8 Analog Input Assignment dialog box 3 Complete the Type I O Board I O Channel and Units fields as described in Editing Note Config600 highlights the default values for each field You can accept or change those defaults as necessary Revised Jan 07 412 VO and Comms Configuration RevisedJan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 4 Click OK to apply the new I O point to your configuration The 4 4 Analog Outputs Revised Jan 07 system redisplays the PCSetup screen with your new I O point You can assign each analog ou
28. UPSTREAM PRESSURE UPSTREAM DENSITY Calculation Version Reverse Premium Flow Limit Premium Billing Mode LOSS REYNOLDS NUMBER EXPANSION FACTOR Description Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for the isentropic exponent Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for the flow coefficient Identifies the specific type of V Cone calculation the S600 uses Click w to display all valid values The default is VCONE 2001 Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for the upstream pressure Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for the upstream density This read only field shows the default calculation Config600 uses for the V Cone settings Sets the premium forward flow mode in which the system increments premium totals whenever the flowrate exceeds the keypad limit The default is 100 Sets the premium reversed flow mode in which the system increments premium totals whenever the flowrate exceeds the keypad limit The default is 100 Indicates the premium total mode in which the system increments premium totals at the end of the hour only if the hourly total exceeds the keypad limit Click w to display all valid valu
29. base volume The defaultis 2 Density Units Calculation Rounding a Revised Jan 07 Stream Configuration Description Sets the Rate of Change ROC threshold limit for temperature which the S600 uses to check the ROC between the inlet the outlet and the meter The default is 0 1 Sets the Rate of Change ROC threshold limit for pressure which the S600 uses to check the ROC between the inlet the outlet and the meter The default is 0 05 Sets the Rate of Change ROC threshold limit for the stream uncorrected volume UVOL flowrate The default is 10 Sets the maximum temperature difference between the inlet the outlet and the meter The default is 10 Sets the maximum pressure difference between the inlet the outlet and the meter The default is 10 Sets the reference temperature for calculations the S600 uses to check the inlet the outlet and the meter _The default is 10 _ Sets the reference pressure for calculations the S600 uses to check the inlet the outlet and the meter The default is 0 Sets the calibration volume between the relevant sphere switches base volume The default is 15 Sets the internal pipe diameter of the prover loop The defaultis500 0 eee Sets the value for Young s modulus of elasticity expansion coefficient of tube steel typically 2100000 _The default is 10000 _ Sets the wall thickness of the prover loop The default is 5 Sets the tube temp
30. 1 Select the Turbine Inputs component from the hierarchy menu The system displays all defined Turbine Inputs 2 Right click a data 1tem to edit The system displays a shortcut menu 3 Select Settings on the shortcut menu The system displays the Edit Description dialog box Note You can also click the Settings icon on the toolbar after highlighting the data item to display the menu Edit Description Description Figure 4 14 Edit Description dialog box 4 Edit the current item Description using no more than 25 alphanumeric characters 5 Click OK to apply the new item Description The system redisplays the PCSetup screen with your new item Description 418 VO and Comms Configuration RevisedJan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 4 7 Pulse Outputs Revised Jan 07 Use pulse outputs to derive cumulative totals for display on a counter a totaliser or DCS system You can assign each pulse output to a specific pulse output channel on the I O board Each installed P144 I O board provides five pulse output channels and each installed P154 I O board provides four channels Assigning To assign or reassign Pulse Output data items 1 Select the Pulse Outputs component from the hierarchy menu The system displays all defined pulse output data items 2 Double click a pulse output to edit The Pulse Output Assignment dialog box displays 3 Select Cumulative Totals in the Item Type pane Config600 completes
31. 11 1 11 2 Placomente ic daa 9 7 ODO untar lolita 9 1 MA A 8 1 o A A A mwas 4 21 Enabling PCSetup link ooccccccccccoconcconnncnno 8 2 ENS Mire od 7 1 Extemal ACCESS ani 7 19 F Figure 2 1 Config600 Welcome Screen 2 1 l 2 Index Figure 2 2 Configuration Generator Step 1 2 2 Figure 2 3 Configuration Generator Step 2 2 3 Figure 2 4 Configuration Generator Step 3 2 4 Figure 2 5 Configuration Generator Step 4 2 5 Figure 2 6 Configuration Generator Step 5 2 7 Figure 2 7 Configuration Generator Step 6 2 14 Figure 2 8 Generating Config dialog box 2 15 Figure 2 9 Example System Graphic 2 15 Figure 2 10 System Graphic Stations and OAM S aesesth aces recess E teaeditess 2 16 Figure 2 11 Stream Values expanded 2 16 Figure 2 12 Value selection expanded 2 16 Figure 2 13 Input Values expanded 2 17 Figure 2 14 Input Values assignea 2 17 Figure 2 15 Selectable iconsS 2 17 Figure 2 16 Select Config oooocccccccnnnnnnco o 2 18 Figure 2 17 Configuration specific System rap ciales 2 19 Figure 2 18 PCSetup EditOF ccccccccncc 2 20 Figure 3 1 System Setup screen 0068 3 1 Figure 3 2 Versions SCreeN ceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 2 Figure 3 3 Units screen oooccccconccnnncninnnonnons 3 3 Figure 3 4 Reports screen seses 3 6 Figure 3 5 Archive
32. 6 96 6 108 Gas Properties OOM S cdexicicce eatin eaten S 6 25 Dc coa 6 68 Gas Stream AGAO ato liciods 6 39 Downstream Upstream Correction 6 34 Gas Composition oocccccconncnnccccono 6 21 6 96 Gas TUDING onea 6 94 PDE CONneClON its deeded cee 6 36 SOIC e 6 117 Ultrasonic Control ccccccecceessseeeeeeeeeeees 6 119 Gas Turbine PPT aos 6 94 General o Oe Rn ae e 6 4 GOSS Ay lacs e heater tak A 1 GOST 30319 1 96 Calc 52 53 o ccconcnccccconnno 6 65 COSTOS Ito 6 66 GOST FOW ita 6 66 ORAR aisla 6 18 6 50 6 92 6 106 rabo IZ 4 19 Graphical display vcd itie 7 20 H HATOIWETS cenean ei 6 146 6 154 6 164 PART aoa A 4 20 Heating Vall raras 6 19 Hierarchy IMONU ss cossarcacustetecwdyansserenlenreaaaetesinanaes 2 20 PHO cal erstes 4 13 A O A E 6 73 A A 4 1 VO alamo io nad a ott an 7 4 VO BOAO A AA 4 14 4 17 co E EAR AS 4 15 4 17 ICON Daria ao ease wacenerss 2 21 nta Modena aaa tiza 4 7 A maces cnceonae manceus analy 4 1 o to EN 11 6 set Spec oe eee ees 11 5 Integral TIM it 4 23 Interface A ee ea eae ce 6 117 SO 5167 ani R 6 41 6 45 SOGI O oiin 6 18 6 50 6 92 6 106 ISOTRI Dada 6 43 CU A A TN 4 13 4 19 EA A A O 4 13 K K Factor 6 120 6 133 6 140 6 150 6 159 A A saceanidonstenueanerscaac 4 8 6 167 Revised Jan 07 Index Config600 Lite Lite User Manual L PASO A 6 167 INCE DING ainia callada 2 20 Hits ala MS diari dd ias 7 4 LinearisatiON oononnnnnnnnon
33. Click Yes to apply your changes The PCSetup screen displays 6 4 9 Gas CV ISO6976 or GPA Calorific Value settings define the constants and calculation limits for ideal and real calorific values This screen displays when you configure the S600 to use either the ISO6976 or GPA standard to calculate the calorific value heating value of the gas mixture Stream Configuration Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Calorific value settings also allow you to define alarms The system activates these alarms when the calculated results are not within the specified limits 1 Select Gas CV from the hierarchy menu The Calorific Value screen displays 1 600 PCSetup GasConfig1 File Edit View Tools Window Help D eA ta A COe l amp 2 Station 1 GAS Stream 1 GAS CORIOLIS Calculation Parameters Stream 2 GAS DP CY Table 1506976 1 995 v Stream 3 GAS DP Stream 4 GAS DP Reference Condition 11511 5DEG E Stream 5 GAS DP General Flowrate Batching Calculation Limits Flow Switching STDCOMPs GC FWA STROS GAS CMPNT FWA F o IDEALRD STRO5 GAS CMPNT FWA F Time amp Flow Weighted Averag IDEALDENSITY STROS FORWARD TFWA STRO5 REVERSE TFWA IDEAL CV SUF Downstream Upstream Correc STROS DOWN UP CORR T REAL RD STROS DOWN UP CORR D REAL DENSITY REAL CY SUP Gas Composition Gas Properties DP Cell Input Conditioning Stream 6 GAS DP Stream 7 GAS D
34. Ethernet RTU and Modbus TCP Note RTU Remote Terminal Unit 1s the preferred protocol for increased performance Complete the Port field to identify the communication task s primary communications port Click w to display all valid ports Notes Click Setup to display a Port Setup dialog box and to define specific communications options for the selected port I O and Comms Configuration Revised Jan 07 Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual If you select the Modbus Master function and the Ethernet or Modbus protocols you must provide a slave IP Address in addition to identifying the port If you select the Modbus Slave function you must also complete the Slave Address field This is a switch not an IP address Enter either a valid Modbus address between 1 and 247 or enter 0 If you enter 0 then the Modbus task uses the value entered on the S600 refer to Chapter 7 Startup in the FloBoss S600 Flow Manager Instruction Manual Form A6115 This is useful when multiple streams with identical configurations require unique slave addresses If you select the Modbus Slave function two checkboxes appear at the bottom of the screen below the Address Map field Selecting Alarm Accept on TX allows the S600 to automatically acknowledge alarms locally when they are transmitted on the Modbus link With this option enabled the S600 accepts all alarms when polled for any data Selecting Read Only prevents the Mo
35. For example if the Gas Orifice Stream units are in degrees Celsius and millimeters make sure the expansion coefficients for the Orifice and Pipe diameters are values corresponding to m mm C Editing To edit the conversion factors 1 Select the Conversions Constants component from the hierarchy menu The Conversions Constants screen displays Advanced Setup Configuration 7 1 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 2 t 5600 PCSetup complex S File Edit View Tools Window Help o sy System Graphic System Setup I O Setup Station 1 Station 2 Stream 1 Stream 2 Stream 3 Stream 4 Stream 5 Stream 6 Stream 7 Stream 8 LIQ GAS LIQ TURBINE LIQ TURBINE LIQ TURBINE PRY BALL GAS DP GAS DP GAS DP GAS ULTRASONIC Advanced Setup Conversions Constants Totals Descriptions Alarms Security Displays Webserver Calc Explorer HOO A Mass Temperature lb kg 0 45359237 Deg K 273 1 5 tonne US ton f 10231136 Energy Pressure Btu J 1055 05585 Atm press bara psia f 01325 Length bar kPa 100 m yd 1 093613298 bar psi fi 450377439 Misc bar in H20 2360F 401 864652 mooo cst mm2s Volume E Density 3 bbl 6 28981 057 j Water kg m3 999 01 2 kg m3 m3 cf 35 31 46667 UNITS EDITOR Security Level 1 Figure 7 1 Conversion Constants screen 2 Review and modify the conversion factor values for Mass Volu
36. STRO4 GAS CMPNT FWA F Time amp Flow Weighted Averag STRO4 FORWARD TFWA STRO4 REVERSE TFWA Downstream Upstream Correc STRO4 DOWN UP CORR T STRO4 DOWN UP CORR D Pipe Correction 1505167 ISOTR9464 Gas CV Gas Properties DP Cell Input Conditioning Stream 5 GAS DP ji Stream 6 GAS DP Type Zb Pressure Temperature Calculation Limits BASE COMP Zb STD COMP Zs For Help press F1 SGERG C AD CO2 y fo barg fi 5 Deg C BASE DENSITY Fr aaa Misc RELATIVE DENSITY SG SUPERIOR CY 25 0 METER PRES METER TEMP UPSTR COMP Zf Security Level 1 Figure 6 28 SGERG Compressibility screen 2 Complete the following fields Field Type Revised Jan 07 Description Indicates the specific type of SGERG calculation the S600 uses Click w to display all valid values The default is SGERG CV RD CO2 SGERG Calculate SGERG from calorific CV RD CO2 value relative density and COs SGERG Calculate SGERG from calorific CV RD CO2 H2 value relative density CO and hydrogen ISO Calculate ISO 12213 3 from calorific CV RD CO2 value relative density and CO ISO Calculate ISO 12213 3 from calorific CV RD CO2 H2 value relative density CO and hydrogen SGERG Calculate SGERG from calorific CV CO2 N2 value COs and nitrogen SGERG Calculate SGERG from calorific CV CO2 N2 H2 value COs nitrogen and hydrogen GOST Calcula
37. Security Level 1 Figure 6 75 Standard Density Correction screen 2 Complete the following fields Field Description Density Table Indicates the density units the S600 uses for the Units density correction calculations Click w to display all valid values The default is KG M3 DEG API Use degrees API KG M3 Use kilograms per cubic meter S G Use specific gravity ASE Note See Table 6 2for product selection Product Type Indicates the type of petroleum product involved in the calculation Click w to display all valid values The default is A CRUDE CPL Indicates the specific CPL calculation the S600 uses Calculation Click w to display all valid values The default is _ API1221M 6 128 Stream Configuration Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Field Description Rounding Indicates whether the S600 rounds the calculation results Click w to display all valid values The default BNO Reference Sets the reference temperature for the correction _Temp_________ Calculations The default is 15degreesC Alpha Sets the coefficient of thermal expansion The default is 0 FFactor Sets the compressibility factor for the liquid also BASE DENS Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to DT define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for base density from the densitometer Product Type Density ASTM IP A B C D Light Light Table User Units 1952 Crude Refined Special Lube Oils 19
38. Select the Enabled check box Config600 expands the screen content t 5600 PCSetup Example01 File Edit View Tools Window Help D co ted a y COCO i Y System Graphic System Setup Enabled W 1 0 Setup Configuration Auto M anual Discrete Inputs Discrete Outputs PY Type PULSE El SP Analog Inputs On Aro e pe PY Channel 12001 FIF 01 PY Range sigan S An Out Channel 1 001 DACO Analog Output Settings PB Turbine Inputs Pulse Outputs Tee Controller Setu Integral Time Hart Boards P PID Loops Control Action REVERSE ki Derivative Time Board 1 P14 110 Runtime 1 001 PID CNTRL 1 SP Clamp Rate Manual Position 1 01 PID CNTRL 2 MY Slew Rate 1 001 PID CNTRL 3 1 001 PID CNTRL 4 SP Tracking Comms Station 1 GAS Station 2 LIQ Stream 1 GAS CORIOLIS Stream 2 PRV BALL Advanced Setup My Clamping Security Level 1 Figure 4 18 PID Loop screen Expanded 4 Selecta PV Type for the PID loop Click w to display all valid process variable values Revised Jan 07 I O and Comms Configuration 4 21 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 4 22 5 Select a PV Channel for the PID loop Click w to display all valid channels Note The PV channel values that display depend on the PV Type option you select Click Analog Output Settings to review the Analog Output values associated with this PID control loop Config600 activates this button only if you have defined a PID Contr
39. Stream 8 GAS DP General Flowrate Flow Switching GC FWA INUSE COMP BASE DENSITY RHOc COMBLISION HEAT Hcb COMBLISION HEAT Hch STROS GAS CMPNT FWA F STROS GAS CMPNT FWA F Time amp Flow Weighted Averag STRO8 FORWARD TFWA 5TROS REVERSE TFWA Downstream Upstream Correc Pipe Correction I5OTR9464 Gas Composition 5GERG Gost Flow Gas Properties DP Cell Input Conditioning amp Revised Jan 07 al res Security Level 1 Figure 6 33 GOST CV screen 2 Click any of the following buttons to define GOST CV settings Button INUSE COMP BASE DENSITY RHOc COMBUSION HEAT Hcb COMBUSION HEAT Hch Description Displays a dialog box you use to define the specific percentages for all components of the gas mixture Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for the base density Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for combustion heat related to hexachloroben zene Hcb emissions Note This is the Superior Calorific value Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for combustion heat related to hexachlorocyclo hexane Hch emissions Note This is the Inferior Calorific value Stream Configuration 6 65 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 3 Click in the
40. This option enables you to enter Low Scale High Scale and Offset values on the S600 front panel 4 20mA with Use if you apply a current input directly to the I O board Offset with on line calibration when the transmitter has a straight line response but an offset is required Note This option enables you to enter Low Scale High Scale and Offset values on the S600 front panel 0 5V with Use if you apply a voltage signal directly to the I O Offset board or when you place a current loop across a 250 ohm resistor and apply the derived voltage to the l O board with on line calibration when the transmitter has a straight line response but an offset is required Note This option enables you to enter Low Scale High Scale and Offset values on the S600 front panel 1 5V with Use if you apply a voltage signal directly to the I O Offset board or when you place a current loop across a 250 ohm resistor and apply the derived voltage to the l O board with on line calibration when the transmitter has a straight line response but an offset is required Note This option enables you to enter Low Scale High Scale and Offset values on the S600 front panel 0 20mA Non Use if you apply a current input directly to the I O board Linear with on line calibration when the transmitter does not have a straight line response Note This option enables you to perform a three point field calibration on the S600 front panel or webserver eaceacecscsc
41. _ Click w to display all valid values The default is _API221M _ Enables or disables calculation rounding Click to display valid values The default is Disable i Sets the internal pipe diameter of the prover loop The default is 500 Sets the value for Young s modulus of elasticity expansion coefficient of tube steel typically 2100000 The default is 10000 Sets the wall thickness of the prover loop The default is 5 typically 0 000033 The default is 0 01 6 145 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual HW SW 0 SKTA 17 Field SW 1 y HW SW T SKTA 5 Field SW 2 y Figure 6 83 Two switch Bi directional Prover Loop HW SW O SKTA 17 HWSW 2 SKTA 18 Field SW 1 Field SW 2 y Y HW SW 3 SKTA 6 Field SW 4 y HW SW 1 SKTA 5 Field SW 3 Yy Figure 6 84 Four switch Bi directional Prover Loop 3 Click in the hierarchy menu when you finish defining settings A confirmation dialog box displays s600ed A Apply Changes 4 Click Yes to apply your changes The PCSetup screen displays 6 9 3 Hardware Hardware settings relate to the Prover P154 board You use these settings to define how the S600 processes the raw pulse inputs to the prover Typically when the pulse count is low less than 10 000 pulses per round trip the S600 uses either Phase Locked Loop or Dual Chronometry processing This effectively
42. configure the S600 to use the AGAS standard to calculate calorific value heating value for the gas mixture Revised Jan 07 Stream Configuration 6 19 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual The calorific value settings also allow you to define alarms The system activates these alarms when the calculated results are not within the specified limits 1 Select Gas CV from the hierarchy menu The Calorific Value screen displays 5600 PCSetup GasConfig1 S File Edit View Tools Window Help Dae o Ar A OO RAS System Graphic System Setup I O Setup Station 1 GAS Stream 1 GAS CORIOLIS MIXTURE SG General Flowrate ENERGY RATIO Ev Em GC FWA STRO1 GAS CMPNT FWA FV STRO1 GAS CMPNT FWA RE Time amp Flow Weighted Averagir STRO1 FORWARD TFWA STRO1 REVERSE TFWA AGA8 Gas Composition Gas Properties Linearisation Sampling Coriolis Stream 2 GAS DP Stream 3 GAS DP Stream 4 GAS DP Stream 5 GAS DP Stream 6 GAS DP Stream 7 GAS DP Stream 8 GAS DP Stream 9 GAS DP Stream 10 GAS DP Parameters A a e e e E For Help press Fi Security Level 1 Figure 6 13 Calorific Value screen 2 Click either of the buttons to define calorific value parameters Button Description MIXTURE SG Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm o limits for specific gravity ENERGY RATIO Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to def
43. or VNIC methods This is a default Perform SGERG compressibility calculation Calculate Joule Thompson coefficient according to ISO PDTR 9464 2005 section 5 1 5 4 4 This is a default Perform monitoring and optional driving of valves This is a default value o iMOMMOMOIP LFLE LE Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 2 10 Type Gas AAA AAA AAA Turbine Turbine AAA AAA Turbine PCSetup Editor Option No Valves Batching No Batching Sampling No Sampling Option1 PUREGAS Moles at Individual Stream Moles from Station Chromat Moles from Station Only Stream Densitometer No Densitometer CV AGA5 CV GOST CV ISO6976 CV GPA2172 Z AGA8 Z NX19 Z SGERG Valves Description Exclude valves Perform batch monitoring or control Configure batch reporting to include batch totals objects Exclude batching This is a default value Do not perform sampling This is a default value Perform PUREGAS calculation Handle stream moles individually independently of station This is a default value Note You can still source these values directly from the station chromat link if local stream processing is required as in individual stream analysis Z Selectively distribute from station analysis data telemetered from chromat to streams with matching stream cycle number Employ individual stream keypad sets Use station moles directly without employing
44. panel without the risk of triggering configuration alarms because of insufficient input cells defined in the configuration file Stream Configuration 6 87 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual DP Cell Input Conditioning Screen To access this screen 1 Select DP Cell Input Conditioning from the hierarchy menu The DP Cell Input Conditioning screen displays 1 600 PCSetup GasConfig1 File Edit View Tools Window Help o sy a E Ot E System Graphic System Setup stack Type I O Setup Y Assignment Settings Station 1 GAS Stream 1 GAS CORIOLIS Stream 2 GAS OP STROS DP STACK CELL 1 I OO1AD Ana Boar Stream 3 GAS DP Stream 4 GAS DP Stream 5 GAS DP Stream 6 GAS DP Stream 7 GAS DP Stream 8 GAS DP General Flowrate bier Flow Switching GC FWA V Use enhanced error check STROS GAS CMPNT FWA F STROS GAS CMPNT FWA F Low DP Cut Off DP Time amp Flow Weighted Averag Value 1 0 mbar Startup Mode MEASURED STR08 FORWARD TFWA STR08 REVERSE TFWA Mode Normal v Keypad 100 mbar Downstream Upstream Correc Pipe Correction Switching Points Alarm Limits ISOTR9464 Up 5 y Enabled Gas Composition High High SGERG Down 90 Gost CV High 195 mbar Gost Flow Discrepancy Low v 15 mbar Gas Properties Y alue 10 Z gt DP Cell Input Conditioning Low Low J Stream 9 GAS DP Time out 5 lt gt v For Help press F1 Security Level 1 Figu
45. right click on the title of the row of pages and select Menu Page gt Copy To copy a menu structure complete with all submenus and pages navigate to the menu above the menu structure you wish to copy right click on the menu title required and select Menu Page gt Copy Deleting and cutting menus and pages is the same as copying but you select Menu Page gt Delete or Menu Page gt Cut A Cut is similar to a Delete except that the action places the deleted items on the clipboard Once you have a page or a row of pages on the clipboard you can paste them either to an empty menu slot or into an already existing row of pages To paste the page s to an empty slot right click on an empty menu slot and select Menu Page gt Paste To paste the page s into an already existing row of pages navigate to an already existing page and select Menu Page gt Paste Config600 pastes a copy of the page or pages on the clipboard after the current display in the page row When you have a menu structure in the clipboard you can paste it into any empty menu slot by right clicking on 1t and selecting Menu Page gt Paste You cannot paste menu structures into pages or page rows 10 4 Regenerating Displays A caution Revised Jan 07 Using an option in PCSetup you can restore S600 displays to the appearance and values as defined in the selected configuration This option overwrites any edits or customisations you may have made to the
46. stage Drive forward stage Forward wait Switch 1 stage Forward wait Switch 2 stage Half run calcs stage Turn round1 delay stage Drive reverse stage Reverse wait Switch 2 stage Reverse wait Switch 1 Sauecesescecescecscescncecescececescscesescecsscscscssessesescesesescesesscesesescesesecessscscssescscsscscscsscscecsscacesescscsceecees Revised Jan 07 6142 Stream Configuration RevisedJan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 17 FULL RUN CALCS ue 18 RUNAVGCALCS 7 a 19 STD RPT CHECKS 20 TURN ROUND DELAY Of FINAL E SERED 23 BIHALF RUN COMP 7 25 FINAL AVG 26 CHECK RUNS EXCEEDED 28 SPARE 28 29 SPARE 29 30 USER INITIALISE 3 USER FORWARD 32 USER HALF RUN COMP o 88 USER REVERSE 34 USER FULL RUN COMP 35 USER RPT CHECKS 36 USER36 37 USER37 38 USER38 39 USER 39 Full run calcs stage Run average calcs stage Std repeatability checks stage Turn round2 delay stage Final stage Seat sphere B stage Bi half run comp stage Uni full run comp stage Final average stage Check runs exceeded stage Spare 27 stage Spare 28 stage Spare 29 stage User initialise stage User forward stage User half run comp stage User reverse stage User full run comp stage User repeatability checks stage User 36 stage User 37 stage User 38 stage User 39 stage Table 6 3 Logicalc Prover Stages
47. 2 Cell Use Lo Cell Is Hi 1 Cell Available AND Is Hi 1 Cell gt Switch Down Is Hi 2 Cell Available AND Is Hi 2 Cell gt Switch Down Figure 6 46 Lo Hi Hi Input Cell Handling Flowchart 2 Is Hi 1 Cell lt Switch Down Is Lo Cell Available AND Is Lo Cell lt Switch Up No Use Hi 1 Cell Use Lo Cell Use Hi 1 Cell Figure 6 47 Lo Hi Hi Input Cell Handling Flowchart 3 Revised Jan 07 Stream Configuration 6 83 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 3 Is Hi 2 Cell lt Switch Down No Use Hi 2 Cell Use Lo Cell Use Hi 2 Cell Is Lo Cell Available AND Is Lo Cell lt Switch Up Figure 6 48 Lo Hi Hi Input Cell Handling Flowchart 4 3 Identical The 3 Identical cell arrangement uses a voting scheme to select which cells are to be averaged to yield the stack s DP value Note The mode is supported only when you enable enhanced error checking If all three cells are available the S600 uses the instantaneous results from discrepancy checking to determine which cells are within tolerance of each other where means within discrepancy limits and means not within discrepancy limits If all are within tolerance then use the average of the three If only two cells are outside tolerance for example celll cell2 celll cell3 cell2 4 cell3 then choose the pair with the smallest difference and take their ave
48. 21 2 5 Regenerate a Configuration ccccccccocconnnccnnnccnnononnncnnnnnnnonanncnnnnonoss 2 22 Revised Jan 07 PCSetup Editor 2 1 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 2 1 2 2 Create a New Configuration Click the icon next to the Create a new configuration option to start the Configuration Generator Note You can also start the Configuration Generator by selecting File gt New from the S600 PCSetup screen The Configuration Generator is included in both the Config600 Pro and Config600 Lite software suites The Configuration Generator 1s a wizard based software assistant that asks a series of questions to simplify the six step process of creating a new S600 configuration file The wizard also validates your selections to prevent errors Once you finish the wizard saves the configuration settings to a file You can modify the configuration and then send the configuration to the S600 Name the Configuration Step 1 of 6 Note All screens in this section are examples intended to show all possible options and do not represent actual configurations Use the first screen in the wizard Figure 2 2 to provide a name and brief description for the configuration file Config600 New Configuration Step 1 of 6 Welcome to the Config600 New Configuration Wizard This wizard will allow you to create a new flowcomputer configuration ready to download and run in afew FloBoss seon simple steps Please enter a name
49. 87 Run Data screen Compact Prover Stream Configuration Revised Jan 07 Revised Jan 07 Field Override Wait Time Hold Time Passes Reqd Runs Max Switch Delay Averages Reqd Tolerance Algorithm Launch Flight Retrieve Stream Configuration Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 2 Complete the following fields Description Enables temperature and pressure stability checking The default is unchecked stability checking is enabled Note If you do not select this option you must complete the Wait Time and Hold Time fields Sets in seconds how long the S600 waits for stability before moving to the hold stability prover stage The _ default is 300 Sat in seconds how long he 600 holds sabiiy Lo before starting prover runs The default is 10 Runs Reqd Sets the required number of consecutive runs which must be within the defined tolerance limits typically 5 The default is 5 Sets the number of passes per prover run to a maximum of 5 The default is 5 22 Sets the maximum number of runs to perform before aborting the sequence up to 12 for the S600 The _default is 12 ae waits before checking for sphere switch 2 The default is 2 Note This parameter helps eliminate debounce on _ Single switch prover applications _ Sets the required number of pre run average samples _The default is 0 Sets as a percentage the maximum deviation allowed before a run is unaccepta
50. CLOSE O P AL 1 2235005 STAO VALVE 5 STRO GP SPARE STROI GP SPARE STRO GP SPARE STRO GP SPARES PULSE OFF Description Pulse Width 1001 DO 03 Figure 4 5 Digital Output Selection dialog box Select an Output channel Select the Sense for the digital output Valid values are Normal Invert Pulse On or Pulse Off The default 1s Normal Note If you select either Pulse On or Pulse Off you must also provide a pulse width a minimum of 1 second in the Pulse Width field 6 Click OK to confirm the reassignment The PCSetup screen displays showing the reassigned values Revised Jan 07 I O and Comms Configuration 4 5 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 4 3 4 6 Analog Inputs You can assign each displayed data item to a specific Analog or PRT Platinum Resistance Thermometer RTD Resistance Temperature Detector input channel on the P144 I O board or the P188 HART board Up to 12 Analog Input channels and three PRT RTD input channels are available for each installed P144 I O board The P154 I O board does not have any available analog or PRT RTD input channels The P188 HART board supports up to 50 transmitters Note If the densitometer also acts as the temperature element for the meter you assign both the Meter Temperature and Densitometer Temperature to the same analog input If the prover has only one temperature element you assign both inlet and outlet temperature to the same analog input This also app
51. COLD ST CONF CSUM CONF ERR CONFIG CRITICAL CRITICAL Peak Overflow Unknown Error Peak Config600 Lite Lite User Manual The following alphabetic list describes each alarm code Description Occurs when turbine channel A is either open or has a short circuit to 100 or if you have also defined an additional component in the Splits Occurs when the prover has aborted The prover displays an error code to assist with diagnosing the cause of the abort Occurs when the battery voltage has fallen below 2 8 volts and should be replaced as soon as possible Occurs when turbine channel B is either open or has a short circuit Occurs when the number of bad pulses exceeds the alarm threshold Occurs when the flow computer detected that the filter is blocked enabled Occurs when a general calculation failure has occurred in this task Occurs when the Sampler can is 100 full Occurs when the Sampler can contents exceed the high alarm limit Occurs when the S600 has performed a Cold Start all settings have been re initialized Occurs when parameters in the configuration CONFiguration CheckSUM have changed The S600 calculates a configuration checksum as part of its background tasks and compares it against the previous checksum on a rolling basis Occurs when there is an error in the configuration CONFig ERRor Remove the S600 from service if this alarm occurs and immediately contact e
52. CORIOLIS Steam 2 GAS DP Stream 3 GAS TURBINE Stream 4 GAS ULTRASONIC Calculation Parameters Cy Table 115069761 995 Reference Condition 11541 5 DEG 0 4 4 4 4 4 Calculation Limits General STO COMPIZ Flowrate Flow Switching GC FWA 5TR 04 GAS CMPNT FWA FWE IDEAL RD IDEAL DENSITY 5TR 04 GAS CMPNT FWA REV Time amp Flow Weighted Averaging 5TRO4 FORWARD TFA IDEAL CY SUP 5TR04 REVERSE TFWA REAL AD AGAS Gas CV REAL DENSITY Gas Composition REAL CY SUP Gas Properties Ultrasonic Flow Setup Ultrasonic Control Steam 5 LIQ CORIOLIS Stream 6 LIQ TURBINE Advanced Setup Security Level 1 Figure 6 66 Gas CV screen 2 Complete the following fields Field Description CV Table Identifies the particular compressibility value the program uses Click w to display all valid values The en default is I606976 1995 2222222222 Reference Indicates the t t gt value where t is the calculation Condition reference temperature for combustion and t is the reference condition for metering The default is 15 15 DEG C 3 Click any of the following buttons to define ISO6976 calculation limits Button STD COMP Zs Description Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for the calculated standard compressibility Zs Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the m
53. Click w to display all valid values The default is CORIOLIS Note If you select I O remember to configure the densitometer 6 131 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Field Max Acceptable Gap Max Flowrate Description Sets in seconds the maximum acceptable gap between successive polls The default is 50 The system uses this value to determine communication failures Sets the acceptable tolerance factor for comparing flowrate to elapsed totals The default is 20 Currently not used Sets a maximum allowable flowrate The default is 500 3 Click any of the following buttons to set meter variable limits Button SERIAL PRESS SERIAL DENSITY Coriolis Comms Description Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for serial pressure Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for serial temperature ss Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for serial density O O Displays an Analog Input dialog box you use to define various values for the analog input For further information refer to Section 4 3 Analog Inputs Displays an Analog Input dialog box you use to define various values for the analog input For further Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to
54. Configuration PCSetup Editor 2 15 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 1 600 PCSetup Example03 File Edit View Tools Window Help D gt E ca A System Graphic System Setup Station1 Calculations I O Setup Station 1 GAS Stream 1 GAS CORIOLIS Advanced Setup Stream Calculations v gt Security Level 1 Figure 2 10 System Graphic Stations and Streams In the figure above note the black rectangles labelled Station Calculations and Streaml Calculations When you move the cursor over one of these blocks Config600 expands that block to show all the values defined for that stream or station Figure 2 11 Stream Values expanded If necessary you can click on a value in the expanded block such as Gas Properties to display the Config600 screen that defines those values Figure 2 12 Value selection expanded 2 16 PCSetup Editor Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Red circles in the System Graphic alert you to unassigned inputs When you click on a red circle Config600 displays a screen within the system hierarchy you can use to assign those inputs COAST Figure 2 13 Input Values expanded Once you assign inputs you can reselect System Graphic Config600 removes the red alerting circles as in the case of the analogue meters LAS Cetin Lempit Figure 2 14 Input Values assigned In addition to alerting you to inputs you may need to assign the Sy
55. Configuration dialog box 3 6 Figure 3 6 Archive Contfiguration 3 8 Figure 3 7 Managing Configurations 3 9 Figure 3 8 Totalisation oooonnnnnciinno 3 10 Figure 3 9 Totals Detail dialog box 3 11 Figure 3 10 Date Time Parameters 3 12 Figure 4 1 Typical I O Setup Screen Discrete PUTS SOW astral 4 1 Figure 4 2 Digital Input Selection dialog box 4 2 Figure 4 3 Edit Description dialog box 4 3 Figure 4 4 Digital Input Selection New I O Point A Sietatiedieaaiete 4 3 Figure 4 5 Digital Output Selection dialog box 4 5 Figure 4 6 Analog Inout Assignment dialog box4 6 Figure 4 7 Analog Input PRT RTD and HART dialog DOX CS escsiceatennat 705 0PO Pa 4 7 Figure 4 8 Analog Inout Assignment dialog box4 12 Figure 4 9 Analog Output ltems 4 13 Figure 4 10 I O Channels for Density Input 4 15 Figure 4 11 Alarm Reminder s 4 15 Figure 4 12 Edit Description dialog box 4 15 Figure 4 13 Pulse Input Assignment dialog box 4 16 Figure 4 14 Edit Description dialog box 4 18 Figure 4 15 Pulse Output ltems 4 19 Figure 4 16 HART Board Configuration screen 4 20 Figure 4 17 PID Loop Enabled screen 4 21 Figure 4 18 PID Loop screen Expandea 4 21 Figure 4 19 Analog Output Assignment PID Loop A o 4 22 Figure 4 20 Apply Changes dialog box 4 24 F
56. Digital output also known as DIGOUT Differential Pressure Dual Pulse Receiver or turbine input Dynamic Random Access Memory Volatile storage memory used in the S600 When power is removed from the S600 the contents of the DRAM memory are lost Daniel Ultrasonic Interface This Windows based package superseded the Daniel VWI package for communicating with an ultrasonic meter The S600 can be set to communicate with an ultrasonic meter and also pass the DUI communications through to the meter Digital voltmeter Dual Variable Sensor A device that provides static and differential pressure inputs to a ROC Mathematical notation where the mantissa is any number greater than 10 and less than 10 and the exponent is the multiplier Electrically Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory a non volatile memory chip which may be erased and reprogrammed electronically A 10 megabit per second Mbps baseband type network that uses the contention based CMSA CD media access method Invented by Robert Metcalf at Xerox s Palo Alto Research Center in the mid 1970s Base 10 multiplier European Union Non volatile storage memory Although slower to access than SRAM and DRAM once programmed it retains the data and requires no further support In the S600 configuration files and the operating system are typically stored in Flash memory Write protect jumpers are used to prevent accidental programming of Flash memory Used to balance the flow
57. Displays Webserver Calc Explorer Oo O i 2 New Item Zoom In Zoom Out Save As Bitmap For Help press F1 Figure 7 15 Calc Explorer menu Note This menu modifies its content to reflect the available inputs or outputs of any item you select Option Add Input Delete Item s Add All Inputs Revised Jan 07 Description Displays a list of all defined inputs for the selected item You can add inputs individually Note This menu option displays only if the selected item has defined inputs Displays a list of all defined outputs for the selected item You can add outputs individually Note This menu option displays only if the selected item has defined outputs Displays a Connect Wizard dialog box you use to add system components items to the Calc Explorer graphic Removes the selected item from the Calc Explorer graphic Note To select more than one item place the cursor in a blank area of the screen Click and hold down the left mouse button while dragging the cursor This creates a box Drag the box over one or more items Note that their border becomes a dashed line indicating you have selected them Release the right mouse button and left click any selected item to display the menu Adds all inputs related to the selected item to the Calc Explorer graphic Note This option is grayed out if the selected item does not have defined inputs Advanced Setup Configuration 7 21
58. Editor 11 44 Insert a Message Use this option to insert a message request into a Master Modbus map file This message requests defined slave devices or all slaves for specific information Note Slave Modbus map files do not allow the message option To insert a new message 1 Select Add New Message from the Slave menu option on the Modbus Editor menu bar The Message Details dialog box displays Message Details Message Function 1 Read Coils Start Address Message Length Trigger shone Figure 11 9 Message Details dialog box Select a Message Function Click w to display additional options Define a Start Address and a Message Length in the dialog box Click the Trigger button to define a trigger value for the message The Connect Wizard displays Revised Jan 07 Modbus Editor 11 9 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Connect Wizard Select from left to right SYSTEM RUN MODE EPINTSRA SYSTEM MAINT MODE Board 1 P144 110 REP MAINT TOTALS RESET REP3 BASSETIME TP SYSTEM MAINT ENAE REP4IBASETIME 1 P COM DISPLAY REP BASETIME 2P COM2 PC SETUP REFS BASETIME 2P COMS Stream 3 PRY MMETER REPIS CURRENT COM4 SHELL REF16 PROWER Al ADIRA AMDE Cancel Figure 11 10 Connect Wizard Note Select a KPINT or KPINTARR value from the Connect Wizard 1f the message uses an object as a trigger mechanism When the object value 1s set to 1 the system polls the message and once the pol
59. Editor or as 1ts own application Via While you are using the PCSetup Editor this method enables you to select a specific report you ve already defined and stored in the current PCSetup 600 PCSetup ExampleA1 File Edit View Tools Window Help SA System Graphic System Setup Versions Totalisation Time I O Setup Station 1 GAS Stream 1 GAS ULTRASONIC Advanced Setup 9 2 configuration 1 From the PCSetup Editor hierarchy select System Setup gt Reports The Reports screen displays DO A S General Reports CURRENT Store 5 reports Print Maintenance Mode Interlock Disable Base Time Reports E Base time 1 Tal is at e hours after midnight Report Periods HOURLY Store 24 reports Print DAILY Store 35 reports Print Time Editor Totals Descriptions Multi day period 7 y days Part hour period 7 y minutes Start of Week S U N DAY Month FIRST DAY y Figure 9 1 PCSetup Reports screen Security Level 1 Note If you have more than one version of Config600 on your machine select the version appropriate to the configuration file 2 Select a report from either the General Reports or the Base Time Reports pane Config600 adds Configure Edit and Delete buttons next to the report listing Report Editor Revised Jan 07 600 PCSetup ExampleA1 File Edit View Tools Window Help Config600 Lite Lite User Manual DEH Ar
60. Editor screen redisplays showing your new slave in the hierarchy menu Revised Jan 07 Modus Editor AA Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 11 5 Regenerating Maps Using an option in PCSetup you can restore Modbus maps to the default values defined in the selected configuration This option overwrites any edits or customisations you may have made A Caution to the maps in the selected configuration 1 Select File gt Regenerate from the PCSetup menu bar The Display and Modbus Regeneration dialog box displays Display and Modbus Regeneration Displays a Modbus Maps E Cancel Regenerating displays or Modbus files will overwrite any edits which have been performed Press OF to continue or Cancel to leave the files unchanged Figure 11 14 Modbus Map Regeneration 2 Select the Modbus Maps check box and click OK Config600 restores all Modbus maps to the default values defined in the selected configuration 11 12 Modbus Editor Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Appendix A Glossary A ADC Address AGA Al Alphanumeric Analogue Annubar ANOUT ANSI ASCII AWG Basetime Batch control Analog to Digital Converter Used to convert Analog Inputs Al to a format the flow computer can use Also known as A D Converter A character or group of characters used to identify a particular item such as a particular area of memory or a particular computer on a communication link with ma
61. GAS DP Stream 7 GAS DP PRV04 M M F Stream 5 GAS ULTRASONIC Advanced Setup Conversions Constants Totals Descriptions Alarms Security z Displays Webserver aa Calc Explorer Bae Keypad Reals For Help press Fi Security Level 14 Figure 7 19 Added Inputs 7 24 Advanced Setup Configuration Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Notes Use the Add Input menu option to add individual inputs to the screen Shaded or gray items indicate calculation tables Unshaded or white items indicate inputs or outputs A thick line connecting items indicates that the item has many values such as arrays Add All Outputs Use this option to add all defined outputs for the selected item to the Calc Explorer graphic 1 Right click an item to display the Calc Explorer menu t 5600 PCSetup complex File Edit View Tools Window Help o co E a dE OO System Graphic System Setup I O Setup Station 1 LIQ Station 2 GAS Stream 1 LIQ TURBINE Steam 2 LIQ TURBINE Stream 3 LIQ TURBINE Stream 4 PRW BALL STRO4 PID MF CALC Stream 5 GAS DP Calculation Tabla Stream 6 GAS DP Add Input Stream 7 GAS DP Add Output Stream 8 GAS ULTRASONIC New Item Advanced Setup Delete Item s Conversions Constants Add All Inputs Totals Descriptions Add All Qutputs Alarms Security Displays Webserver Calc Explorer Clear All Zoom In
62. Generally any item that can be individually selected and manipulated This can include shapes and pictures that appear on a display screen as well as less tangible software entities In object oriented programming for example an object is a self contained entity that consists of both data and procedures to manipulate the data Numbers in base 8 that is numbers 0 through 8 Accomplished while the target device is not connected by a communications link For example off line configuration refers to configuring an electronic file that is later loaded onto the S600 Accomplished while connected by a communications link to the target device For example on line configuration refers to configuring an S600 while connected to it so you can view the current parameter values and immediately load new values Digital output that is driven by a transistor and requires external power Optical device for connecting signals while maintaining electrical isolation Over the preset current limit for the A D Converter Printed Circuit Board Three term control action that uses Proportional Integral and Derivative components to modify a control output with the goal of achieving a measured process variable at a set point Communications mode implemented by giving each communication node both server and client capabilities Group of inputs or outputs to the computer Series of instructions Precise description of data interchange ov
63. HART board to your S600 you must create an entirely new configuration file Be sure to assign P144 to address and P188 to address 2 Editing To edit or reassign settings for the HART data items 1 Select the HART Boards component from the hierarchy menu The system displays the HART Board configuration screen HER 6 File Edit View Tools Window Help Cc E System Graphic System Setup 1 0 Setup Discrete Inputs Discrete Outputs Analog Inputs Analog Outputs Density Inputs Turbine Inputs Pulse Outputs Hart Boards PID Loops Comms Station 1 GAS Station 2 LIQ Stream 1 GAS CORIOLIS Stream 2 PRV BALL Advanced Setup 4 9 ea En 50 f l 8 7 Sensor Sensor 2 Sensor 3 Sensor 4 Sensor 5 Sensor 6 Sensor Sensor 8 420m8 x Empey e llEmpo o fEmpto Empty Empty Empty Empty 420m Empty x Empty ar jEmpr Empty Empty Empty Empty l 420m8 Empty vifEmpto ar jEmpto Empty e Empty Empty fEmpty l 420m4 JEmpty vr Empty hEm Empty Empty vr Empty Empty gt 420m lEmpty vifEmpto ar Empty Empty Empty Empty Empty l 420m Empty vr fEmpto jEmpt JEmpty x Emet vr fEmeto Empty l 420m Empey JEmpty lEn Empty Eme Empty Empty 420m4 Empty lEn Empty Empty rl fEmpto Empty hEm l Channel 10 4 20m4 JEmpty _ Empty JEmpty Empty JEmpty lEn Empty l Channel11 420m8 JEmpty _ Empty JEmpty vr fEmpto JEmpty
64. Is Mid Cell No Is Lo Cell No Fail to DP Stack In Use Available Available Available Keypad Value No Yes Yes Yes Is Lo Cell Yes Available No Is Mid Cell Yes Available No Is Hi Cell Yes Available No Fail to DP Stack Keypad Value a 9 a oad Vai O e a o a a If DP Value lt 0 Use 0 Figure 6 40 Lo Mid Hi Input Cell Handling Flowchart 1 Revised Jan 07 Stream Configuration 6 77 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Is Lo Cell gt Switch Up No Use Lo Cell Is Mid Cell Available AND Use Is Mid Cell gt Switch Down Mid Cell Is Hi Cell Available AND Use Is Mid Cell gt Switch Down Hi Cell Use Mid Cell Figure 6 41 Lo Mid Hi Cell Input Handling Flowchart 2 Is Mid Cell lt Switch Down No No U Is Mid Cell gt Switch Up Maca Is Hi Cell Available AND Use Is Hi Cell gt Switch Down Hi Cell Use Mid Cell Is Lo Cell Available AND Use Is Lo Cell lt Switch Up Lo Cell Use Mid Cell Figure 6 42 Lo Mid Hi Cell Input Handling Flowchart 3 6 78 Stream Configuration Revised Jan 07 Is Hi Cell lt Switch Down Is Lo Cell Available AND Is Lo Cell lt Switch Up Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 3 Enter No Use Hi Cell Is Mid Cell Available AND Is Mid Cell lt Switch Up Use Mid Cell Use Lo Cell Use Hi Cell No Figure 6 43 Lo Mid Hi Cell Input Handling Flowchart 4 If you disable e
65. Lite User Manual Note Seal checking which determines if a seal is leaking is performed only during test time 4 Click in the hierarchy menu when you finish defining settings A confirmation dialog box displays s600ed 5 Click Yes to apply your changes The PCSetup screen displays 6 2 6 Time Flow Weighted Averaging Time and Flow Weighted Averaging settings define the stream inputs the system uses to calculate the time weighted or flow weighted averages for a given reporting period You can define a maximum of four stream inputs Averaging Methods Config600 provides three methods to calculate the weighted average flow weighted FWA time weighted TWA and a combination TWA XFLOW Flow Weighted Averaging FWA For each period type the algorithm multiples the elapsed total for the period that 1s flowrate x time by the present FWA value to give the weight for the average The latest measured value when multiplied by the elapsed total since the algorithm ran provides the new weight to be incorporated into the whole Delta cumulative total last snapshot of cumulative total If Delta gt 0 0 then invoke the flow weighted algorithm FWA FWA period total FWA process var delta FWA period total delta FWA period total FWA period total delta Last snapshot of cumulative total cumulative total As an example steady flowrate 360 m hour initial temperature 15 de
66. Lite Lite User Manual 4 Click in the hierarchy menu when you finish defining settings A confirmation dialog box displays A Apply Changes 5 Click Yes to apply your changes The PCSetup screen displays 6 5 2 Gas CV 1506976 or GPA Calorific Value settings define the composition type table to be used and calculation limits for a range of parameters including density relative density and calorific value This screen displays when you configure the S600 to use the S06976 or GPA standard to calculate the calorific value heating value of the gas mixture Calorific value settings also allow you to define alarms The system activates these alarms when the calculated results are not within the specified limits 1 Select Gas CV from the hierarchy menu The Calorific Value screen displays f 5600 PCSetup AppxB File Edit View Tools Window Help o sa AR oA CO R I 6 7 System Graphic y system Setup Calculation Parameters I O Setup CV Table 150697671995 v Station 1 GAS Station 2 LIQ Reference Condition 115 15 DEGC y Stream 1 GAS TURBINE General Flowrate Flow Switching Calculation Limits STRO1 GAS CMPNT FWA FWE STRO1 GAS CMPNT FWA REV IDEALAD Time amp Flow Weighted Averaging STRO1 FORWARD TFWA IDEALDENSITY STRO1 REVERSE TFWA AGAT REAL RD Gas Composition Gas Properties REAL DENSITY Linearisation Stream 2 GAS DP REAL CY SUP Stream 3 LIQ CORIOLIS Stream 4 PR
67. MOLE LO LIMITS and MOLE HI LIMITS buttons display Displays a dialog box you use to define low mole percentage limit values for each gas component Enter 0 in any field to prevent the test for the selected component Note The system uses the values you enter through these buttons only if you select the Check Limits check box The system applies this test to the keypad downloaded user additionals and new analysis components When enabled the system applies the limit check against the high and low limits Limits are considered valid if the limit is greater than zero 0 The system also applies the check to the Total field If you disable the limit check the keypad downloaded and user Total field must lie within 0 1 and 150 A sum _ of the new analysis must be within 99 5 and 100 5 _ Displays a dialog box you use to define high mole percentage limit values for each gas component Enter 0 in any field to prevent the test for the selected component Note See note in description of Mole Lo Limits field Enables checking on the deviation from the last good analysis for each component When you select this check box the MOLE DEVN LIMITS button displays Note This field displays only if you selected CHROMAT 1 as the chromatograph configuration Displays a dialog box you use to define the maximum deviation allowed for each gas component Enter 0 in any field to prevent the test for the selected component Revised Jan 07
68. Meter Factor and K factor are not within the specified limits 1 Select Linearisation from the hierarchy menu The Linearisation screen displays t 5600 PCSetup ExampleM Fie Edit View Tools Window Help D El ta E OO R 1 2 f System Graphic System Setup Meter Factors K Factors I O Setup Flowrate Freq Value Flowrate Freg Value Station 1 Station 2 i l 200 Stream 1 GAS CORIOLIS i l ETS Stream 2 GAS DP Stream 3 GAS TURBINE 950 Stream 4 GAS ULTRASONIC moo Stream 5 LIQ CORIOLIS l i Stream 6 LIQ TURBINE l 1 050 General Flowrate 1 100 foo EJ FR FR AR E Flow Switching 1 150 Time amp Flow Weighted Averaging C Standard Density Correction nae 1 250 Advanced Setup i i o Calculation Limits METER FACTOR K FACTOR Hormal Flow rate a Hote Set this to zero for standard linearization Set to none math zero only for ARAMCO specific linearization For Help press F1 Security Level 1 Figure 6 77 Linearisation screen 2 Enter up to 10 frequency points and corresponding values for the Meter Factor and K factor Revised Jan 07 Stream Configuration 6 133 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 3 Click Meter Factor or K Factor to display a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for the respective factor 4 Ignore the value in the Normal Flow Rate field unless technical support personnel specifically provide
69. Mode Volume The default is 90 Sets the high high alarm as a percentage of the Can Volume The default is 95 Indicates the changeover method fortwincan sampling Click w to display all valid values 3 Click in the hierarchy menu when you finish defining settings A confirmation dialog box displays Revised Jan 07 Stream Configuration 6 123 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual s600ed A Apply Changes 4 Click Yes to apply your changes The PCSetup screen displays 6 7 3 Observed Density Correction This option which 1s used only for Coriolis applications enables you to determine base density from measured density You can include density measurement from a densitometer and from the Corliolis meter as your needs demand The system uses base density coordinated with the standard density correction to calculate correction values for the temperature of the liquid at the meter CTL and the pressure of the liquid at the meter CPL The system then uses the CTL and CPL values to correct the metered volume to reference conditions Note Depending on the configuration you may need to define both densitometer values DT TO BASE and selected meter densities SEL TO BASE options Although the following screen example does not show these options descriptions of these options which occur in the Calculation Results and Live Inputs buttons are included in the field descriptions 1 Select the appropriate componen
70. Mode IO Board Low Freg Cutoff C Unassigned gt H Board 2 P154 PRY Cancel C Single f Dual Level 4 Thresholds C Dual Level B Reset 200000 Bad Pulse 150 IO Channel Bad Pulse Configuration Channel 3 4 4 Bad Pulse Reset Mode CLEAR hd Error Check Frequency D Hz Figure 4 13 Pulse Input Assignment dialog box I O and Comms Configuration Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 3 Select a pulse mode Field Unassigned Dual Level A Dual LevelB Description Select to un assign a pulse input Select if only one pulse train is available from the frequency but 90 degrees out of phase Note This option conforms to Level A interpolation in accordance with ISO 6551 IP252 76 Select if the meter provides dual pulses at the same frequency but 90 degrees out of phase Note This option conforms to Level B interpolation in accordance with ISO 6551 IP252 76 4 Select the I O board for the pulse turbine input Select an I O channel to use For dual pulse input on the P144 board select channels 1 amp 2 or 3 amp 4 For dual pulse input on the P154 board select channels 2 amp 3 or 4 amp 5 Config600 reserves channel 1 for the P144 board Four channels 1 2 3 and 4 for P144 boards or 2 3 4 and 5 for P154 boards are available for single pulse inputs 6 Complete the Low Frequency Cutoff field using a Hertz value If the S600 receives pulse frequencies below this val
71. NO SPLITS the system displays the MOLE SPLITS button Use it to define the specific percentage splits for the gases Note This field displays only if you selected CHROMAT 1 as the chromatograph configuration of failure Otherwise the system reverts to keypad data Note This field displays only if you selected CHROMAT 1 as the chromatograph configuration MA Marks the received composition as failed if any critical alarm is set such as the pre amp fail on the Danalyzer for a Daniel 2551 Controller Note This field displays only if you selected CHROMAT 1 as the chromatograph configuration critical alarm is set such as the pre amp fail on the Danalyzer for a Daniel 2551 Controller Note This field displays only if you selected CHROMAT 1 as the chromatograph configuration type AAA Displays the Comm screen in I O Setup see Chapter 4 Section 4 10 220 Identifies the chromatograph and any fallback controllers Currently the only valid value is PAY which indicates one chromatograph and no fallback controller Note This field displays only if you selected CHROMAT 1 as the chromatograph configuration type Type Indicates the type of chromatograph controller Click w to display all valid values The default is 2551 EURO Note This field displays only if you selected CHROMAT 1 as the chromatograph configuration _ type 2551 EURO S600 is connected to a Daniel 2551 _ o _ European controller 2350 EURO S600 is connect
72. PRESSURE UPSTREAM DENSITY DOWNSTREAM PRESSURE Forward gt Premium Flow Limit Reverse Premium Flow Premium Billing Mode Calculation Limit Check Calculation E Version Button MASS FLOWRATE PRESSURE LOSS 2 Complete the following fields Description Indicates the position of the differential pressure tap on the metering assembly Click w to display all valid values The default is VENT TUBE dovccccccccccscsccccscoccccscsccocscoccccscoccocsconcocscoccecoceccocscoccccsceccecsss ee ccccccsccescccesoscccesesresesescesesescesesesceseseesesesescesesecsesesecsesesessesesescoseseccesesescesesescesesescesesescesesesceseseccoseseccosesescosesescesesecsesescesesecescoseceeseseseecesescrsosecersesescocoseccessssssasesscsssessssesessse Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for viscosity Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for the isentropic exponent Z Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for upstream density Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm _limits for downstream pressure Sets the pr
73. Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 2 Complete the following fields Field Override Wait Time Description Disables temperature and pressure stability checking The default is unchecked stability checking is enabled Note If you do not select this option you must complete the Wait Time and Hold Time fields Sets in seconds how long the S600 waits for stability before moving to the hold stability prover stage The _ default is 60 Hold Time Required Sets in seconds how long the S600 holds stability before starting prover runs The default is 10 Note The S600 aborts the prover run if stability is lost during the stability hold time Sets the required number of consecutive runs which must be within the defined tolerance limits typically 5 __The default is 5 Maximum Method Sets the maximum number of runs to perform before aborting the sequence up to 12 for the S600 The default is 12 Indicates the method used to define a run Click to display valid values The default is PULSE PULSE Run completes when the pulse count equals the value defined in the Pulses field VOLUME Run completes when the flowed volume equals the value defined in the Volume field TIME Run completes when the time elapsed equals the value defined in the Timeout field Tolerance Identifies as a percentage the maximum deviation A allowed before a run is unacceptable The default is 1
74. Start of Week field to indicate the beginning day of the week Click 4 or w to select a day The default A is Sunday o Monthly Complete the Start of Month field to indicate whether the month starts on the last day of the current month Last Day or March 31 or the first day of the next month First Day or April 1 Click 4 or w to select a value The default 3 8 System Setup Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Report Field is First Day 3 3 6 Managing Configuration Reports At any time you can manage edit delete or reconfigure the reports you have added to your configuration file Click on a report and Config600 displays three additional buttons Click Configure to display the Archive Configuration dialog box Click Edit to access the Report Editor Chapter 9 Click Delete to remove the defined report from the configuration file S600 PCSetup Example01 File Edit View Tools Window Help D gt E E E COR DSa 2 System Graphic General Reports System Setup Versions CURRENT Store 5 reports Print Add Time Editor Units PROVER VOL Store 1 report Print PROVER MASS Store 1 report Don t Print Configure Totals Descriptions Co nfig ure Totalisation P E d it an d Time 1 0 Setup Delete Station 1 GAS Station 2 LIQ Stream 1 GAS CORIOLIS Disable Stream 2 PRV BALL Advanced Setup Maintenance Mode Interlock Base Time Reports Ba
75. Station 2 GAS Stream 1 LIQ TURBINE Stream 2 LIQ TURBINE Stream 3 LIQ TURBINE Stream 4 PRV BALL Stream 5 GAS DP Stream 6 GAS DP Stream 7 GAS DP Stream 8 GAS ULTRASONIC Advanced Setup HALA AA AE AE Revised Jan 07 oOo 1 8 Sampler ID h1 Method FLOW PROPI Mode SINGLE v Volumes Can Fill Indicator GRAB COUNT Auto Disable Flowrate Low Limit fo m3 ETS secs Minimum Interval Can Volume Grab Volume On Can Full E On Flowrate Limit E On Flow Status B Auto Restart B Volume fi 000 ma Can Fill Period 24 hrs Can Limits Can Low Limit Can High Limit Can High High Limit 195 Z Twin can changeover mode Figure 5 15 Station Sampling Station Configuration Security Level 1 9 9 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 2 Complete the following fields Field Description Sampler ID Identifies the sample This value is for identification A purposes only and is not used in any calculation Method Identifies a sampling method Click w to display valid A Values Time Prop Divides the Period Time by the number of grabs required to fill the can to determine a time interval per pulse Values derived from the Can Flow Prop1 Divides the value entered in the Volume field by the number of grabs required to fill the can to determine a volume throughput per pulse Values derived from the Can Flow Prop2 Uses the value entered in the Volume field as the volume ccs _ Mro
76. Stream 1 LIQ CORIOLIS STR CVOL F R General STR MASS F R STR IVOL F R STR NETT MASS F R Time amp Flow Weighted Averaging STR Sw VOL F R Linearisation Observed Density Correction Standard Density Correction Coriolis Stream 2 LIQ CORIOLIS Low Flow Cutoff 160 m32h Stream 3 PRV MMETER Advanced Setup Control Limits for flow switching amp flow balancing High Band 80 Low Band 20 Flowrate Control PID Loop None hd Security Level 1 Figure 5 amp Control Limits 5 Enter values for the High Band and Low Band fields if you are editing a liquid stream In certain modes such as flow balancing or flow switching the S600 uses these values to check whether the flow through the stream is within allowable limits 6 For flowrate control select the PID Loop Click w to display valid values 7 Click in the hierarchy menu when finished A confirmation dialog box displays Revised Jan 07 Station Configuration 5 5 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual s600ed A Apply Changes Figure 5 9 Apply Changes dialog box 8 Click Yes to apply your changes The PCSetup screen displays 5 2 Station Averaging Use the Station Averaging settings to set the limits of the average temperature and pressure and define how Config600 performs averaging 1 Select the Average Temp amp Pres component from the hierarchy menu The system displays the associated settings in the right hand pane 1 600 PCSetup
77. The default is 2 22222222 Disabled Disables flow switching for the selected stream The A efault is unchecked flow switching is disabled Setpoint Sets if applicable the ideal flowrate required on the A selected stream PID Loop Identifies the PID loop used to control the flowrate of the selected stream Click w to display all valid options The default is O 01 PID CNTRL 1 Note You define flowrate band settings for each stream on the Flowrate screen see Section 6 2 2 3 Click in the hierarchy menu when you finish defining settings A confirmation dialog box displays Stream Configuration Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual s600ed A Apply Changes 4 Click Yes to apply your changes The PCSetup screen displays 6 2 4 Gas Component Flow Weighted Averaging GC FWA Gas Component Flow Weighted Averaging GC FWA defines how the system averages gas components for a given period For this option you define two setting groups one for forward flow and one for reverse flow 1 Select GC FWA from the hierarchy menu 2 Open the option so that you can see both the FWD forward and REV reverse settings You must complete both 3 Select the FWD option The Gas Component FWA screen displays E 600 PCSetup GasConfig1 File Edit View Tools Window Help o E a E OQ tt 3 System Graphic System Setup I O Setup Station 1 GAS Stream 1 GAS CORIOLIS R Period Stream 2
78. User Manual Chapter 10 Display Editor The S600 Display Editor allows you to customize the visual display on your S600 unit s front panel The Display Editor provides a graphical what you see 1s what you get WYSIWYG feel for the final appearance of the front panel and the navigation of your configuration in the S600 The Display Editor presents your configuration allowing you to view the actual data point initialization values for your specific application In This Chapter 10 1 Accessing the Display EdItOF cocccoonnnccncccnnccnncnonanccnnononancnnnnnnos 10 1 10 2 Navigating the Display EdItOF occccoonccocococonoconnoncnnoncnnononcononos 10 2 DOSS EONO css 10 3 10 3 1 Insert Menu ooncccccnncnncccncnonoconcnncnnononononnnnononnnnnnnannnnonannnnnnnns 10 3 10 3 2 Insert Append Page ooocccccccccccooncccnnncnonononconnnonononaanncnnnnnononnns 10 4 OSa EON 9 gt ee eee ee 10 4 10 3 4 Translate isis aisnscetvesunennecadcseinecnesieadiuwasdlisiuedratlencsmcvebbaueaitn bus dswaicd 10 6 MORO AVC a E E E A a canned 10 7 10 3 6 Menu Page ClipboOard ccccccocnccncccconcconccononncnncnnannonncnnnannons 10 7 10 4 Regenerating Displays cccccconcnnccocccncoconcnnoconnonoonanoncnnanennnnnnonnnnas 10 7 10 1 Accessing the Display Editor You can start the Display Editor in either of two ways Click the Edit Displays icon E on the PCSetup Editor s tool bar The Display Editor menu displays Click St
79. a maximum of six streams Config600 New Configuration Step 5 of 6 How many streams would you like to include FloBoss 5500 I a k 4 3 What type are these streams and what stations do they belong to 1 Gas Ultrasonic Gas Standard Options 2 Liquid gt Coriolis 1 Liquid Standar Options dditio F liquid gt Coriolis 1 Liquid Standar Options ditional Next gt Cancel Help Figure 2 6 Configuration Generator Step 5 1 Click 4 to add streams up to six The screen initially displays only one stream Note The program uses the options you select to determine operational values including stream flow rate density flow weighted averages and other specific values for each type of stream gas liquid or prover 2 For each stream define its type gas liquid or prover and the applicable options Gas Options Select one of four Gas options Coriolis DP Turbine or Ultrasonic and then specify sub options Type Gas Option Description Coriolis Option1 Perform standard PUREGAS PUREGAS calculation Coriolis Moles at Use station moles directly Individual without employing local Stream stream moles This is a A _default value Coriolis Moles from Selectively distribute from Station station analysis data Chromat telemetered from chromatto _ Revised Jan 07 PCSetup Editor 2 7 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual AAA AAA AAA AAA AAA AAA 2 8 Type Gas Co
80. a username in the Passwords pane Config600 adds two buttons Edit and Delete to the pane COR I6 Security for Data Editing 1 0 Assignment amp Scalings Alarm Limits Alarm Disable amp Suppress Reports amp Totalisation Comms Tasks TFWA Descriptions Required Level a EE ll dl e Passwords Username Level Add Edit Delete Obes Ome ohm Displays Webserver Security Level 1 Figure 7 7 Security screen Password Edits 2 Click Edit to display the Passwords dialog box for that username Note You can also double click the username to immediately display the Passwords dialog box Advanced Setup Configuration 7 15 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Passwords Username PC Password Erickson 126967801 o Cancel 5600 Password hi ho ho te Security Level E Figure 7 8 Passwords dialog box Note To delete a password click Delete Config600 removes the password from the Passwords pane 3 Modify the content as necessary 4 Click OK to apply your changes The Security screen displays 7 4 1 Data Item Security Y ou can also assign security levels to individual data items on the hierarchy menu This provides an additional level of system security Note Because of the variation in the nature of data items this process varies slightly from data item to data item This section is presented as an example to familiarize you with the general concept
81. and the specific alarm limits for the upstream meter temperature Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for the base compressibility Zo Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for the standard compressibility Zs Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for the upstream density COMP Zf Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for the upstream compressibility factor 4 Click in the hierarchy menu when you finish defining settings A confirmation dialog box displays s600ed 5 Click Yes to apply your changes The PCSetup screen displays 6 54 Stream Configuration Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 6 4 11 NX19 Compressibility 5600 PCSetup GasConfig1 File Edit View Tools Window Help D El I O Setup Station 1 GAS Stream 1 GAS CORIOLIS Stream 2 GAS DP Stream 3 GAS DP General Flowrate Batching Flow Switching GC FWA STRO3 GAS CMPNT FWA F STRO3 GAS CMPNT FWA F Time amp Flow Weighted Averag STRO3 FORWARD TFWA STRO3 REVERSE TFWA Downstream Upstream Cor
82. assign or reassign digital input data items 1 Select the Digital Inputs component from the hierarchy menu 2 Double click the digital input you desire to edit The Digital Input Selection dialog box displays Note You can also click the Assignment icon on the toolbar to display the dialog box Select the I O Board to assign the digital input or select Unassigned to deselect the input Config600 completes the I O Channel field with available channels Digital Input Selection IO Board 0 Channel ox Channel 2 Cancel Board 2 P154 PRY Channel 3 Sense VE Description STAMO1 10 POINT 1 Channel 16 Figure 4 2 Digital Input Selection dialog box 4 Select an I O Channel 5 Select the Sense for the digital input bit The default is Normal Invert reverses the signal s state Click OK to apply the new assignment The PCSetup screen displays showing your new assignment Note The PCSetup Editor displays a warning message 1f you assign the I O channel to more than one digital input Use caution the Editor displays a message but does not prevent you from assigning the input more than once Editing To edit the description for a digital input data item 1 Right click the data item The system displays a shortcut menu I O and Comms Configuration Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Note You can also click the Settings icon on the toolbar after highlighting the data item to displ
83. button displays only if you select the A CORR DENS component DENS EXP Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to CONSTANT define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for density expansion Note This button displays only if you select the CORR DENS component __ METER TEMP Displays an Analog Input dialog box you use to define various values for the analog input For further information refer to Section 4 3 Analog Inputs Correction Indicates the correction methodology the S600 uses Type Click w to display all valid values The default is EXTENDED gt gt SIMPLE Upstream and downstream temperatures are the same EXTENDED Calculates upstream temperature from measured downstream temperature Revised Jan 07 Stream Configuration 6 35 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 6 36 Field Correction Type cont Measurement Point TEMP EXP CONSTANT Thompson Description JT METHOD Calculates upstream temperature from measured downstream temperature using the Joule Thompson coefficient as described in IS05167 2003 Note This selection adds the Joule Thompson button to the screen Indicates the source of flow data for temperature calculations Click w to display all valid values The default is DOWNSTREAM Note This field which represents the physical measurement point on the metering system displays only if you select EXTENDED as a Correction Type Displays a Calculation Result
84. ccccccccssseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 6 134 6 8 3 Standard Density Correction cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaees 6 136 6 8 4 Base Sediment and Water BSW oooocccccccinccccccccccccnnnnn 6 138 A vet saamecuiietet a tiraa tne uae seaann ner oeaat eet neanest 6 140 o IIS 8 1 3 rc RR PEN O E e 6 140 A A A a a 6 144 093 A ee ee 6 146 53d Ala MMS da 6 148 6 10 Prover lt Compa instal dd che 6 149 610 RUND a Analia 6 149 610 2 CGONSIAMIS oa da ldaa 6 152 6109 Harwal E iii 6 154 610 4 Al LIMIS at a a 6 156 6 11 Prover Master Melor mrana N T 6 157 A E 6 157 Baltes RUN Dalasan lada 6 159 CIRS Consta ensa ra 6 162 OLLA Hardware a OO a 6 164 Ses ALA LINS iarna a 6 165 6 12 Modes Or Opera inet illa 6 166 Initial Configurations The Configuration Generator assigned default settings to the streams in your configuration file To edit these settings select the required stream number from the left pane in the PCSetup Editor Some stream settings are common to all stream types and some are application specific Stream Configuration Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual i 600 PCSetup ExampleZ Sele File Edit View Tools Window Help O bel da H t tt System Graphic l System Setup Stream Details I O Setup Stream Type CORIOLIS Station 1 LIQ Stream 1 LIQ CORIOLIS Meter Location LINE 1 Flowrate Maintenance Mode Suppress alarms in Maintenance Flow Switching Time amp Flow Weighted Avera
85. clicking the Calc Explorer icon on the PCSetup screen s menu bar 1 Select the Calc Explorer component from the hierarchy menu The Calc Explorer screen displays t 600 PCSetup complex File Edit View Tools Window Help O gt E 24 4 H O gd amp 1 S System Graphic System Setup Versions Units Reports Totalisation Time I O Setup Station 1 LIQ Calc Explorer Station 2 GAS E Stream 1 LIQ TURBINE ICON Stream 2 LIQ TURBINE Stream 3 LIQ TURBINE Stream 4 PRV BALL Stream 5 GAS DP Stream 6 GAS DP Stream 7 GAS DP Stream 8 GAS ULTRASONIC Advanced Setup Conversions Constants Totals Descriptions Alarms Security Displays Webserver Calc Explorer For Help press F1 Security Level 1 Figure 7 14 Calc Explorer blank 7 20 Advanced Setup Configuration Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 2 Right click in the right hand panel to display a menu of Calc Explorer options 600 PCSetup complex File Edit View Tools Window Help o El E System Graphic System Setup Versions Units Reports Totalisation Time I O Setup Station 1 LIQ Station 2 GAS Stream 1 LIQ TURBINE Stream 2 LIQ TURBINE Stream 3 LIQ TURBINE Stream 4 PRV BALL Stream 5 GAS DP Stream 6 GAS DP Stream 7 GAS DP Stream 8 GAS ULTRASONIC Advanced Setup Conversions Constants Totals Descriptions Alarms Security
86. connected Refer to Chapter 11 Modbus Editor for further information S600 is connected to a Siemens Advance Maxum via a Siemens Network Access Unit NAU Indicates the communications port 1 7 the S600 uses to communicate with the controller Click w to display all valid values Define this value here and on the I O Setup Comms screen click CHROMAT COMMS The default is PORT 5 Note This field displays only if you selected CHROMAT 1 as the chromatograph configuration _ type Configures multi drop chromatograph support Do not change unless advised to do so Note This field displays only if you selected CHROMAT 1 as the chromatograph configuration __lype Sets the chromat analysis stream assigned to this metering stream The default is 0 Note This field displays only if you selected CHROMAT 1 as the chromatograph configuration type If you need to support more than one stream contact technical support Sets the maximum number of seconds the S600 waits to receive a new composition from the chromatograph controller before raising an alarm The default is 900 Note This field displays only if you selected CHROMAT 1 as the chromatograph configuration Displays a dialog box you use to define mole percentage values for each gas component Note The system assumes the keypad composition adds to 100 normalised when the Acceptance Type is ACC COPY If you select ACC NORM or AUTO NORM the system automatically n
87. displays only if you selected CHROMAT 1 as the chromatograph configuration type ee Check Non Marks the received composition as failed if any non Critical Alarms critical alarm is set such as the pre amp fail on the Danalyzer for a Daniel 2551 Controller Note This field displays only if you selected CHROMAT 1 as the chromatograph configuration AA AA CHROMAT Displays the Comm screen in I O Setup see Chapter OMS __ Section 4 10 Initial Mode Identifies the chromatograph and any fallback controllers Currently the only valid value is PAY which indicates one chromatograph and no fallback controller Note This field displays only if you selected CHROMAT 1 as the chromatograph configuration type 6 22 Stream Configuration Revised Jan 07 Field Type Stream o Timeout Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Description Indicates the type of chromatograph controller Click w to display all valid values The default is 2551 EURO Note This field displays only if you selected CHROMAT 1 as the chromatograph configuration 2551 EURO S600 is connected to a Daniel 2551 European controller 2350 EURO S600 is connected to a Daniel 2350 European controller set in SIM_2251 mode 2350 USA S600 is connected to a Daniel 2350 USA controller set in SIM_2251 mode 2251 USA S600 is connected to a Daniel 2251 controller Generic S600 is connected to another type of controller This option provides a Mole Order bu
88. divides each pulse into smaller parts to maintain accuracy 1 Select Hardware from the hierarchy menu The Hardware screen displays 6 146 Stream Configuration Revised Jan 07 t 5600 PCSetup complex File Edit View Tools Window Help D gt E ca E System Graphic System Setup I O Setup Station 1 Station 2 Stream 1 LIQ TURBINE Stream 2 LIQ TURBINE Stream 3 LIQ TURBINE Stream 4 PRV BALL Run Data DORT S 120 Dual Chronometry E Phase Locked Loop v Interpolation Factor 1 Number of Switches 2 y Constants Alarm Limits Stream 5 GAS DP Stream 6 GAS DP Stream 7 GAS DP Stream 8 GAS ULTRASONIC Advanced Setup Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Security Level 1 Figure 6 85 Hardware screen Ball Prover 2 Complete the following fields Field Dual Chronometry Phase Locked Loop Interpolation Factor Number of Switches Description Enables dual chronometry Dual chronometry determines meter pulses by counting a series of whole meter pulses and then multiplying that value by the ratio of the time between the detector switches and the time required to accumulate the pulses The default is unchecked disabled Enables the phase locked loop A phased locked loop multiplies the number of actual turbine pulses by a value the Interpolation Factor for greater accuracy The default is checked enabled Note If you select this chec
89. equilibrium vapour pressure Pe 4 Click in the hierarchy menu when you finish defining settings A confirmation dialog box displays s600ed 5 Click Yes to apply your changes The PCSetup screen displays 6 8 3 Standard Density Correction This calculation enables you to use base density to determine the factors for the correction for temperature of the liquid at the meter CTL and the correction for the pressure of the liquid at the meter CPL The system then uses the CTL and CPL values to correct the metered volume to reference conditions 1 Select Standard Density Correction from the hierarchy menu The Standard Density Correction screen displays 6 136 Stream Configuration Revised Jan 07 21 5600 PCSetup complex Ele Edit view Tools Window Help HOOD RAEE Density Table Units KG M3 See Observed Density Correction for product selection MTB TEMP METER DENSITY la CRUDE CPL Calculation API 121M E 1 SA System Graphic System Setup 1 0 Setup Station 1 LIQ H Station 2 GAS Stream 1 LIQ TURBINE General Flowrate Batching Flow Switching Time amp Flow Weighted Averaging Linearisation Observed Density Correction Standard Density Correction BSW Stream 2 LIQ TURBINE Stream 3 LIQ TURBINE Stream 4 PRY BALL Stream 5 GAS DP Stream 6 GAS DP Stream 7 GAS DF Stream 3 GAS ULTRASONIC Advanced Setup pcsetup 1 Density Inp
90. exceeds the keypad limit The default is 100 Premium Indicates the premium total mode in which the system Billing Mode increments premium totals at the end of the hour only if the hourly total exceeds the keypad limit Click w to display all valid values The default is FLOW MASS Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to FLOWRATE define the specific alarm limits for the mass flowrate PRESSURE Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to LOSS define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm eee limits for the pressure loss THERMAL Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to EXPN FACTOR define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for the thermal expansion factor GAS EXPN Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to FACTOR define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm A limits for the gas expansion factor REYNOLDS Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to NUMBER define the specific alarm limits for the Reynolds number 3 Click in the hierarchy menu when you finish defining settings A confirmation dialog box displays s600ed A Apply Changes 4 Click Yes to apply your changes The PCSetup screen displays 6 4 8 Pure Gas Air Pure Gas Air mass flowrate settings define the constants and calculation limits for a range of parameters including pressure density flow coefficient and pressure loss This screen displays when you 6 48 Strea
91. for greater accuracy The default is unchecked disabled Note If you select this check box you must also provide an Interpolation Factor value Interpolation Sets the interpolation factor value for the phase locked Factor loops option typically associated with the Pulse Interpolation Module PIM For that module scaling factors range between x2 and x100 Set this value to be the same as the external unit If the external unit is set to x10 enter 10 in this field The default is 1 Note This field displays only if you select the Phase Locked Loop option 3 Click in the hierarchy menu when you finish defining settings A confirmation dialog box displays Revised Jan 07 Stream Configuration 6 155 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual s600ed A Apply Changes 4 Click Yes to apply your changes The PCSetup screen displays 6 10 4 Alarm Limits The Alarm Limits screen sets the prover alarms For a description of the alarms refer to Alarm Descriptions in Chapter 7 Advanced Setup Configuration 1 Select Alarm Limits from the hierarchy menu The Alarm Limits screen displays FloBoss 5600 PCSetup ExampleC 3 File Edit View Tools Window Help O co E System Setup 1 0 Setup Station 1 GAS Station 2 LIQ Stream 1 GAS CORIOLIS Stream 2 GAS CORIOLIS Stream 3 PRY COMPACT Run Data Constants Hardware Advanced Setup For Help press F1 6 156 ta i Of 1 2 7 Al
92. for this configuration Please enter a description of this new configuration A Figure 2 2 Configuration Generator Step 1 1 Enter a name for the configuration Keep the name short up to 20 characters for easy identification Note This step is mandatory PCSetup Editor Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 2 Enter a description for the configuration Note The Configuration Generator displays the name you give the file on the running configuration This optional description 1s for your information only 3 Click Next 2 1 2 Select Measurement Units Step 2 of 6 Use the second screen in the wizard Figure 2 3 to set the units of measurement for the configuration Config600 New Configuration Step 2 of 6 Ea Ex What are the basic units of the system FloBoss seon Metric Figure 2 3 Configuration Generator Step 2 1 Select the units of measurement the S600 uses Valid values are Metric or Imperial The default is Metric Click w to display more values This choice affects how Config600 handles a number of options including the default ADC and PRT modes maintenance mode interlock alarm latch mode atmospheric pressure and others Note You can modify this initial setting after you complete the wizard 2 Click Next Revised Jan 07 PCSetup Editor 2 3 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 2 1 3 Specify I O Step 3 of 6 Use the third screen in the wizard Figure 2 4 to
93. gas applications using differential pressure DP meters When you initially create a configuration the calculation selections you make determine which calculation specific screens appear in the hierarchy menu It is extremely unlikely that any one S600 configuration would contain all the settings discussed in this section For that reason several sample configurations demonstrate the settings Downstream Upstream Correction Downstream and Upstream correction settings define the parameters required to either correct upstream measurements to downstream measurements or correct downstream measurements to upstream measurements The pressure and density measurement of gas can be obtained either from downstream or upstream of the orifice plate These correction settings also allow you to define alarms The system activates these alarms when the calculated results are not within the specified limits 1 Select Downstream Upstream Correction from the hierarchy menu for the desired stream 2 Select CORR T P to correct temperature and pressure or CORR DENS to correct density The system displays the Downstream Upstream Correction screen Note For the purposes of explanation the following screen displays all options on a single screen Depending on your selections in the previous step Config600 displays only portions of this screen Stream Configuration Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 5600 PCSetup GasConfig1
94. in the Reports directory 1f necessary rep06 txt Report File Name Description rep00 txt _ Fixed Hourly Report rep01 txt Batch Report rep02 txt Maintenance Report rep03 txt Base Time 1 Period 1 Report rep04 txt Base Time 1 Period 2 Report rep05 ixt Base Time 1 Period 3 Report Base Time 1 Period 4 Report rep07 ixt Base Time 2 Period 1 Report rep08 txt Base Time 2 Period 2 Report rep09 txt Base Time 2 Period 3 Report rep10 txt Base Time 2 Period 4 Report rep11 txt Base Time 3 Period 1 Report rep12 txt Base Time 3 Period 2 Report rep13 txt 7 Base Time 3 Period 3 Report Report Editor 9 5 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Report File Name Description rep14 txt _ Base Time 3 Period 4 Report rep15 txt Current Report rep16 txt Prover Volume Report Note Previous versions of the Config600 software grouped the Prover Volume report and the Prover Mass report in one report rep16 txt rep17 txt Prover Mass Report rep18 rep39 txt User defined reports 9 2 Using the Report Editor Regardless of the access method once you open the Report Editor you can begin using 1t to modify the format and content of your reports Y ou select editing functions from a pop up menu which displays when you right click any part of the Report Editor screen Config600 Report Editor rep15 txt By File Edit View Window Help eh tar g CURRENT REPORT CUMULA
95. lo Flow Calib Pressure o barg Validation Parameters Max Acceptable Gap Between Successive Polls 50 Flow Integral Acceptance Factor 20 Mas Meter Total 19990000 tonne Mas Flowrate FOO th Meter Variable Limits Saf SERIAL PRESS SERIAL TEMP SERIAL DENSITY 140 1 0 PRESSURE 1 0 TEMPERATURE 1 0 DENSITY CORIOLIS COMMS hal Security Level 1 Figure 6 76 Coriolis screen Stream Configuration Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 2 Complete the following fields Field Flow Units Flow Data Source Density Calib Pressure Flow Calib Pressure Pressure Temperature Density Revised Jan 07 Stream Configuration Description Indicates the primary flow units measurements Select MASS to configure the Coriolis meter for mass based pulses or select VOLUME to configure the meter for volume based pulses Click w to display all valid values The default is MASS Indicates the source of flow data Select SERIAL to enable the system to take the primary variable from the serial mass or volume flowrate or select PULSE I P to calculate the primary variable from the mass or volume pulse input Click w to display all valid values The default is SERIAL Sets a density correction factor value The default is 0 Note This field provides compatibility with early Coriolis meters Do not change this value unless directed by technical support personnel Sets a density calibration pressure
96. menu option by navigating to a page on that row right clicking and selecting either Insert Page to create a page before the current one or Append Page to create a page after the current one 10 3 3 Edit Line To edit an existing line in the display menu 1 Right click on the required line and select Edit Line The Edit dialog box displays Data Point MEAT Security Limits High Lowy Text STREAM haba Cancel Figure 10 4 Edit dialog box 2 Ifthe line contains only text use the Text field to change the displayed description Note The description cannot contain any commas 10 4 Display Editor Revised Jan 07 Connect Wizard m Selectfrom letto right Station 1 UG US Stream 1 LIQ USTURE Stream 2 UG USTURE Stream 3 PRYMMETER alue 1223523 Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Llte User Manual 3 Click OK when you are finished The menu displays showing your edit 4 If the line contains a data point or you want to place a data point on a blank link select the Data Point checkbox Config600 activates the rest of the Edit dialog box Data Point Data Point Security Exponential Format Decimal Places Leading eros Limits High Cancel JK Figure 10 5 Edit dialog box 5 Click the Data Point button at the top of the Data Point pane to define a data point The Connect Wizard displays o TM TYPE o TMII BATCH TITLE STM01 APPLICATION
97. oTMO1 PLATFORM STMO1 SPARE 3 S TIMO SPARE 4 o TNO SPARE 5 MAS OSes Cancel Figure 10 6 Connect Wizard 6 Define the new data point by highlighting values in each of the four columns object source object type object object field Select from left to right Click w or A to display more values 7 Click OK when you have finished The Edit dialog box displays Display Editor 10 5 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 10 6 8 Complete as necessary the remaining fields on the Edit dialog box Field Security AAA AAA Exponential Format Low Limit Description Indicates a security Level 0 to 9 for the field Note The default is O cannot be changeo Select to indicate the representation of numbers in an exponential format Note If you select this checkbox S600 greys out the Decimal Places and Leading Zeroes fields Indicates the number of decimal places required for the selected field Select to indicate whether leading zeroes are required for this field Indicates the high maximum limit for the value in this field Indicates the low minimum limit for the value in this field 9 Click OK when you have finished defining the field The Display Editor displays showing the new value you have defined 10 3 4 Translate This shortcut menu option allows you to translate or copy a menu structure for one stream or station into that for another stream or station To translate a menu structure
98. of applying security to data items 1 Select a component from the hierarchy menu in this example select Units from the System Setup hierarchy t 5600 PCSetup complex File Edit View Tools Window Help D ga wA N System Graphic System Setup Versions Gas Reports Totalisation Time I O Setup Station 1 LIQ Station 2 GAS Stream 1 LIQ TURBINE Stream 2 LIQ TURBINE Stream 3 LIQ TURBINE Stream 4 PRV BALL Stream 5 GAS DP Stream 6 GAS DP Stream 7 GAS DP Stream 8 GAS ULTRASONIC Advanced Setup Conversions Constants Totals Descriptions Alarms Security Displays Webserver Calc Explorer Hi OG KR 1 4 2 Totals amp Flowrates Totals Flowrates Totals Mass tonne v t h v Uncorrected Vol m3 v Corrected Vol Sma v GJ h Engineering Values Misc Deg C y CY VOL UNITS bag mbar gt koma z Degc s gt bars CONVERSIONS CONSTANTS Energy GJ v TEMP UNITS PRESS UNITS DYN WISC UNITS DIAM UNITS VEL UNITS DP UNITS DENS UNITS K Factor K FACTOR UNITS ROC TEMP UNITS ROC PRS UNITS Liquid Flowrates tonne y t h m3h l m3 m3 h l Sm3 h y Sm3 y Sm3 h y MJ Sm3 al cP v mm y ba ai pls m3 se Security Level 1 Figure 7 9 Data Item Security 7 16 Advanced Setup Configuration Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 2 Select Edit gt Security using the menu
99. or software failure Settings have been retained In the I O alarms section this alarm indicates if an I O board has restarted Occurs when at least one cell has failed or is in Keypad mode Occurs when the status byte for Chord C has at least one bit set in the range bit 1 to bit 13 Occurs when the status byte for Chord D has at least one bit set in the range bit 1 to bit 13 Occurs when the zero value of the Coriolis transmitter Is too low is too high Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Code Description _ S ZERO NOISE Occurs when the signal into the Coriolis transmitter is too noisy ZERO PROG Occurs when the Coriolis transmitter is currently zeroing 7 4 Security The Config600 suite of programs 1s protected by a multi level security system that both restricts access to authorized system users and determines which data items system users can enter or modify Each system user is assigned a security access Level between 1 and 9 and a Password Security access Level provides the largest number of privileges Level 9 provides the fewest number of privileges Access to any one Level provides access to all the other less privileged Levels that is Level 3 access has the privileges of Levels 4 through 9 but is denied privileges of Levels 2 and 1 When you send the configuration to the S600 the security settings including the user access Levels become the login Passwords for access via the front
100. osa A System Graphic System Setup I O Setup Station 1 GAS Stream 1 GAS CORIOLIS Stream 2 GAS DP General Flowrate Batching GC FWA STRO2 GAS CMPNT FWA FWE STRO2 GAS CMPNT FWA REV Time amp Flow Weighted Averaging Downstream Upstream Correctior Pipe Correction AGA8 ISOTR9464 Gas CV AGA3 Gas Composition Gas Properties DP Cell Input Conditioning Stream 3 GAS DP Stream 4 GAS DP Stream 5 GAS DP Stream 6 GAS DP Stream 7 GAS DP Stream 8 GAS DP Stream 9 GAS DP Stream 10 GAS DP Advanced Setup lt For Help press F1 6 8 Flow Switching settings define the priorities and number of valves present as well as control loop specifics You can set up flow switching for a stream and then disable 1t until you need this option 1 Select Flow Switching from the hierarchy menu The Flow Switching screen displays 00 t 1 3 General Setup Priority Number of Valves Disabled Flowrate Setpoint For flowrate bands see flowrate limits editor for this stream Control PID Loop 1 001 PID CNTRL1 Security Level 1 Figure 6 7 Flow Switching screen 2 Complete the following fields Priority Sets the priority of the stream The higher the number the higher the stream s priority For example 2 has priority over 1 and 3 has priority over 2 The default is 1 Number of Sets the number of values controlled on the selected A e stream
101. screen populated 9 5 Figure 9 7 Report Editor mMenu s s s 9 6 Figure 9 8 Placement Editor o 9 7 Figure 9 9 Connect Wizard cccc o o oommo 9 8 Figure 9 10 Placement Editor with revised label 9 8 Figure 9 11 Placement Editor dialog box 9 9 Figure 9 12 Connect Wizard ccccccc o 9 9 4 Figure 10 1 Display Editor main menu screen 10 2 Figure 10 2 Typical Display Page Stream 2 Flow LIMIS SHOWN aida 10 2 Figure 10 3 Display Editor with shortcut menu 10 3 Figure 10 4 Edit dialog DOX cccccccccoo o 10 4 Figure 10 5 Edit dialog DOX ccoccccccooooo 10 5 Figure 10 6 Connect Wizard cccc c 10 5 Figure 10 7 Translate dialog box 10 6 Figure 10 8 Display Regeneration 10 8 Figure 11 1 Modbus Editor main screen 11 3 Figure 11 2 Properties dialog box 11 3 Figure 11 3 Insert shortcut menu 0 11 5 Figure 11 4 Enter Details dialog box 11 6 Figure 11 5 Choose dialog boOx 11 6 Figure 11 6 Enter Details dialog box 11 6 Figure 11 7 Enter Details dialog box 11 7 Figure 11 8 Edit Format dialog box 11 8 Figure 11 9 Message Details dialog box 11 9 Figure 11 10 Connect Wizard 11 10 Figure 11 11 Message Details dialog box w
102. select USER for Pipe Material Note GOST applications refer to stainless steel as 12X17 to monel as 12X18H9T and to carbon steel as 20 The correction constants are taken from GOST 8 563 1 Table C 1 3 Click any of the following buttons to set calculation limits CORRECTED Button UPSTREAM TEMP PIPE DIAM Description Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for the upstream temperature Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for the corrected pipe diameter CORRECTED ORIF DIAM Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for the corrected orifice diameter 4 Click in the hierarchy menu when you finish defining settings A 6 38 Stream Configuration confirmation dialog box displays Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual s600ed A Apply Changes 5 Click Yes to apply your changes The PCSetup screen displays 6 4 3 AGA8 Compressibility Compressibility settings define the constants and calculation limits for a range of parameters including pressure temperature density and compressibility factors This screen displays when you configure the S600 to use the main AGAS standard to calculate base compressibility standard compressibility and flowing compressibility fo
103. the same reference conditions of pressure and temperature To correctly apply the real gas relative density specific gravity to the flow calculation the reference conditions for the determination of the real gas relative density specific gravity must be the same as the base conditions for the flow calculation Source AGA3 1992 See also Relative Density RD Note Real relative density differs from ideal relative density in that the ratio of the gas compressibilities is also taken into account Static Random Access Memory Stores data as long as power is applied typically backed up by a lithium battery or supercapacitor FloBoss S600 Flow Computer An operating system concept that refers to the combination of a program s execution and the operating system s bookkeeping information Whenever a program executes the operating system creates a new task for it Transmission Control Protocol Internet Protocol An option that allows the S600 to average process variables based on time flow or time and flow Area of RAM for integrating totals Device that converts energy from one state to another Triple register an area of RAM where data is stored in triplicate normally used to store totals Transmitted information Under the preset current limit for the A C Converter Changeable values A differential pressure device produced by McCrometer Memory that is unstable in the absence of power Glossary Revised Jan 07 Con
104. the specific alarm limits for density from the densitometer 4 Click in the hierarchy menu when you finish defining settings A confirmation dialog box displays Revised Jan 07 Stream Configuration 6 129 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual s600ed A Apply Changes 5 Click Yes to apply your changes The PCSetup screen displays 6 7 5 Coriolis t 5600 PCSetup ExampleM File Edit View Tools Window Help D gt El a E System Graphic System Setup I O Setup Station 1 GAS Station 2 LIQ Stream 1 GAS CORIOLIS Stream 2 GAS DP Stream 3 GAS TURBINE Stream 4 GAS ULTRASONIC Stream 5 LIQ CORIOLIS General Flowrate Flow Switching Time amp Flow Weighted Averaging Linearisation 0 0 0 FE AR Re E Observed Density Correction Standard Density Correction Stream 6 LIQ TURBINE Advanced Setup For Help press F1 6 130 Coriolos settings define the constants and calculation limits for a range of parameters including stream input sources and modes of operation These settings also allow you to define alarms The system activates these alarms when the calculated results for the flowrates are not within specified limits 1 Select Coriolis from the hierarchy menu The Coriolis screen displays OG 1 3 7 Meter Setup 40 Selection Flow Units Mass Pressure CORIOLIS Flow Data Source SERIAL vw Temperature CORIOLIS 0 Seal Density CORIOLIS Density Calib Pressure 0 barg kpt
105. the specified limits 1 Select Gas Properties from the hierarchy menu The Gas Properties screen displays 1 5600 PCSetup ExampleM Fle Edit View Tools Window Help ce e da fl CO R S System Graphic System Setup Inputs I O Setup Viscosity m Tr 10 01 01861 Station 1 Station 2 Viscosity Tn 1 5 ins plis paa Sutherland Constant CE Stream 2 GAS DP stream 3 GAS TURBINE stream 4 GAS ULTRASONIC General Viscosity Calo Type DISAB LEO Flowrate lsentropic Exponent DISABLED vw Flow Switching E p DISABLED GC FWA Speed of Sound DIS ABLED o E E Ee STRO4 GAS CMPNT FWA FWE 5TR04 GAS CMPNT FWA REV Outputs Time amp Flow Weighted Averaging STRO4 FORWARD TFWA VISCOSITY ISENTROPIC EXPONENT 5TR04 REVERSE TRA AGAS Os Gas CV Gas Composition Warablez LINE PRESS LINE TEMP Ultrasonic Flow Setup Ultrasonic Control BASE DENSITY INUSE COMPOSITION Stream 5 LIQ CORIOLIS Stream 6 LIQ TURBINE Advanced Setup Security Level 1 Figure 6 68 Gas Properties screen 2 Complete the following fields Field Description Viscosity Tn Sets the reference viscosity for the gas The default is BA Viscosity Tn Sets the reference viscosity temperature for the gas The default is AS Sutherland Sets the Sutherland constant for the gas The default is Constant 164 Viscosity Calc Indicates the method for calculating the viscosity of the Type gas Click w to display all valid
106. through a liquid system so a required flow rate can be attained through a prover This option allows the station within the S600 to control the number of streams open according to the current flow rates If flow switching is required it should be enabled on all relevant streams and on the station settings during the generation phase Frequency or period report Highway Addressable Remote Transducer or HART is a communication protocol designed for industrial process measurement and control applications It combines both analogue and digital communication and can communicate a single variable using a 4 20 mA analogue signal while also communicating added information on a digital signal Hexadecimal referring to numbers in base 16 that is numbers from O through 9 and letters from A through F See Calorific Value CV Analog Output number value to be read Hertz Glossary A 3 I J K Integer Intelligent I O I O IP IP2 IPL 600 IS ISO ISO 5167 ISO 6976 LED Mantissa Meter Correction Meter Linearisation Modbus Modem Modulate MOV Multiplexor Noise Non volatile Memory NX 19 A 4 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Any positive or negative whole number including zero P144 Intelligent Input Output Module also known as IIO Input and Output Institute of Petroleum or Ingress protection standard referring to British standard 5420 or International Electro Technical Commission st
107. to define the specific alarm limits for the velocity correction factor Note This value is used only for JuniorSonic meters E EEE AA Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for the in use Meter factor 3 Complete the following fields Description Indicates a velocity correction factor Click w to display all valid values The default is SET Note This velocity correction factor applies only to the _JuniorSonic meters Indicates a meter correction factor Click w to display all valid values The default is CLEAR Note This velocity correction factor applies only to the JuniorSonic meters Sets up to 10 flow rate points for forward Meter factors Sets up to 10 Meter factor values for forward Meter factors Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for viscosity of the metered product Sets up to 10 flow rate points for reverse meter factors Sets up to 10 Meter factor values for reverse meter factors Sets the premium forward flow mode in which the system increments premium totals whenever the flowrate exceeds the keypad value The default is 100 _ Sets the premium reversed flow mode in which the system increments premium totals whenever the _flowrate exceeds the keypad value The default is 100 Indicates the premium total mode in which the system inc
108. to the turbine frequency by interpolating the frequency between fixed points and then cross referencing the result against a lookup table Linearisation settings also allow you to define alarms The system activates these alarms when the calculated results for the Meter and K factors are not within specified limits Flow meters produce pulses proportional to the total flow through the meter and the K factor represents the number of pulses produced per unit volume Stream Configuration Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Notes Batching systems that employ Meter factor or K factor linearization with retrospective Meter factor K factor adjustments assume that the adjusted value has a keypad mode To prevent the live metering system from applying a double correction use either a calculated Meter factor or a calculated K factor linearization that is only one factor should have a calculated mode 1 Select Linearisation from the hierarchy menu The Linearisation screen displays 6 5600 PCSetup AppxB E File Edit View Tools Window Help o El ta E System Graphic System Setup H 1 0 Setup CO 1 4 Y Meter Factors K Factors Plowrate Freg Flowrate Freg Value H Station 1 GAS Station 2 LIQ Stream 1 GAS TURBINE General Flowrate Flow Switching GC FWA STROOI GAS CMPNT FWA FWE 5TRO1 GAS CMPNT FWA REW Time amp Flow Weighted Averaging 57TRO1 FORWARD TFWA 5TRO1 RE
109. to zero rolls under zero TOTals ROLL UnDeR Note This should occur only if using reverse totals Advanced Setup Configuration 7 11 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Code TSK OFLOW TSK ERR TASK ERR TASK FAIL TPU FAIL TEMP FAIL TX CONFIG TX ELEC TX FAIL U RANGE UNAVAIL UNDEFINED WARM ST WARNING WARN CH_A WARN CH_B WARN CH_C WARN CH_D ZERO DIV ZERO OP ZERO LOW ZERO HIGH Advanced Setup Configuration Description Occurs when the S600 traps an attempt to write an infinite number Occurs when any of the alarms in displayed group occur TaSK ERRor This is acommon alarm if you use only a minimum alarm set You then need to determine the cause of the problem Occurs when a task within the I O board detects an the indicated I O board I O board hardware failure system fault Note If this alarm occurs remove the S600 from service and replace the I O board before returning the S600 to service Occurs when the Coriolis transmitter reports that it is not configured Occurs when the raw input falls below acceptable values For Analog Inputs this value can be entered but defaults to 3 5mA For PRT RTD inputs the limit is 60 ohms For the case of the Analog Outputs the Occurs when the signal for Local or Remote control from the valve indicates the valve is in local control UNAVAILable undefined error Occurs when the S600 performs a Warm Start possibly due to a power dip
110. value and the specific alarm limits for observed pressure Note This button displays only if you select the densitometer DT TO BASE stream component Pe DT Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for observed equilibrium vapour pressure Pe Note This button displays only if you select the densitometer DT TO BASE stream component MTR DENS Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to SEL define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for meter density Note This button displays only if you select the meter MTR TEMP Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to SEL define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for meter temperature Note This button displays only if you select the meter SEL TO BASE stream component MTR PRESS Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to SEL define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for meter pressure Note This button displays only if you select the meter SEL TO BASE stream component MTR Pe Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for equilibrium vapour pressure Pe Note This button displays only if you select the meter SEL TO BASE stream component 5 Click in the hierarchy menu when you finish defining settings A confirmation dialog bo
111. values The default is a eee DISABLED a Isentropic Indicates the method for calculating the isentropic Exponent exponent of the gas Click w to display all valid values e The default is DISABLED Speed of Indicates the method for calculating the speed of Sound sound Click w to display all valid values The default is DISABLED Revised Jan 07 Stream Configuration 6 113 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 6 114 3 Click any of the following buttons to define gas property outputs or variables Button VISCOSITY ISENTROPIC EXPONENT COMPOSITION Description Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for viscosity Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for the isentropic exponent Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for the velocity of sound VOS Note AGA10 refers to VOS as speed of sound Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for line pressure Note This button may be disabled on some applications Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for line temperature Note This button may be disabled on some applications Displays a Calculation
112. values associated with this stream I O card and channel as well as conversion factors and alarm limits LINE TEMP Displays an Analog Inputs dialog box you use to define the analog input values associated with this stream I O card and channel as well as conversion factors and alarm limits REAL RD SG Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for the real relative density GROSS HV Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for the gross heating value HV Revised Jan 07 Stream Configuration 6 105 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 6 106 3 Click any of the following buttons to set calculation limits Button Description UPSTREAM Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to DENSITY define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm A _ limits for upstream density o UPSTR Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to COMP Zf define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for upstream compressibility MOLAR MASS Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm o limits for molar mass BASE DENSITY Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm o limits for base density o BASE Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use
113. you selected the NX19 UPSTR component Sets the base pressure for the NX19 calculation The default is 0 Note This field displays only if you selected the NX19 _ STND component Base Pressure Stream Configuration 6 55 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Field Description Pseudo Critical Sets the pseudo critical limits for pressure The default o is 673 o UPSTREAM Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to TEMPERATURE define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for the upstream temperature Note This button displays only if you selected the ee NX19 UPSTR component Base Sets the base temperature for the NX19 calculation Temperature The default is 15 Note This field displays only if you selected the NX19 BS STND component BS Pseudo Critical Sets the pseudo critical limits for temperature The BS default is 344 BS SG RD Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for the specific gravity relative density Calculation Indicates the calculation type the S600 uses for the Type specific gravity relative density calculation Click w to display all valid values The default is 1962 1962 Use AGA manual December 1962 to determine supercompressibility factor for natural gas Assumes reference conditions at 60 F MODIFIED Use NX 19 Mod Assumes A _reference condition at 0 C VDI VDE 2040 Use VDI VDE 2
114. 0 uses for Constant viscosity calculations The default is 0 BASE DENSITY Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for the base density BASE Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to COMP Zb define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for the base compressibility Zb ISENTROPIC Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to EXPONENT define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm a limits for the Isentropic exponent 00 METER Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to DENSITY define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm A limits for the meter density 2 UPSTR Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to COMP Zf define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm A limits for the upstream compressibility Zf FLOWING Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to VISCOSITY define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm re limits for the flowing viscosity 2 REAL RD Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for the real relative density a REALCV Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for the real calorific value CV 3 Click in the hierarchy menu when you finish defining settings A confirmation dialog box displays s600ed 4
115. 00 Lite Lite User Manual Note Entering 0 in either the SP Clamp Rate or the MV Slew Rate __ field overrides those fields 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 Select the SP Tracking checkbox to enable setpoint tracking This field works in conjunction with the value you enter in the Auto Manual field With SP Tracking enabled and in Auto mode the system sets the value in the Manual Position field equal to the current output value With SP Tracking enabled and in Manual mode the system sets the value in the SP Setpoint field equal to the process variable With SP Tracking disabled and in Auto mode the value in the Manual Position field remains unchanged With SP Tracking disabled and in Manual mode the SP value remains unchanged and the system sets the Integral Action field to whatever value 1s required to maintain the current position Select the MV Clamping check box to enable Measured Value Clamping Select this option if the output value should be limited between the high and low analog output values Complete the Auto Manual field Valid values are Manual the system forces the output into the manually entered value or Auto the system uses the calculated value from the PID algorithm to drive the analog output The default value is Manual Define a SP setpoint value which the system when in Auto mode attempts to achieve by controlling the output This is an initial value that you can c
116. 00 Lite Lite User Manual Revised Jan 07 vil Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Chapter 1 Introduction This manual describes how to use the Config600 Pro configuration software suite of editors referred to as Config600 in the rest of this manual to configure the FloBoss S600 Flow Computer referred to as S600 in this manual The software runs on a personal computer PC using Windows operating system Refer to the specification sheet 4 C600 Config600 Configuration Software This manual discusses configuring S600 options including calculations Input output 1 0 communications Proportional Integral and Derivative PID loops stations streams displays Modbus maps and reports Use this manual in conjunction with the FloBoss S600 Flow Manager Instruction Manual Form A6115 This chapter details the structure of this manual and provides an overview of the Config600 software In This Chapter ki lt SCODE Ol MINUA iiaia a aa ae 1 1 Wee SOWIE BASICS airone aeiee oia iei 1 2 doe SONWare FEAE S ile 1 3 1 4 Related Specification SheetS cccccooncnnncccnnnccccnononncnnnncnonannnnnnnnononnnanos 1 3 1 1 Scope of Manual This manual contains the following chapters Revised Jan 07 Chapter 1 Defines the scope of the document and provides an Introduction overview of the Config600 software Chapter 2 Describes the PCSetup Editor interface the PCSetup Editor configuration generator how
117. 040 Assumes 2 reference condition at0 C UPSTR Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to COMP Zf define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for upstream compressibility Note This button displays only if you selected the NX19 UPSTR component STD COMP Zs Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for standard compressibility Note This button displays only if you selected the NX19 STND component 4 Click in the hierarchy menu when you finish defining settings A confirmation dialog box displays s600ed 5 Click Yes to apply your changes The PCSetup screen displays 6 56 Stream Configuration Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 6 4 12 PTZ Compressibility PTZ settings take the pressure temperature and calculated values from the NX19 compressibility calculations to calculate an upstream density This screen displays when you configure the S600 to use the PTZ calculation PTZ settings also allow you to define alarms The system activates these alarms when the calculated results are not within the specified limits 1 Select PTZ from the hierarchy menu The PTZ screen displays t 5600 PCSetup GasConfig1 DEK o x File Edit View Tools Window Help O ga amp E OQ 1 8 7 I O Setup Lo Station 1 GAS Standard Conditions Stream 1 GAS CORIOLIS Pressure fo barg STD COMP Zs
118. 1 LIQ TURBINE Stream 2 LIQ TURBINE Stream 3 LIQ TURBINE Stream 4 PRV BALL Stream 5 GAS DP Stream 6 GAS DP Stream 7 GAS DP Stream 8 GAS ULTRASONIC Advanced Setup Conversions Constants Totals Descriptions Alarms Displays Webserver Calc Explorer 7 14 1 00 amp 1 8 2 Security for Data Editing Passwords 1 0 Assignment amp Scalings Alarm Limits Alarm Disable amp Suppress Reports amp Totalisation Comms Tasks TFWA Descriptions Required Level Username Level w 00 y MN A wr a Es dl ll e Displays Webserver Security Level 1 Figure 7 3 Security screen Using the Security for Data Editing in PCSetup pane complete the Required Level field to assign an access security level 1 through 9 to each of the PCSetup data item groups Remember that 1 1s the most comprehensive level of access and 9 is the most restrictive level of access Note Click Displays Webserver to switch between this screen and the Displays Webserver screen This helps you determine which functions should have webserver access Click Add in the Passwords pane to add a Password for an additional user The Passwords dialog box displays Passwords Lleername PC Password Lancel 5600 Password Hi mi fo Sh Security Level E Figure 7 6 Passwords dialog box Advanced Setup Configuration Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual
119. 3 Click in the hierarchy menu when you finish defining settings A confirmation dialog box displays s600ed 4 Click Yes to apply your changes The PCSetup screen displays Revised Jan 07 Stream Configuration 6 143 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 6 9 2 Constants The Constants screen has two major areas One area consisting of the Stability R O C Stability Bands and Base Volume panes defines stability checking parameters The other area consisting of the Reference Setup and Misc panes provides set up information for the prover including reference conditions and physical properties 1 Select Constants from the hierarchy menu The Constants screen displays f 5600 PCSetup complex File Edit View Tools Window Help osa E System Graphic System Setup I O Setup Station 1 LIQ Station 2 GAS Stream 1 LIQ TURBINE Stream 2 LIQ TURBINE Stream 3 LIQ TURBINE Stream 4 PRV BALL Run Data Hardware Alarm Limits Stream 5 GAS DP Stream 6 GAS DP Stream 7 GAS DP Stream 8 GAS ULTRASONIC Advanced Setup Stability R O C Temperature Pressure UWOL Stability Bands Temperature Pressure Reference Cal Temperature Cal Pressure CTL Temperature Misc Pipe Diarn Elasticity OQ amp 1 8 7 Deg C s bars o AA 7 om 3 bi Base Volume Initial 1 2 x 4 Pre Switch Forward Pre Switch R
120. 3 3 2 Base Time Reports Base time reports provide system data as of a particular hour base time you define Base time reports include Time Definition Hourly __Shows throughput for the previous hour 2 Hourly _Shows throughput for the previous two hours 3 Hourly Shows throughput for the previous three hours System Setup Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Time Definition 4 Hourly Shows throughput for the previous four hours 6 Hourly Shows throughput for the previous six hours 8 Hourly Shows throughput for the previous eight hours 12 Hourly Shows throughput for the previous twelve hours Daily Shows throughput for the previous day Weekly Shows throughput for the previous week Monthly Shows throughput for the previous month Batch Hourly Shows for each hour during a batch the batch hourly total and the batch total Note Config600 generates this report only during batches If a batch finishes midway through an hour Config600 does not generate the batch hourly value for that hour but does generate the end of batch value that contains totals for that batch Multi Day Shows throughput for the previous multi day period as a defined in the Multi day period field Part Hour Shows throughput for previous part hour period as defined in the Part hour period field Note Although Config600 provides up to three base time categories for reports Section 3 3 4 Adding a Genera
121. 4 Complete the following fields Field Username Description Enter a name the user types to access the relevant program The S600 also prints this Username on event logs to show which user logged in to change parameters Note This value is case sensitive PC Password Enter an alohanumeric value up to 15 characters in length For security a password should be a random combination of numbers and upper and lower case letters Note This value is case sensitive S600 Password Enter a number click 4 or w to increase or decrease the values the user must provide to change _parameters using the S600 front panel _ Enter a number between 9 and 1 to indicate the Security Level associated with this user ID 5 Click OK to apply the changes The Security screen displays showing the user ID you have just defined Editing Deleting As administrator you may need to edit reset or remove system Passwords Passwords f 600 PCSetup complex File Edit View Tools Window Help O gt E amp E System Graphic System Setup I O Setup Station 1 LIQ Station 2 GAS Stream 1 LIQ TURBINE Stream 2 LIQ TURBINE Stream 3 LIQ TURBINE Stream 4 PRV BALL Stream 5 GAS DP Stream 6 GAS DP Stream 7 GAS DP Stream 8 GAS ULTRASONIC Advanced Setup Conversions Constants Totals Descriptions Alarms Displays Webserver Calc Explorer Revised Jan 07 1 Click
122. 6 2o Ball arranco ccoo Eri 5 7 o A 5 9 5 1 Flowrates Flowrate settings define the alarm setpoints for each type of flowrate You can enable up to four types of alarms for each flowrate The settings enable or disable the alarms and are system activated when the calculated result for the relevant flowrate 1s not within the limits you specify Editing Flowrates To edit or activate flowrate settings 1 Select the Flowrate component from the hierarchy menu The system displays the associated settings in the right hand pane 1 600 PCSetup ExampleA File Edit View Tools Window Help o q a E OG amp 1 2 System Graphic ic H System Setup Alarm Limits 1 0 Setup Station 1 GAS STN UVOL FLOW RATE 950 5 STN CVOL FLOW RATE Average Temp amp Pres STN MASS FLOW RATE PUR STN ENERGY FLOW RATE Station 2 LIQ Stream 1 GAS CORIOLIS Stream 2 PRV MMETER Advanced Setup Security Level 1 Figure 5 2 Flowrate options 2 Double click the required flowrate object The system displays a Calculation Result dialog box 5 2 Station Configuration Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Alarm Limits Enabled High High E High E Low E Low Low Figure 5 3 Calculation Result dialog box 3 Select one or more alarms to enable The system adds setpoint fields and default values to the dialog box Calculation Result STNO1 GUVOL FR1 Ok OK Cancel Alarm Limits E
123. 6 89 Config600 Lite Lite User 6 5 AN caution 6 5 1 f 5600 PCSetup AppxB File Edit View Tools Window Help o k System Graphic System Setup I O Setup Station 1 GAS Station 2 LIQ Stream 1 GAS TURBINE General Flowrate Flow Switching GC FWA STRO1 GAS CMPNT FWA FWE STRO1 GAS CMPNT FWA REV Time amp Flow Weighted Averaging STRO1 FORWARD TFWA STRO1 REVERSE TFWA Gas CV AGA7 Gas Composition Gas Properties Linearisation Stream 2 GAS DP Stream 3 LIQ CORIOLIS Stream 4 PRV BALL Advanced Setup A 2 6 90 Manual Gas Turbine These stream settings are specific to gas applications When you initially create a configuration the calculation selections you make determine which calculation specific screens appear in the hierarchy menu It is extremely unlikely that any one S600 configuration would contain all the settings discussed in this section For that reason several sample configurations demonstrate the settings AGA8 Compressibility Compressibility settings define the constants and calculation limits for a range of parameters including pressure temperature density and compressibility factors This screen displays when you configure the S600 to use the main AGAS standard to calculate base compressibility flowing compressibility and standard compressibility for natural gases The compressibility settings also allow you to define alarms The system activates these alarms
124. 6 or GPA standard Button Description STD COMP Zs Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm o limits for standard compressibility Zs IDEAL RD Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for ideal relative density IDEAL DENSITY Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for ideal density IDEAL CV Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to SUP define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm BS limits for ideal calorific value BC REAL RD Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm REAL DENSITY Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for real density REAL CV SUP Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for real calorific value 4 Click in the hierarchy menu when you finish defining settings A confirmation dialog box displays s600ed A Apply Changes 5 Click Yes to apply your changes The PCSetup screen displays 6 3 3 Calorific Value AGA5 Calorific Value settings define the constants and calculation limits for ideal and real calorific values This screen displays when you
125. 86 TP25 Lookup KO K1 DEG ASTM D1250 ASTM ASTM ASTM ASTM n a n a User ASTM API 1952 Table 6 D1250 80 D1250 80 D1250 80 D1250 80 lookup D1250 80 Table 6A Table 6B Table 6C Table 6D table Table 6A User K0 K1 S G ASTM D1250 ASTM ASTM ASTM ASTM n a GPA TP User ASTM 1952 Table 24 D1250 80 D1250 80 D1250 80 D1250 80 25 1988 lookup D1250 80 Table 24A Table 24B Table 24C Table 24D Table 24E table Table 24A User K0 K1 KG M3 ASTM D1250 ASTM ASTM ASTM ASTM ASTM IP API n a User ASTM 1952 Table 54 D1250 80 D1250 80 D1250 80 D1250 80 Petroleum lookup D1250 80 Table 54A Table 54B Table 54C Table 54D Measurement table Table 54A tables for light User K0 K1 hydrocarbon 3 Click any of the following buttons to define live inputs and calculation results for the standard density correction calculation Button Description SEL TEMP Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for temperature from the Coriolis meter _ SELPRESS Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you useto define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for pressure from the Coriolis meter MTR Pe Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for the observed equilibrium vapour pressure Pe from the densitometer MTR DENS DT Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and
126. A H o O R14 System Graphic TEA General Reports Versions CURRENT Store 5 reports Print Add Units Configure Totalisation Edit Time 1 0 Setup _Delete j GA i Station 1 GAS m Maintenance Mode Interlock I Disable a Advanced Setup Stream 1 GAS ULTRASONIC Base Time Reports Report Periods HOURLY Store 24 reports Print DAILY Store 35 reports Print Time Editor Totals Descriptions Multi day period Base time 1 y is at fe hours after midnight Part hour period 1 v days 1 hd minutes SUNDAY FIRST DAY y Start of Week Month Figure 9 2 PCSetup Reports screen with Edit button 3 Click Edit The Report Editor opens displaying the selected report Config600 Report Editor rep15 txt By File Edit View Window Help CURRENT REPORT STATION 1 FLOW RATE 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 CUMULATIVE GAS ULTRASONIC STREAM 1 NAME LOCATION LINE 1 CUMULATIVE Figure 9 3 Report Editor Revised Jan 07 Report Editor 9 3 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Via Use this method to open the Report Editor application independently Report Editor ofthe PCSetup Editor 1 Click Start gt Programs gt Config600 gt Report Editor A Select Config dialog box displays select Config 061 3 Test1 Description n ae Contig Version Last Edited Config Format Min Wew orks l E E tos Fig
127. C Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to EXPONENT define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm AS limits for the isentropic exponent FLOW Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to COEFFICIENT define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm a limits for the flow coefficient Coefficient Sets the coefficient the S600 uses for linear expansion E Linear Exp The default is 1 59e 005 UPSTREAM Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to PRESSURE define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for the upstream pressure Stream Configuration 6 47 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Field Description UPSTREAM Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to TEMP define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm A limits for the upstream temperature UPSTREAM Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to DENSITY define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm ns limits for the upstream density Calculation This read only field shows the default calculation Version Config600 uses for the Annubar settings based on the o Annubar device in use Forward Sets the premium forward flow mode in which the Premium Flow system increments premium totals whenever the E Limit flowrate exceeds the keypad limit The default is 100 Reverse Sets the premium reversed flow mode in which the Premium Flow system increments premium totals whenever the E Limit flowrate
128. CPL calculation the S600 uses Click w to display all valid values The default is API1221M FICA RARA RARA AAA AAA AAA RARA AAA AAA AAA RARA ARA Indicates whether the S600 rounds the calculation results Valid values are YES and NO the default is III III AEREA RARA AAA AAA AAA RARA AA ARA AAA AAA RARA AAA A RARA AAA AAA RARA AAA Sets the reference temperature for the correction calculations The default is 15 degrees C Stream Configuration Sets the coefficient of thermal expansion The default is 0 6 135 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Field Description FFactor Sets the compressibility factor for the liquid also known as the beta factor The default is 0 3 Click any of the following buttons to define calculation results Button Description BASE DENSITY Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm OBS DENSITY Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for observed density OBS TEMP Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for observed temperature OBS PRESS Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for observed pressure Pe Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for
129. Calc Explorer menu 1040 t A Mp ee PRV04 M K F STRO4 PID MF CALC PRV04 PID KF l Stream 5 GAS DP Keypad Reals pls m3 S Calculation Tables Keypad Reals pls m3 Stream 6 GAS DP Stream 7 GAS DP Stream 8 GAS ULTRASONIC Advanced Setup Conversions Constants Totals Descriptions Alarms Security Displays Webserver Calc Explorer Revised Jan 07 PRV04 M M F Keypad Reals PRV04 M PRS Keypad Reals barg PRV04 M TMP Keypad Reals Deg C New Item PRV04 M VAP PRS Keypad Reals barg PRV04 M STD DNS Keypad Reals kg m3 3 PRVO4 METER Clear Al Zoom In f Calculation Tabl PRVO04 M F R o i Save As Bitmap Keypad Reals PRV04 M KO lt gt N Keypad Reals OS PRV04 M K1 lt x Keypad Reals ho PRVO04 M K2 Z Keypad Reals gt PRV04 M CTSM Z Keypad Reals PRV04 M CPSM a PRV04 STREAM DATA Keypad Reals Calculation Tables Figure 7 22 Saving a bitmap DER CF Xx Security Level i Note Depending on the complexity and size of your Calc Explorer image you may want to maximize the screen size 2 Click Save As Bitmap The Calc Explorer menu closes and the saves the bitmap image on your PC s hard drive Advanced Setup Configuration 1 27 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 7 28 Advanced Setup Configuration Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Chapter 8 Config Transfer Revised Jan 07 Use the Con
130. Click Yes to apply your changes The PCSetup screen displays IS05167 Mass Flowrate ISO5167 mass flowrate settings define the constants and calculation limits for a range of parameters including pressure density flow coefficient and pressure loss This screen displays when you configure the S600 to use the ISO5167 standard to calculate gas flow through the orifice meter Mass flowrate settings also allow you to define alarms The system activates these alarms when the calculated results are not within the specified limits 1 Select ISO5167 from the hierarchy menu The SO5167 screen displays jog 1 8 7 DP Pressure and Density Premium Billing Tap Type Forward Premium Flow Limit 100 Sm3 h VENT Nasii El UPSTREAM PRESSURE UPSTREAM DENSITY DOWNSTREAM PRESSURE Factors VISCOSITY ISENTROPIC EXPONENT Calculation Limit Check Limit Check OFF Calculation Results Limits MASS FLOWRATE PRESSURE LOSS BETA REYNOLDS NUMBER Wet Gas Calc Type MURDOCK v WET GAS INPUTS Calculation Version 11991 EXPANSION FACTOR DISCHARGE COEFF FLOW COEFFICIENT VEL OF APPROACH FAC REYNOLDS NUMBERS DISCHARGE COEFFS Reverse Premium Flow Limit 100 Sm3 h Premium Billing Mode FLOW v Security Level 1 Figure 6 22 ISO5167 Mass Flowrate screen Stream Configuration 6 41 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 6 42 Field Tap Type ISENTROPIC EXPONENT UPSTREAM
131. Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 1 22 Option Add All Outputs Description Adds all outputs related to the selected item to the Calc Explorer graphic Note This option is grayed out if the selected item does not have defined outputs Auto Unit Explore gt Locates and displays calculations where an input to a calculation matches the inputs of the selected item Note This menu option displays only if the selected item has units Auto Unit Explore lt Locates and displays outputs of calculations that match the units of the selected item Note This menu option displays only if the selected item has units Reduces the Calc Explorer graphic to its default display size Saves the displayed Calc Explorer graphic as a bitmap CalcExplorer bmp in the folder housing the Config600 software Note Config600 uses the same name for each bitmap To save bitmaps of several configurations you must uniquely rename each bitmap Adding an Item Use this procedure to add a new item to the Calc Explorer screen 1 Click New Item on the menu The Connect Wizard displays Connect Wizard Select from lett to right Board 1 PI44 110 Board 2 P154 PRY Station 1 LIG i BAS LIQ TURBIF LIA TURBI LIQ TURBIF PRY BALL GAS DP GAS DP GAS DP mac Ti Toy Value Sra CSUM CALC EPINT EPINTSRA S75 CSUM CALC SYS TIME CALC SYS SECURITY CALC SYS PEER CALC oS EFM CALC SYS REPORT INFO
132. Configuring the Time Accept Parameter eeee 3 13 Revised Jan 07 System Seup 3 1 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 3 1 Versions Versions include details of your company and the flow computer being used Config600 uses this information in webserver access windows t 5600 PCSetup Example01 File Edit View Tools Window Help OD E a fl 00 t 18 7 System Graphic System Setup MACHINE NAME 5600 max 4 chars COMPANY NAME Emerson Process Manag Units Reports Srila ADDRES51 Flows Computer Division Totalisation ADDRESS 0 n utgang Lane I O Setup CONFIG ERSION 0 ADDRESS3 Pickering Station 1 GAS Station 2 LIQ CONFIG CREATED 20 Oct 2006 14 21 ADDRESS4 018 FIA Stream 1 GAS CORIOLIS CONFIG LAST EDITED 20 Oct 2006 14 21 ADDRESSS United Kingdom Stream 2 PRAV BALL Advanced Setup CONFIG FORMAT T Telephone 44 011751 471818 Fax 44 01751 471801 Machine Info Company Information for Reports Security Level 1 Figure 3 2 Versions screen When you click Versions Config600 displays a configuration screen in the right hand pane Unless otherwise indicated you can edit the following fields Field Description Machine Name Provides a tag number or stream name up to four characters in length Config600 uses this tag such as S600 on all printed alarms and events Company Name Provides a short description up to ten alphanumeric characters for the company Address 1 through Provi
133. DANG eee A 2 20 RO o 4 8 l 6 Index Run Data Ball PLOVER aoreet aaa a 6 140 Compact Prove ausar urnen ie 6 149 Master Meter ProVer occcconcccccccccoccncconnnos 6 159 AX B ffer SZE matarte datid 11 4 S 5000 CoOmeciONa nal 8 4 A A In 5 9 6 122 A A A 2 21 Saving Display Editor Changes oo ccno 10 7 Secondary LINK tata Dior 4 27 SECU onda 7 13 DCC vas Sasa E E E A T tae 8 4 SENSO aona a 4 2 4 4 4 5 JA a a GA 4 9 SOU 4 26 O anaeaa acta A N 6 52 male Vella da 6 71 DAVE estes r oceania oieetten 11 1 11 11 E A eee 11 11 Jave Ade ii 11 11 Slave Address ObjeCt ccccccccccoconncccnccnccnncnnnnnnss 11 4 Slave Control ObjeCt cccccccccooccnnnccnccccccocancnnnos 11 4 Slave Status Object icoocoonicinnnicconionicanaconss 11 4 A 4 23 SP Olam Rate isna dins E nan 4 22 JA ceis nne a a 4 23 Specific heat ratio ccccccooncnnnccnnncconenanonnnos 6 101 Start AQUI SS cine diai 11 9 SAUS astral 5 1 SOD coreo ones 8 4 AAN Ez o yy 6 1 Sysltom alam Scannen 7 4 System displ y sruni en 7 20 T Table 1 1 Config 600 Tools ccooonnccnnncccc 1 3 Table 6 1 Observed Density Correction Editor Product A a a A A 6 126 Table 6 2 Standard Density Correction Editor Product Selecon a ee en 6 129 A 4 25 O E 11 1 TemperalUlSunninanina id 7 1 MMS do 3 12 Time and Flow Weighted Averaging 6 12 A a 11 4 Otal alo titles 3 10 O A 3 10 Totals Descriptor esseci aas 7 3 Tane aa 8 3 T
134. Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for base density BASE Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to COMP Zb define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm _limits for base compressibility Zb IDEAL RD Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for ideal relative density ss STD COMP Zs Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for standard compressibility Zs 6 40 Stream Configuration Revised Jan 07 6 4 4 600 PCSetup GasConfig1 File Edit View Tools Window Help wA D gt y 1 0 Setup Station 1 GAS Stream 1 GAS CORIOLIS Stream 2 GAS DP Stream 3 GAS DP Stream 4 GAS DP General Flowrate Batching Flow Switching GC FWA STRO4 GAS CMPNT FWA F STRO4 GAS CMPNT FWA F Time amp Flow Weighted Averag STRO4 FORWARD TFWA STRO4 REVERSE TFWA Downstream Upstream Correc STRO4 DOWN UP CORR T STRO4 DOWN UP CORR D Pipe Correction ISOTR9464 Gas CV SGERG Gas Properties DP Cell Input Conditioning Stream 5 GAS DP Stream 6 GAS DP Stream 7 GAS DP Stream 8 GAS DP For Help press F1 Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 4 Click in the hierarchy menu when you finish defining settings A confirmation dialog box displays A Apply Changes 5
135. Ds Numerically significant part of a floating point number An option applicable only to liquid turbine applications and used to correct the flow rate due to temperature and pressure effects on the body of the meter An option used to correct the K Factor or Meter Factor of a pulse input according to the input frequency This is used to correct discrepancies caused by the non linearity of the transducer connected to the pulse input A device communications protocol developed by Gould Modicon and used on the station supervisory computer data link Modulator Demodulator a device used to communicate with other equipment using a telephone network Superimposing one signal upon another Motor Operated Valve a valve that is motorized and requires a signal to drive the valve open a signal to drive the valve closed and has a two signals returning to the S600 to describe the valve as being open closed moving or illegal Multiple Input Selector Random electrical interference Memory type that retains data when the power supply is disconnected An AGA report developed for the calculation of supercompressibility factors Glossary Revised Jan 07 Object Octal Off line On line Open Collector Opto lsolator Overrange P Q PCB PID Peer to Peer Link Port Program Protocol Prove Sequence PRT PSU PTZ R RAM Relative Density RD ROM RS 232 RTD Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual
136. E Cancel Figure 7 16 Connect Wizard 2 Select an option from each of the three columns and click OK Calc Explorer adds the defined item to the screen Advanced Setup Configuration Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual E S600 PCSetup complex E Ed 6 File Edit View Tools Window Help E D E ea El System Graphic system Setup I O Setup Station 1 LIQ Station 2 GAS Stream 1 LIQ TURBINE Stream 2 LIQ TURBINE Dashed outline Stream 3 LIQ TURBINE e t d it Stream 4 PRV BALL wm selected Item Stream 5 GAS DP Stream 6 GAS DP STRO4 PID MF CALC Stream 7 GAS DP Calculation Tables Stream 8 GAS ULTRASONIC Advanced Setup Conversions Constants Totals Descriptions Alarms Security Displays Webserver Calc Explorer For Help press F1 Security Level 1 Figure 7 17 Newly Added Item Notes When you first add an item Calc Explorer gives it a dashed not solid outline see Figure 7 17 This indicates that the item is currently selected When you right click a selected item the Calc Explorer menu displays for that item When you add a second item that item receives the dashed outline The previous item now has a solid outline indicating it is no longer selected You can move any item on the graphic to any location Place the cursor over the item hold down the left click button and drag the item to its new location This enables you
137. ENRON_LOG_DATA ENRON_LOG_DATA ENRON_LOG_DATA ENRON_LOG_DATA System KPINTARR EFM DATA ENRON 16 BIT System KPINTARR EFM DATA ENRON 16 BIT System KPINTARR EFM DATA ENRON 16 BIT System KPINTARR EFM DATA ENRON 16 BIT ENRON_ALMEV_COUNT ENRON_SPARE ENRON_SPARE ENRON_SPARE ENRON_SPARE ENRON_SPARE System KPINTARR BASE TIMES FIELD 01 ENRON 16 BIT System KPINTARR TIME AND DATE DLOAD YEAR ENRON 16 BIT System KPINTARR TIME AND DATE DLOAD MONTH ENRON 16 BIT System KPINTARR TIME AND DATE DLOAD DAY ENRON 16 BIT System KPINTARR TIME AND DATE DLOAD HOUR ENRON 16 BIT System KPINTARR TIME AND DATE DLOAD MINUTE ENRON 16 BIT System KPINTARR TIME AND DATE DLOAD SECOND ENRON 16 BIT ENRON_SPARE System KPINTARR EFM DATA MAN ID NO FLOAT System KPINTARR EFM DATA RTUOSIDNO FLOAT System KPINTARR EFM DATA RTU FIRM REV FLOAT System KPINTARR EFM DATA SW ID NO FLOAT System KPINTARR EFM DATA SW REV NO FLOAT System KPINTARR EFM DATA UNIT ID NO FLOAT System KPINTARR EFM DATA FLOAT Modbus Editor Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Figure 11 1 Modbus Editor main screen Note Using the PCSetup Editor s Comms screen I O Setup gt Comms you can define an entire Modbus map as read only This prevents the host PC or any other computer from editing or overwriting the map 11 3 Accessing the Editor 11 4 Map Properties Revised Jan 07 Y ou can start the Modbus Editor in either of two ways From the PCSetup Editor
138. ESOSSESOESESESOSSESESOSSESESOESESUSOESESUSSESESEESESESUESESESUSSESESUESESERCESESEROESER Converts incoming resistance to temperature using the Calendar Van Dusen A B C and RO constants 11 Complete any conversion specific fields for the analog conversion value you selected Note Conversion settings in this section may require that you change jumper bit link settings on the appropriate I O board 4 10 I O and Comms Configuration Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Refer to the FloBoss S600 Flow Manager Instruction Manual Form A6115 for further details Value High Scale Low Scale High Fail Low Fail Description Indicates in mA or V depending on the selected conversion option the high range scaling value 5 V or 20 mA Note This field does not display for on line calibration Indicates in mA or V depending on the selected conversion option the low range scaling value 0 V 1 V 0 mA or 4 mA Note This field does not display for on line calibration In current modes indicates the direct reading of the Analog Input at which the transmitter has failed In voltage modes indicates in mA the current required to pass through a 250 ohm conditioning resistor to achieve the required fail voltage Indicates in mA or V depending on the selected conversion option the mid range scaling value 5 V or 20 mA 12 Complete any required calibration specific fields for the conversio
139. EYNOLDS NUMBER FACTOR COEFF APPROACH FAC Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Description Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the specific alarm limits for the calculated diameterratio ees Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the specific alarm limits for the Reynolds number Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for the expansion factor Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the specific alarm limits for the discharge coefficient Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for the flow coefficient Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the specific alarm limits for the velocity of approach coefficient 4 For wet gas complete the following values Field Calc Type WET GAS INPUTS NUMBERS TITTI DISCHARGE COEFFICIENTS Description Identifies the specific type of wet gas calculation the S600 uses Click w to display all valid values The default is MURDOCK Displays a dialog box you use to define specific input values for wet gases Displays a dialog box you use to define the wet gas Reynolds numbers for up to 30 fields Displays a dialog box you use to define the wet gas _ coefficients for up to 30 fields 5 Click in the hierarchy menu when you finish d
140. Explorer Ot Alarm System Operation Printer Comms Available Alarms EFM SLAVE LINK 0 4 4 14 4 14 4 14 4 14 4 14 E GAS COMPRESS TASK GAS Cv TASK GAS CORRECT TASK GAS DP COND TASK ULT CONTROL TASK ULT FLOWRATE TASK CEREC Fr TAS Alarm Mode LATCHED X Print Alarms Events IW Archive Alarms Events vw SYS HOST Enabled Q A A A A I lt l lt I ad a4 x Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Seles Alarm Archive Size Automatic Iv Event Archive Size Automatic Iv Alarm COLD ST WARM ST BATT FAIL RAM FAIL ROM FAIL RESET TOT RES TOT PART TOT CORR CONF CSUM TOT ROLL OVA TOT ROLL UDR PRINTING ERR Group Limits ALM GRP 1COMP v ALM GRP 1 COMP v ALM GRP 1COMP ALM GRP 1 COMP ALM GRP 1COMP v ALM GRP 1COMP v ALM GRP 1COMP ALM GRP 1COMP ALM GRP 1COMP v ALM GRP 1 COMP v ALM GRP 1COMP ALM GRP 1COMP ALM GRP 1COMP v Security Level 1 Figure 7 4 Alarms screen 2 Select Alarm System Operation parameters Field Alarm Mode Description Indicates whether the system reports or time stamps an alarm as cleared once it has been acknowledged Valid values are Latched prevents system from reporting or time stamping an alarm as cleared until it has been acknowledged the value automatically sets when entering an alarm value and clears when leaving the alarm value or Unlatched system reports and time stamps an alarm as cleared a
141. Field Time Tolerance Algorithm Description Sets in seconds the amount of time either between forward and reverse prover runs or between full prover _ runs The default is 5 22 Sets as a percentage the maximum deviation allowed before a run is unacceptable The default is 1 Indicates the algorithm the system uses to calculate the K Factor tolerance Click w to display valid values API 1 is the default API method max deviation from Average Run Average _MX MN AVG MX MN MX MN2 MX MX AV AV Max Min Average Max Min Max Min 2 Max Min Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Average Average Min Average Enable User Stages 6 142 UNI ROTORK Bi directional prover mode Uni directional prover mode based on 4 way valve simulation Enables Logicalc user stages The default is unchecked user stages are disabled See Table 6 3 Title IDLE INITIALISE AWAIT SEAT CMD SEAT SPHERE A POST SEAT SPHERE A AWAIT STAB COMMAND WAIT STAB HOLD STAB AWAIT RUN COMMAND DRIVE FORWARD FORWARD WAIT SW1 FORWARD WAIT SW2 HALF RUN CALCS TURN ROUND1 DELAY DRIVE REVERSE REVERSE WAIT SW2 REVERSE WAIT SW1 Description Idle stage Initialise stage Await seat sphere command stage Seat sphere A stage Post seat sphere a stage Await stability command stage Wait stability stage Hold stability stage Await run command
142. Form Number A6170 Part Number D301221X412 January 2007 Config600 Lite Lite Software User Manual Remote Automation Solutions EMERSON Revision Tracking Sheet January 2007 This manual may be revised periodically to incorporate new or updated information The revision date of each page appears at the bottom of the page opposite the page number A change in revision date to any page also changes the date of the manual that appears on the front cover Listed below 1s the revision date of each page 1f applicable Page Revision All pages Jan 07 Initial issue Oct 04 ROCLINK is a trademark of one of the Emerson Process Management companies The Emerson logo is a trademark and service mark of Emerson Electric Co All other marks are the property of their respective owners O 2004 2007 Remote Automation Solutions division of Emerson Process Management All rights reserved Printed in the U S A www EmersonProcess com flow While this information is presented in good faith and believed to be accurate Emerson Process Management does not guarantee satisfactory results from reliance upon such information Nothing contained herein is to be construed as a warranty or guarantee express or implied regarding the performance merchantability fitness or any other matter with respect to the products nor as a recommendation to use any product or process in conflict with any patent Emerson Process Management reserves the right without notice to
143. GAS ULTRASONIC G45 YELOCITY VELOCITY OF SOUND General Flowrate Flow Switching GC FWA STROF GAS CMPNT FWA F 5TRO4 GAS CMPNT FWA F Time amp Flow Weighted Averag 5TR 04 FORWARD TFWA 5TRO4 REVERSE TRA AGA Gas CV Gas Composition Gas Properties Ultrasonic Flow Setup Stream 5 LIQ CORIOLIS E Stream 6 LIO TURBINE 1 Ae fe EE For Help press F1 Security Level 1 Figure 6 71 Ultrasonic Control screen 2 Complete the following field Button Description O Z o Z ooo o o Modbus Sets in seconds the amount of time the system waits Timeout before triggering a Modbus timeout The default is 30 Note If a time out occurs the system sets the gas velocity to zero 0 and raises a timeout alarm 3 Click any of the following buttons to define input parameters and calculation limits for the ultrasonic flow Revised Jan 07 Stream Configuration 6 119 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 6 7 ULTRASONIC Accesses the Comms screen in the l O Setup screen COMMS and focuses on the Daniel USonic link comm settings GAS VELOCITY Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm re limits for gas velocity VELOCITY OF Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to SOUND define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for the velocity of sound 4 Click in the hierarchy menu when you finish defining settings A confirmation dialo
144. Gas CV from the hierarchy menu The Calorific Value screen displays t 5600 PCSetup ExampleA File Edit View Tools Window Help o o gt bel SR lA System Graphic System Setup I O Setup C Table 15069761995 v Station 1 GAS Flowrate Reference Condition 157 15 DEGC v Average Temp amp Pres Constants DOTAS Calculation Parameters Stream 1 GAS CORIOLIS Calculation Limits Ganas STD COMPES Flowrate Flow Switching GC FWA STRO1 GAS CMPNT FWA FWE STRO1 GAS CMPNT FWA REV Time amp Flow Weighted Averaging STRO1 FORWARD TFWA STRO1 REVERSE TFWA AGA8 Gas Composition Gas Properties Linearisation Coriolis Stream 2 PRV MMETER Advanced Setup For Help press Fi 6 18 IDEAL RD IDEAL DENSITY IDEAL CY SUP REAL AD REAL DENSITY REAL CY SUP Security Level 1 Figure 6 12 Gas CV screen 2 Complete the following fields Field CV Table Stream Configuration Description Indicates the particular compressibility value the program uses Click w to display all valid values The default is IS06976 1995 Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Field Description Reference Indicates the t t value where t is the calculation Condition reference temperature for combustion and te is the reference condition for metering The default is 15 15 DEG C 3 Click any of the following buttons to define calculation limits for either the IS0687
145. Gas Composition Gas Properties Linearisation Stream 4 GAS ULTRASONIC Stream 5 LIQ CORIOLIS Stream 6 LIQ TURBINE Advanced Setup For Help press F1 6 94 1 displays DOTAT Meter Standard METER PRESS METER TEMP Pressure 0 bara Compressibility Temperature fi 5 Deg C UPSTR COMP ZH STD COMP 2s Fault Totals Density and CY STREAM DENSITY BASE DENSITY MASS FAIL MODE NORMAL FAULT REAL CY Premium Billing UVOL FAIL MODE NORMAL FAULT CVOL FAIL MODE NORMAL FAULT ENERGY FAIL MODE NORMAL FAULT TURBINE INPUT EDITOR Premium Flow Limit 100 Sm3 h Premium Billing Mode FLOW v Figure 6 61 Security Level 1 AGA 7 screen 2 Complete the following fields Field METER PRESS Description Displays an Analog Inputs dialog box you use to define the analog input values associated with this stream l O card and channel as well as conversion factors and alarm limits Displays an Analog Inputs dialog box you use to define the analog input values associated with this stream l O card and channel as well as conversion factors and alarm limits COMP Zf Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for the upstream compressibility STD COMP Zs Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for the standard compressibility Stream Configur
146. IMITS button displays Note This field displays only if you selected CHROMAT 1 as the chromatograph configuration Displays a dialog box you use to define the maximum deviation allowed for each gas component Enter 0 in any field to prevent the test for the selected component 3 Click in the hierarchy menu when you finish defining settings A confirmation dialog box displays s600ed A Apply Changes 4 Click Yes to apply your changes The PCSetup screen displays 6 64 Stream Configuration Revised Jan 07 6 4 15 GOST CV Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Calorific Value settings define the composition type table to be used and calculation limits for a range of parameters including density relative density and calorific value This screen displays when you configure the S600 to use the GOST 30319 1 96 Calc 52 53 standards to calculate the calorific value heating value of the gas mixture The GOST CV settings also allow you to define alarms The system activates these alarms when the calculated results for the chromatograph data are not within specified limits 1 Select Gost CV from the hierarchy menu The GOST CV screen displays 5600 PCSetup GasConfig1 File Edit View Tools Window Help D gt El a E 50 tA1 8 1 0 Setup Station 1 GAS Stream 1 GAS CORIOLIS Stream 2 GAS DP Stream 3 GAS DP Stream 4 GAS DP Stream 5 GAS DP Stream 6 GAS DP Stream 7 GAS DP
147. IQ GAS GAS GAS GAS GAS GAS GAS GAS GAS GAS LIQ TURBINE LIQ TURBINE LIQ TURBINE LIQ TURBINE LIQ TURBINE LIQ TURBINE LIQ TURBINE LIQ TURBINE LIQ TURBINE LIQ TURBINE LIQ TURBINE LIQ TURBINE LIQ TURBINE 110 TURATNE Edit Description H O ORNS STNO1 GUVOL STNO1 GSVOL STNO1 MASS STNO1 IVOL STNO1 NSVOL STNO1 NETT MASS STNO1 SW SVOL STNO2 FWD UVOL STNO2 FWD CVOL STNO2 FWD MASS STNO2 FWD ENERGY STNO2 REV UVOL STNO2 REV CVOL STNO2 REV MASS STNO2 REV ENERGY STNO2 FWD PREM STNO2 REV PREM STRO1 GUVOL STRO1 GSVOL STRO1 MASS STROLIVOL STRO1 NSVOL STRO1NETT MASS STRO1 SW SVOL STRO2 GUVOL STRO2 GSVOL STRO2 MASS STRO2 IVOL STRO2 NSVOL STRO2 NETT MASS STRA SM Svat Description v Security Level 1 Figure 7 2 Totals Descriptor screen 2 Double click a Description The system displays an Edit Description dialog box Cancel Figure 7 3 Edit Description dialog box 3 Edit the Description as necessary 4 Click OK to apply your edits The Totals Descriptor screen redisplays showing your new description Advanced Setup Configuration 7 3 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 7 3 7 4 Alarms Conf1g600 allows you to individually enable or disable S600 alarms You can also establish up to 16 alarm groupings for ease of polling or poll alarms individually Normally you do not need to change the default alarm groups for each alarm C
148. IQ CORIOLIS General Flowrate Flow Switching Block Valves STRO1 INLET VALVE STRO1 OUTLET VALVE STRO1 SPARE VALVE 1 STRO1 SPARE VALVE 2 Time amp Flow Weighted Averaging Linearisation Observed Density Correction Standard Density Correction Coriolis Advanced Setup Valve Setup Valve Timings Security Level 1 Figure 6 9 Block Valves screen 2 Select a valve setup type Field Description Type Indicates the valve setup type Click w to display all valid values MOV Motorised valve that uses separate opened and closed status inputs as well as separate open and close commanos This is the default SOLENOID Vale that uses separate opened and closed status inputs and a single open command PRV 4 WAY Four way prover valve that uses separate forward and reverse home inputs and separate forward and reverse commands Note The PRV 4 WAY is the only valid valve choice when the configuration type is BiDi Prover and for use with the four way valve 3 Provide a Valve Timings value Field Description Travel Sets in seconds the maximum allowed stroke time for the valve to move from fully closed to fully open or from fully open to fully closed before raising a timeout alarm Settle Sets in seconds the settling time allowed from the valve reaching its closed limit or any limit for a 4 way _ Valve before the test seal is applied _ ES le oa ec F a when the Settle time has elapsed Config600 Lite
149. Initial Mode of operation Valid values are Field Description Measured Use the derived calculated value from the incoming signal Revised Jan 07 I O and Comms Configuration 4 7 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 4 8 Field Keypad Description Use the keypad value in place of the calculated value _Note This Is the default value _LastGood Average Use the last valid value received from the incoming signal Use the rolling average of the last two good readings from the incoming signal Note Analog inputs are considered valid if the measured current is within Centigrade HI and LO fail limits PRT RTD inputs are considered valid while no integrity fail alarms are present HART inputs are considered valid when no errors are present in the good comms and second status byte 4 Selecta Behaviour value Valid values are Field Disabled Keypad Fail with Recovery Description If the input has failed continue to use this value If the input has failed change the value to use the Keypad value When the input has recovered the system reverts to its previous mode This mode _displays as KEYPAD F on failure Average Fail with Recovery Last Good Fail with Recovery Keypad Fail no Recovery Average Fail no Recovery Last Good Fail _ no Recovery If the input has failed change the value to use the average value When the input has recovered the system reverts to its previous mode
150. Lite User Manual Note The Description field on this screen contains USER indicating that this I O point is user defined 3 Select the I O Board to assign the digital input or select Unassigned to deselect the input Select an I O Channel Select the Sense for the digital input bit The default 1s Normal Invert reverses the signal s state 6 Click OK to apply the new assignment The PCSetup screen displays showing your new assignment 44 VO and Comms Configuration RevisedJan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 4 2 Discrete Digital Outputs You can assign each displayed digital output channel to an individual data item Additionally the S600 allows you to assign data items to more than one output making a repeat signal available if necessary Up to 12 digital output channels are available on each installed P144 I O board and up to 12 digital output channels are available on each installed P154 I O board Assigning To assign or reassign a digital output data item 1 Select the Digital Outputs component from the hierarchy menu 2 Double click on a digital output item to edit The Digital Output Selection dialog box displays 3 Select the Item to assign the digital output or select Unassigned to deselect the output Config600 completes the Output field with applicable values such as Output Open O P Close O P or O P Bit 1 through 16 Digital Output Selection Output AL 1 2235008 A ZAL A1 2235000
151. Lite Lite User Manual DP Hi 1 Hi 2 Hi S 3 Difference Hi 1 Hi 3 lt Difference Hi 1 Hi 2 DP Hi 1 Hi 2 2 Figure 6 51 3 Identical Input Cell Handling Flowchart 3 Difference Hi 2 Hi 3 lt Difference Hi 1 Hi 2 DP Hi 1 Hi 2 2 Hi 1 Hi 2 Hi 1 Hi 3 Hi 2 Hi 3 Figure 6 52 3 Identical Input Cell Handling Flowchart 4 DP Hi 1 Hi 2 2 Figure 6 53 3 Identical Input Cell Handling Flowchart 5 6 86 Stream Configuration Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Difference Hi 2 Hi 3 lt Difference Hi 1 Hi 3 DP Hi 1 Hi 8 2 Figure 6 54 3 Identical Input Cell Handling Flowchart 6 DP Hi 1 Hay 2 Hi 1 Hi 2 Hi 1 Hi 3 2 Hi 2 Hi 3 2 Figure 6 55 3 Identical Input Cell Handling Flowchart 7 DP Hi 2 Hi 3 2 HI Hi 2 Hi 1 Hi 3 Hi 2 Hi 3 Figure 6 56 3 Identical Input Cell Handling Flowchart 8 No Two Cells Are Within the Discrepancy Limits Take the Middle Cell Figure 6 57 3 Identical Input Cell Handling Flowchart 9 A l DP cell stack handling runs continuously The S600 immediately Caution Revised Jan 07 implements any changes you make Configure the MAXIMUM number of input cells you will EVER require This enables you to change Stack Type through a running S600 s front
152. M S600 Task TCP IP Time and Flow Averaging Totaliser Transducer TRI REG TX Underrange Variables V Cone Volatile A 6 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Request to Send This signal is asserted logic 0 positive voltage to prepare the other device for accepting transmitted data from the flow computer Such preparation might include enabling the receive circuits or setting up the channel direction in half duplex applications When the other device is ready it acknowledges by asserting Clear to Send Remote Terminal Unit Room Temperature Vulcanizing typically a sealant or caulk such as silicon rubber Received information Device used to take samples of the product in the pipework where it is mounted This can either be timed according to throughput or number of samples required in a certain timeframe Codes that limit operator access to software parameters typically stored in micro memory Ideal gas relative density specific gravity Gi is defined as the ratio of the ideal density of the gas to the ideal density of dry air at the same reference conditions of pressure and temperature Since the ideal densities are defined at the same reference conditions of pressure and temperature the ratio reduces to a ratio of molar masses molecular weights Source AGA3 1992 Real gas relative density specific gravity Gr is defined as the ratio of the real density of the gas to the real density of dry air at
153. MOG o ucicus cect vhurancadinda A E T 8 7 Chapter 9 Report Editor 9 1 9 1 Accessing the Report EditOr occcccooncnccconnoncononncononcnnononcnnconanonnnnnncononnnnconancnnnnancannnnas 9 2 9 1 1 RODO Names POCERO OOO PE A A 9 5 9 2 Using the Report Editor Farnals 9 6 92 1 Addn a Data POI sessanta e OE 9 7 922 Eding a Data FOIN svie E E 9 9 Revised Jan 07 V Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 92 3 2ACGING REDON LINES doc 9 10 924 Deleting Report LINCS susi tilo lcd anulan cele ious abi ani 9 10 Chapter 10 Display Editor 10 1 10 ACCESSING Ne Display EIN AAA 10 1 10 2 Navigating the Display EMO usan della edici 10 2 1037 Edna ci 10 3 10 3 41 ASC Men lindaa 10 3 10 32 INSERM Append Ral iii 10 4 10 3 53 o A awa hatasseeceheane asa Menatatoeanwantatiuteesaiwenets 10 4 1034 Transistor 10 6 A O 10 7 10330 Menu Page Clibb drena a E EE E ee 10 7 10 4 Regenerating DISplay S ari a E N E E eee 10 7 Chapter 11 Modbus Editor 11 1 il SuUpporned Funci n Codes A id 11 1 Wi Az gt VO GIS Ed cnt A eae 11 2 11 3 FRECSSSING Mo EMO Parita ANA IA A GA oceans 11 3 TEA Map Propero Sator AAA a 11 3 IAT Serna Dala POMADA IAS A AA AD 11 4 1142 Delete a Dala PONE tidad 11 7 TRAS EQItiModbus FO Malestar doc ote lille 11 7 1144 Inserta Messa iria titan da 11 9 WAS ANSerta SIE salita 11 11 MS TREGENEFAUNG Maps atada on triada 11 12 Appendix A Glossary A 1 Index l 1 vi Revised Jan 07 Config6
154. MOLE DEVN LIMITS button displays Note This field displays only if you selected CHROMAT 1 as the chromatograph configuration Displays a dialog box you use to define the maximum deviation allowed for each gas component Enter 0 in any field to prevent the test for the selected component 3 Click in the hierarchy menu when you finish defining settings A confirmation dialog box displays s600ed A Apply Changes 4 Click Yes to apply your changes The PCSetup screen displays 6 100 Stream Configuration Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 6 5 5 Gas Properties t 5600 PCSetup AppxB File Edit View Tools Window Help o k A System Graphic System Setup I O Setup Station 1 GAS Station 2 LIQ Stream 1 GAS TURBINE General Flowrate Flow Switching GC FWA STRO1 GAS CMPNT FWA FWE STRO1 GAS CMPNT FWA REV Time amp Flow Weighted Averaging STRO1 FORWARD TFWA STRO1 REVERSE TFWA AGA8 Gas CV AGA Gas Composition Linearisation Stream 2 GAS DP Stream 3 LIQ CORIOLIS Stream 4 PRV BALL Advanced Setup For Help press F1 Revised Jan 07 Gas Properties settings define methods the system uses to calculate viscosity isentropic exponent also known as specific heat ratio or adiabatic exponent and the velocity of sound These settings also allow you to define alarms The system activates these alarms when the calculated results are not wit
155. MP define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm A _limits forthe upstream pressure UPSTR Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to COMP Zf define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm _ limits for the upstream compressibility Zf Revised Jan 07 Stream Configuration 6 57 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual UPSTREAM Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to DENSITY define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for the upstream density 3 Click in the hierarchy menu when you finish defining settings A confirmation dialog box displays s600ed A Apply Changes 4 Click Yes to apply your changes The PCSetup screen displays 6 4 13 AGA3 Volume Flowrate AGA3 settings define the constants and calculation limits for a range of parameters including pressure temperature density and compressibility factors This screen displays when you configure the S600 to use the AGA3 standard to calculate gas flow through the orifice meter AGA3 settings also allow you to define alarms The system activates these alarms when the calculated results are not within the specified limits 1 Select AGA3 from the hierarchy menu The AGA3 screen displays 6 58 Stream Configuration Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual f 5600 PCSetup GasConfig1 Seles File Edit View Tools Window Help y D gt E amp A DOTAS System Graphic 25 System Setup Inputs
156. Meter Factor Linearisation since the K Factor Meter Factor is constantly changing Prealarm Triggers an operator warning on the batch s Setting percentage of completion Indicate a percentage value such as 95 to raise a warning alarm or set a value of 100 to disable this alarm 3 Complete the Required Startup and Top off values for both Quantities and Flowrates where Totals Figure 5 13 Flowrate Totals Where A _ Startup flowrate B Nominal flowrate C Top off flowrate 5 8 Station Configuration Revised Jan 07 9 4 Sampling 600 PCSetup complex Config600 Lite Lite User Manual D Startup volume E Nominal volume F Top off volume 4 Click on the hierarchy menu when finished A confirmation dialog box displays s600ed A Apply Changes Figure 5 14 Apply Changes dialog box 5 Click Yes to apply your changes The PCSetup screen displays Sampling defines the method and interval period for sampling product from a flowing pipeline By default Config600 supports one sampler per stream 1 Select Sampling from the hierarchy menu The system displays the associated settings in the right hand pane File Edit View Tools Window Help D 214 lA System Graphic System Setup I O Setup Station 1 LIQ Flowrate Average Temp amp Pres Batching Flow Switching Density Measurement Common Data Densitometer A Densitometer B Observed Density Correction Flow Balance Setup
157. N_SPARE ENRON_SPARE ENRON_SPARE Insert ENRON_SPARE Quick Insert System Insert Spedal FIELD 01 ENRON 16 BIT System TEE DLOAD YEAR ENRON 16 BIT System DLOAD MONTH ENRON 16 BIT System Edit Data DLOAD DAY ENRON 16 BIT System DLOAD HOUR ENRON 16 BIT System sis DLOAD MINUTE ENRON 16 BIT System KPINTARR TIME AND DATE DLOADSECOND ENRON 16 BIT ENRON_SPARE System KPINTARR EFM DATA MAN ID NO FLOAT System KPINTARR EFM DATA RTUOSIDNO FLOAT System KPINTARR EFM DATA RTU FIRM REV FLOAT System KPINTARR EFM DATA SW ID NO FLOAT System KPINTARR EFM DATA SW REV NO FLOAT System KPINTARR EFM DATA UNIT ID NO FLOAT System KPINTARR EFM DATA FLOAT Figure 11 3 Insert shortcut menu Base new data point on selected data point 1 Select the data type in the hierarchy menu The associated list displays in the right pane 2 Select a data point in the right pane Right click the data point to display the shortcut menu 3 Select Quick Insert Using the next available starting address the Modbus Editor adds the new data point to the data point listing Note To further define this data point refer to the procedures described in Section 11 4 3 Edit Modbus Format To add a data point field to the report 4 Select the data type in the hierarchy menu The associated list displays in the right pane 5 Select a data point in the right pane Right click the data point to display the shortcut menu 6 Select Insert Special The Modbu
158. OINT 7 STNO2 1 0 POINT 8 STNO2 1 0 POINT 9 STROLI VLV IO STRO1 O VLV IO PRVO2P LOCK IO PRVO2P AVAIL IO PRVO2 P AWWAY IO POSN PRWD2P 4WAY IO LR PRVO2 FP AWAY TO SEAL PRVO2P I L 10 POSN PRVO2P I L IO LR PRVO2P I L IO SEAL PRVO2P O L 10 POSN OPENED I P CLOSED I P OPENED I P CLOSED I P INPUT INPUT FWD I P REW L P INPUT INPUT OPENED I P CLOSED I P INPUT INPUT OPENED I P CLOSED I P Unassigned Unassigned Unassigned Unassigned Unassigned Unassigned Unassigned Unassigned Unassigned Unassigned Unassigned Unassigned Unassigned Unassigned Unassigned Unassigned Unassigned Unassigned Unassigned Unassigned Unassigned Unassigned Unassigned Unassigned Unassigned Unassigned Unassigned Unassigned Unassigned Unassigned Unassigned Unassigned Unassigned Unassigned Unassigned Unassigned wyt For Help press Fi Security Level 1 Figure 4 1 Typical I O Setup Screen Discrete Inputs Shown Revised Jan 07 I O and Comms Configuration 4 1 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 4 1 4 2 Discrete Digital Inputs You can assign each of the displayed data items to a specific digital input channel on an available I O board You can also configure additional user defined inputs for extra signals if required Up to 16 digital input channels are available on each installed P144 I O board and up to 32 digital input channels are available on each installed P154 I O board Assigning To
159. OP FXD Description Occurs when the Analog Outputs of the Coriolis transmitter have been fixed Occurs when the Coriolis transmitter reports a failure of its Analog Input Occurs when the software watchdog time has timed out for this task Occurs when any component falls below the lowest acceptable percentage set up in PCSetup on the Gas Composition page This alarm is raised for the complete composition diagnose the component that is In error Occurs when any component exceeds the highest acceptable percentage set up in PCSetup on the Gas Composition page This alarm is raised for the complete composition diagnose the component that is In error Occurs when any component MOLE DeViation exceeds the deviation limit percentage set up in PCSetup on the Gas Composition page This alarm is raised for the complete composition diagnose the component that is in error MA IP ERR MONITOR MOLE LO MOLE HI MOLE DV MOVE FAIL MOVE UNCM Occurs when an item in the configuration is locked or write protected by the flow computer NO PERMIT NCRITICAL NEG FLOW O RANGE Occurs when the raw input exceeds acceptable values For Analog Inputs this value can be entered but defaults to 20 5mA For PRT RTD inputs the limit is 216 ohms For the case of the Analog Outputs the value to be output is higher than the high scale value Occurs when an input to the calculation is outside the valid range Occurs when the Pulse O
160. ORWARD TFWA STRO2 REVERSE TFWA Downstream Upstream Correc STRO2 DOWN UP CORR T STRO2 DOWN UP CORR D AGAS ISOTR9454 Gas CV AGAJ Gas Composition Gas Properties AM ll Tames de A adi E m an ia a For Help press F1 DOtA 4 Pipe Calib Diameter 300 mm Calib Temperature 20 Deg E USER ka 11 16 005 Pipe Material User Esp Coeff Calculation Limits tt Config600 Lite Lite User Manual SEE Onfice Calib Diameter 200 mm Calib Temperature i 5 Deg C z be 005 Orifice Material User Exp Coett UPSTREAM TEMP CORRECTED PIPE DAM CORRECTED ORIF DIAM Security Level 1 Figure 6 20 Pipe Correction screen 2 Complete the following fields Field Calib Diameter Pipe Material Calib Diameter Revised Jan 07 Description Sets the calibrated diameter of the pipe The default is 300 Sets the calibrated temperature of the pipe The default is 20 Identifies the material for the pipe Click w to display all valid values The default is STAINLESS Uses a value of either 0 00000925 in in F or 0 0000167 in in C This is the standard expansion coefficient for a US application using Imperial or metric units STAINLESS CARBON ST Uses a value of either 0 00000795 in in F or 0 00001 43 in in C This is the standard expansion coefficient for a US application using Imperial or metric units Uses a value of either 0 00000620 in in F or 0 00001 12 in in C This i
161. P Stream 8 GAS DP p Stream 9 GAS DP For Help press F1 Security Level 1 Figure 6 27 Gas CV ISO6976 or GPA screen 2 Complete the following fields Field Description CV Table Identifies the specific tyoe of GPA scenario calculation the S600 uses Click w to display all valid values The default is ISO6976 1995 Reference Indicates the t t value where t is the calculation Condition reference temperature for combustion and ts is the reference condition for metering The default is 15 15 DEG C 3 Click any of the following buttons to define calculation limits for either the IS06876 or GPA standard Button Description STD COMP Zs Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm Be limits for standard compressibility Zs IDEAL RD Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm oc _ limits for ideal relative density IDEAL DENSITY Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm _ limits for ideal density Revised Jan 07 Stream Configuration 6 51 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Button Description IDEAL CV Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to SUP define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm o limits for ideal calorific value o REAL RD Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mo
162. PERATURE define the analog input values associated with this stream I O card and channel as well as conversion o factors and alarm limits LINE Displays an Analog Inputs dialog box you use to PRESSURE define the analog input values associated with this stream I O card and channel as well as conversion factors and alarm limits UVOL Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to FLOWRATE define the specific alarm limits for uncorrected volume flowrate REYNOLDS Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to NUMBER define the specific alarm limits for the Reynolds _ Number Revised Jan 07 Stream Configuration 6 115 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Button CTSM FOR SPOOL CPSMFOR SPOOL VELCORRN FACTOR INUSE M FACTOR Field Velocity Meter Factor Flow Rate Points Meter Factors Forward MF Youngs Modulus Spool Wall Roughness Flow Rate Points Meter Factors Reverse MF Premium Limit Reverse k Premium Limit Billing Mode Stream Configuration Description Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for the correction factor for the effects of temperature on the spool Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for the correction factor for the effects of pressure on the spool Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use
163. Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for viscosity ISENTROPIC Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to EXPONENT define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm A limits for the isentropic exponent VOS Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for the velocity of sound Note AGA10 refers to VOS as speed of sound UPSTREAM Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to PRESS define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for upstream pressure UPSTREAM Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to TEMP define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for upstream temperature BASE DENSITY Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for base density 7 INUSE Displays a read only table of gas compositions This COMPOSITION corresponds to the table defined using the Gas Composition screen s KEYPAD MOLES button 4 Click in the hierarchy menu when you finish defining settings A confirmation dialog box displays s600ed 5 Click Yes to apply your changes The PCSetup screen displays 6 5 6 Linearisation Linearisation settings define the constants and calculation limits for the Meter factor and K factor S600 calculates a Meter factor and K factor corresponding
164. Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for base density Displays a read only table of gas compositions This corresponds to the table defined using the Gas Composition screen s KEYPAD MOLES button 4 Click in the hierarchy menu when you finish defining settings A confirmation dialog box displays s600ed 5 Click Yes to apply 6 6 5 Ultrasonic Flow Setup your changes The PCSetup screen displays The Ultrasonic flow meter settings define the primary inputs calculation limits and spool values for flowrate data received from an ultrasonic meter These settings also allow you to define alarms The system activates these alarms when the calculated results for the flowrates are not within specified limits 1 Select Ultrasonic Flow Setup from the hierarchy menu The Ultrasonic Flow Setup screen displays Stream Configuration Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual t 5600 PCSetup ExampleM E JE Fle Edit View Tools Window Help 3 D Y ta El Ote System Graphic i s System Setup Frimary Inputs Correction Misc ghia GAS VELOCITY init VISCOSITY Staton 1 GAS Bloc Station 2 LIQ METER DENSITY MSs Soares Stream 1 GAS CORIOLIS Meher Factor CLEAR Stream 2 GAS DP LINE TEMPERATURE Spool wall Roughness 6e005 m Steam 3 GAS TURBINE Stream 4 GAS ULTRASONIC LINE PRESSURE Forward MF Reverse MF General Flow Rate P
165. Results Limits Downstream Upstream Correr ee ee MASS FLOWRATE EXPANSION FACTOR Pipe Correction ISO7TR 3464 En PRESSURE LOSS DISCHABGE COEFF e BETA FLOW COEFFICIENT Gost CV REYNOLDS NUMBER VEL OF APPROACH FAC Gas Properties c E A E DF Cell Input Conditioning w E Security Level 1 Figure 6 34 GOST Flow screen 6 66 Stream Configuration Revised Jan 07 Revised Jan 07 Field Tap Type VISCOSITY ISENTROPIC EXPONENT Inlet Edge Radius Int Pipe Roughness Inspection Period UPSTREAM PRESSURE Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 2 Complete the following fields Description Indicates the position of the differential pressure tap on the metering assembly Click w to display all valid values The default is FLANGE Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for viscosity Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm _ limits for the Isentropic exponent o Z Sets the radius of the inlet edge The default is 0 05 Note The program uses this value as part of the __ Orifice dulling correction calculation _ Sets the pipe roughness factor The default is 0 01 Note The program uses this value as part of the _ roughness coefficient factor Sets in whole non fractional years the inspection period or calibration span for the inlet e
166. Right click and select New Placement from the shortcut menu The Placement Editor dialog box displays Note You can also select Edit gt New Placement from the menu bar Placement Editor SYSTEM RUN MODE DESC Ali t Minimum Field width fo en Cancel Figure 9 8 Placement Editor 3 Click System Run Mode Desc to select a data point The Connect Wizard displays Revised Jan 07 Report Editor 9 7 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Connect Wizard Select from left to right SYSTEM RUM MODE Board 1 PI44 110 EPINTARA SYSTEM MAINT MODE VALUE Board 2 P154 PRY EPRESL TOTALS RESET ESTATUS Station 1 LIQ US EPSTRING o SYSTEM MAINT ENAB stream 1 LIQ USTURE CONFTAB COM DISPLAY Stream 2 LIQ USTURE ofS 0B COM 2 PC SETUP Stream 3 PRY MMETER ALARM MULT ARATAT Al ADRs KAI Value SYSTEM RUN MODE l Cancel Figure 9 9 Connect Wizard 4 Define the new data point by highlighting values in each of the four columns Select from left to right You can click w or A to display more values 5 Click OK once you have defined the new data point The Placement Editor dialog box re displays Note that the label on the button now reflects the choices you made using the Connect Wizard Placement Editor All t Minimum Field width fo en Left Right OF Cancel Figure 9 10 Placement Editor with revised label 6 Complete the following fields on the Placement Editor dialog box
167. S ESRD ES ESOESESEROESESESEESESEEEESES m Sets temperature at standard conditions The default is 15 Indicates the fault total option for the uncorrected volume Click w to display all valid values Note If you define fault totals but do not use them the S600 does not include them in reports and displays at run time FAULT ONLY When fault condition is active only increment fault totals NORMAL ONLY When fault condition is active only increment normal totals NORMAL FAULT When fault condition is active increment both normal and fault totals This is the default Indicates the fault total option mode for the corrected volume Click w to display all valid values Note If you define fault totals but do not use them the S600 does not include them in reports and displays at run time SENUNCESEAUEUESESUEUESESUSUESEAEEUESESESUESESESUESESESUESESUSUESESUEOESESOSUEEEREREESERES FAULT ONLY When fault condition is active only increment fault totals NORMAL ONLY When fault condition is active only increment normal totals NORMAL FAULT When fault condition is active increment both normal and fault totals This is the default Indicates the fault total option for the mass fail mode Click w to display all valid values Note If you define fault totals but do not use them the S600 does not include them in reports and displays at run time FAULT ONLY When fault condition is active only increment fault totals NORMAL ONLY When fault
168. Standard Conditions I O Setup Calc Type Base Pressure Station 1 GAS fo barg Stream 1 GAS CORIOLIS DP Cell Type FLANGE x Base Temperature fi 5 Deg C Stream 2 GAS DP nd ISENTROPIC EXPONENT Flowrate Batching VISCOSITY UVOL FLOWRATE Flow Switching son UPSTRPRESS UPSTRTEMP CVOLFLOWRATE BETA STRO2 GAS CMPNT FWA F extrait iat UPSTR DENSITY RELATIVE DENSITY SG EXPFACTOR DISCHARGE COEFF A T S EA VELOFAPPFAC FLOWEXTENSION STRO2 FORWARD TFWA STRO2 REVERSE TFWA Downstream Upstream Correc STRO2 DOWN UP CORR T STRO2 DOWN UP CORR D Pipe Correction AGA8 ISOTR9464 Calculation Limits Gas CV Gas Composition Gas Properties DP Cell Input Conditioning Stream 3 GAS DP Stream 4 GAS DP p Stream 5 GAS DP For Help press F1 Security Level 1 Figure 6 31 AGA3 Volume Flowrate screen 2 Complete the following fields Field Description Calc Type This read only field shows the basis for the AGA3 nn calculation 2222222222222 DP Cell Type Indicates the position of the differential pressure taps on the metering assembly Click w to display all valid values The default is FLANGE ISENTROPIC Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to EXPONENT define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for the isentropic exponent a VISCOSITY Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm BS l
169. T TO BASE STRO3 SEL TO BASE Volume Standard Density Correction Can Fill Period Coriolis Twin can changeover mode Stream 4 LIQ CORIOLIS Stream 5 PRY BALL Advanced Setup Security Level 1 Figure 6 73 Sampling screen 2 Complete the following fields Field Description sampler ID Provides an identifying label for the sampler Each o Stream or station must have a unique sampler ID Method Indicates the sampling method Click w to display all Valid values 00 TIME PROP Divides the value in the Can Fill Period field by the number of grabs needed to fill the can derived from the Can Volume and Fill Volume values to determine a time interval per pulse This is the default FLOW PROP1 Divides the value in the Volume field by the number of grabs needed to fill the can derived from the Can Volume and Fill Volume values to determine a volume throughput per pulse FLOW PROP2 Uses the value in the Volume field as the volume throughput per 6 122 Stream Configuration Revised Jan 07 Field Method cont Can Fill Indicator Auto Disable Auto Restart Volume 1000 Can Fill Period _Flowrate Low Limit Minimum Interval Can Volume Grab Volume 0 001 Can Low Limit TIN ANALOGIP Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Description FLOW PROP3 Uses the value in the Volume field as the volume throughput per pulse but supports low pressure digital input and pump prime Indicates the
170. TAROT FWD MASS STNPRD24 D ER Station 1 GAS EPREAL STROOI FWD ENERGY STRPROSTINOESs Station 2 LIQ EPRESALSAA STROT REY UYOL STHPROSTINOESs MAA AS KPSTRING STRO1 REY COL STRPROS2lINDEss Stream 2 PRY MMETER CALCALMITEM STROT REY MASS STHPROS2INDEss CONFTAB STROT REY ENERGY STRPROSSINDESs S77 S0BI STAOT FWD PREM STHPAROSSINDESs ALARM STAOT REY PREM STRPRDS4ND EH MULTI STNPRDS4ND E gt Wr Value Fw ENERGY i Cancel Figure 9 12 Connect Wizard Modify the selections on the Connect Wizard as necessary Click OK when you finish The Placement Editor dialog box displays 6 Click OK to apply your changes to the data point The report file displays Revised Jan 07 Report Editor 9 9 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 9 2 3 Adding Report Lines Use this procedure to insert a new line on the report 1 Place the cursor where you desire to insert the new line 2 Right click and select Insert Line from the shortcut menu Config600 adds a blank line to the report above the cursor position 9 2 4 Deleting Report Lines Use this procedure to delete a line from the report 1 Place the cursor on the desired line 2 Right click and select Delete Line from the shortcut menu Config600 removes the line from the report i l This editor does not provide an undo facility Once you delete a Caution report line you cannot restore it You must rebuild it 9 10 Report Editor Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Llte
171. TF WA i 100 f 150 fi 200 fi 250 fo Meter Factors K Factors t AGA8 Calorific Value Gas Composition Gas Properties Sampling Coriolis Jagr goats Sonim Calculation Limits General Flowrate K FACTOR Batching Flow Switching GC FWA STRO2 GAS CMPNT FWA FV STRO2 GAS CMPNT FWA RE Time amp Flow Weighted Averagir ES gt For Help press F1 Security Level 1 oo nN MIMI Ww MN Se mS see sou ye foo Ty k a Figure 6 16 Linearisation screen 2 Enter up to 10 frequency points and corresponding values for the K factors 3 Click K FACTOR to display a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for that factor 4 Click in the hierarchy menu when you finish defining settings A confirmation dialog box displays A Apply Changes 5 Click Yes to apply your changes The PCSetup screen displays 6 3 7 Sampling Sampling settings define the method and interval period for sampling product from a flowing pipeline By default the S600 supports one sampler per stream If you require more than one sampler per stream contact technical support personnel 1 Select Sampling from the hierarchy menu The Sampling screen displays 6 28 Stream Configuration Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 600 PCSetup GasConfig1 AE File Edit View Tools Window Help O gt E BEA SAS CO f 1 System Graphic System Setup Sa
172. TIVE FLOW RATE 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 New Placement Edit Placement Delete O O Oo O 0 0 o O 0 O Insert Line Delete Line GAS CORIOLIS LOCATION LINE 1 CUMULATIVE Figure 9 7 Report Editor menu Note You can also access this menu by selecting Edit from the menu bar The menu provides these options Option Description Cut Removes the selected element from the report and a Places it on the Clipboard Copy Copies the selected element from the report and places it on the Clipboard 9 6 Report Editor Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Option Description Paste Places content from the Clipboard to the cursor s location New Placement Accesses the Placement Editor which you use to define a new data point see Section 10 2 1 Adding a Data Point Edit Placement Accesses the Placement Editor which you use to edit cecum 2 Current data pointe Delete Removes the selected element from the report without placing it on the Clipboard Insert Line Adds a line to the report at the cursor s current A position Delete Line Removes the selected line from the report Note The Report Editor does not provide an undo function Once you have deleted a report element or a line you cannot restore it You must recreate it 9 2 1 Adding a Data Point Use this procedure to add a data point field to the selected report 1 Place the cursor where you want to insert the new data point 2
173. TOR l Stream 4 PRV BALL Run Data Constants Alarm Limits Hardware Stream 5 GAS DP Stream 6 GAS DP Stream 7 GAS DP Stream 8 GAS ULTRASONIC Advanced Setup Security Level 1 Figure 6 86 Alarm Limits screen Ball Prover 2 Click any of the following buttons to set alarm limits Button Description RTRIP PULSES Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the specific alarm limits for round trip RTRIP pulses Note In a bi directional bidi prover this value reflects the sum of forward and reverse pulses 6 148 Stream Configuration Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Button Description O O OZ OZO o RTRIP K Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to FACTOR define the specific alarm limits for round trip K factors Note In a uni directional prover this value reflects the forward pulses RTRIP Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to M FACTOR define the specific alarm limits for round trip Meter Factors Note In a uni directional prover this value reflects the forward pulses 3 Click in the hierarchy menu when you finish defining settings A confirmation dialog box displays A Apply Changes 4 Click Yes to apply your changes The PCSetup screen displays 6 10 Prover Compact A caution 6 10 1 Run Data Revised Jan 07 A compact prover basically consists of a flow tube that contai
174. This mode displays as AVERAGE F on failure If the input has failed change the value to use the last valid value When the input has recovered the system reverts to its previous mode This mode displays as LASTGOOD F on failure If the input has failed change the value to use the Keypad value When the input has recovered the system remains in Keypad mode until manually changed This mode displays as KEYPAD F on failure If the input has failed change the value to use the Average value When the input has recovered the system remains in Average mode until manually changed This mode displays as AVERAGE F on failure If the input has failed change the value to use the Lastgood value When the input has recovered the system remains in Lastgood mode until manually changed This mode displays as LASTGOOD F on failure 5 Enter a Keypad value The system uses this value either 1f the Initial Mode is set to Keypad or the input has failed and the Behaviour value is set to Keypad Fail with or without recovery 6 Enter an item description of up to 20 alphanumeric characters The system uses this description on reports alarm printouts and displays 7 Enter a Rate of Change ROC value If in one second the input variable changes by an amount greater than this value and you have enabled alarms Advanced Setup gt Alarms Config600 alarms the operator I O and Comms Configuration Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lit
175. V BALL Advanced Setup 0 4 4 44 Security Level 1 Figure 6 60 Gas CV screen 6 92 Stream Configuration Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 2 Complete the following fields Field Description CV Table Indicates the particular compressibility value the program uses Click w to display all valid values The default is ISO6976 1995 Reference Indicates the t t value where t is the calculation Condition reference temperature for combustion and t is the reference condition for metering The default is 15 15 DEG C 3 Click any of the following buttons to compressibility calculation limits Button Description STD COMP Zs Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for the calculated standard compressibility IDEAL RD Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm IDEAL DENSITY Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for the calculated ideal density IDEAL CV Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to SUP define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm BS limits for ideal calorific value BS REAL RD Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for real relative density REAL DENSITY Displays a Calculatio
176. VERSE TFWA AGAS Gas CV AGA Gas Composition Gas Properties Linearisation Stream 2 GAS DP Stream 3 LIQ CORIOLIS H Stream 4 PRY BALL H Advanced Setup x For Help press F Revised Jan 07 Calculation Limits METER FACTOR K FACTOR o eo eo fo so fa E hoo zooo moo 2500 faso i z Meter Factor Method METER FACTOR Security Level i Figure 6 64 Linearisation screen Enter up to 10 frequency points and corresponding values for the Meter factor and K factor Click Meter Factor or K Factor to display a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for the respective factor Complete the following field Meter Factor Indicates the method used to calculate meter factor Method Click w to display all valid values ERROR Interpolate between the two nearest PERCENT percentage error values in the linearisation table Interpolate between the two nearest FACTOR Meter Factors in the linearisation table This is the default value Stream Configuration 6 103 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 5 Click in the hierarchy menu when you finish defining settings A confirmation dialog box displays s600ed 6 Click Yes to apply your changes The PCSetup screen displays 66 Gas Ultrasonic These stream settings are specific to gas ultrasonic applications When you initially create a configuration the calcu
177. XPONENT FLOWING VISCOSITY Security Level 1 Figure 6 26 Pure Gas Air screen 2 Complete the following fields Field Description Calculation Indicates the specific type of Pure Gas Air calculation Type the S600 uses Click w to display all valid values The a efaultis PURE GAS VIRIAL EQ o Reference Indicates the reference conditions the S600 uses for Conditions the Pure Gas Air calculation Click w to display all valid aaa Values The default is 1515 DEGC GAS Displays a dialog box you use to define the gas K COMPOSITION percentages of the mixture Relative Sets the relative humidity for air at base conditions E Humidity The default is 0 CO2 Content Sets the percentage of CO2 content at base aa Conditions The default is 0 04 Pressure Sets the pressure at base conditions The default is O Temperature Sets the temperature at base conditions The default is 15 UPSTREAM Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to PRESSURE define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for the upstream pressure Stream Configuration 6 49 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 6 50 Field Description UPSTREAM Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to TEMP define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for the upstream temperature Base Viscosity Sets the base viscosity value the S600 uses for viscosity calculations The default is 0 Sutherland Sets the Sutherland constant the S60
178. _ Algorithm Indicates the algorithm the system uses to calculate the K Factor tolerance Click w to display valid values _ The default is APIT API I API method max deviation from o Average Run Average _MX MN AVG____ Max Min Average____ MX Max Min Max Min 2 MX MN MN Max Min Min MX Max Min Max Min MX AV AV Max Min Average SA AV MN AV___ Average Min Average Pulses Defines the number of pulses required for one run The default is 10 000 Note This field displays only if you selected PULSE _as a Run Method Defines the required volume for one run The default is 50 Note This field displays only if you selected VOLUME as a Run Method Revised Jan 07 Stream Configuration 6 161 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Field Description Timeout Sets in seconds the maximum time for any prover run The default is 300 Note If you selected TIME as a Run Method this field indicates the maximum duration for a run 3 Click in the hierarchy menu when you finish defining settings A confirmation dialog box displays s600ed A Apply Changes 4 Click Yes to apply your changes The PCSetup screen displays 6 11 3 Constants The Constants screen 1s split into two areas One area consisting of the Stability R O C and Stability Bands panes defines stability checking parameters The other area consisting of the Reference Master Meter and Setup pane
179. able address based on the data point you selected in step 2 Click OK The Connect Wizard displays Connect Wizard Select from left to right Board 1 P144 110 Stream 3 PAY MMETER Value 11 4 2 A Caution 11 4 3 Revised Jan 07 EPINTARA ERPREAL EPSTRING CONFTAB oS BJ ALARM MULTI ARATAT EYENTHIST ALSGRMHIST PALPTAO SYSTEM RUN MODE SYSTEM RUN MODE VALUE STATUS COMMS 10 AAC KAA Cancel Figure 11 7 Enter Details dialog box 6 Define the new data point by highlighting values in each of the four columns source type item field Select from left to right Click v or A to display more values Click OK The Modbus Editor displays showing the newly added Delete a Data Point data point The Modbus Editor does not have an undo function Once you delete a data point you cannot restore it You must re create it To delete a data point 1 Right click a data point A shortcut menu displays 2 Select Delete from the shortcut menu The Modbus Editor screen displays without the selected data point Edit Modbus Format To edit the format of a Modbus register 1 Select a register from the hierarchy menu Config600 highlights the register in the left hand pane Right click a data item Config600 displays a shortcut menu Note The options on the shortcut menu are also available on the Edit menu on the Modbus Editor s menu bar Select Edit Format from the
180. ad configurations until you enable the PC Setup link from the S600 itself s600tfr The remote flow computer has PC Setup downloads disabled You need to enable the PC Setup link from the flow computer s front panel Figure 8 1 PCSetup Error Message 1 From the S600 Main menu select TECH ENGINEER gt SECURITY 2 Press gt to access the PCSetup Link screen which indicates that the PCSetup Link is currently DISABLED 3 Press CHNG and enter the security code defined for your ID Select ENABLE and select ENABLE again The PCSetup Link screen displays indicating that the PCSetup Link 1s now ENABLED Config Transfer Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Checksum When you send a configuration to the S600 it checks the Security configuration to ensure that it has not been modified manually Config600 calculates and applies a checksum value on the file If the checksum value the S600 detects does not match the Config600 applied checksum value the S600 displays a warning message To resolve the warning and repair the configuration checksum use a registered copy of Config600 and login with the Level 1 Username and Password Once you have correctly entered the Username and Password Config600 saves the configuration file with the correct checksum Accessing Config Transfer You can start Config Transfer in two ways Click the Transfer icon on the PCSetup Editor s toolbar Click Start gt Programs gt C
181. alarms when the calculated results for the chromatograph data are not within specified limits 1 Select Gas Composition from the hierarchy menu The Gas Properties screen displays 6 108 Stream Configuration Revised Jan 07 t 5600 PCSetup ExampleM File Edit View Tools Window Help O co El Ea tal System Graphic System Setup I O Setup Station 1 GAS Station 2 LIQ Stream 1 GAS CORIOLIS Steam 2 GAS DP Steam 3 GAS TURBINE Stream 4 GAS ULTRASONIC General Flowrate Flow Switching GC FWA 5TR 04 GAS CMPNT FWA FWE 5TR04 GAS CMPNT FWA REV Time amp Flow Weighted Averaging 5TR 04 FORWARD TFWA 5TR04 REVERSE TRFWA AGAS Gas CV Gas Properties Ultrasonic Flow Setup Ultrasonic Control Stream 5 LIQ CORIOLIS Stream 6 LIQ TURBINE Advanced Setup o H E Si Revised Jan 07 CO 441 7 Common Type ICHROMAT 1 KEYPAD Acceptance Type ACC COPY Initial Mode Station Number m Chromat Processing CEPLUS MOLE SPLITS Apply Splits Revert to Last Good after Failure Check Critical Alarms Check Non Critical Alarms CHROMAT COMMS Chromat Telemetry Initial Mode Paty Type GENERIC Fort Address Stream Analysis Timeout Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Common erone METE MOLE ORDER USER MOLES PORT 5 El a Check Limits Iw o MOLE LO LIMITS eos _ MOLE Hms a MOLE DEYN LIMITS Security Level 1 Figure 6 67 Gas Com
182. also Using the S600 front panel modify the the Time and Date keypad internal array KPINTARR DLOAD parameters for Year Month Day Hour Minute and Second Note You typically set the DLOAD values on the S600 front panel 30 seconds before the time synchronisation event Using the S600 front panel set the Time Accept keypad internal KPINT DLOAD parameter to 1 This tells the S600 to set its internal clock to the values you ve defined in the KPINTARR DLOAD parameters Using the Modbus Editor configure the supervisory Modbus maps adding the revised the DLOAD TIME ACCEPT and DLOAD parameters which allow the supervisory system to update time remotely For further information contact technical support personnel Revised Jan 07 System Seup 3 13 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 3 14 System Setup Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Chapter 4 I O and Comms Configuration The configuration process assigns default I O channels to all the input and output data items including analog input and digital discrete input signals turbine inputs Highway Addressable Remote Transducer HART transmitters and communication tasks the S600 uses Using the I O Setup option in the PCSetup Editor you can change an assigned channel unassign channels and modify settings for your configured channels You can also modify the communication tasks including allocating communications links and defining serial port
183. alter or improve the designs or specifications of the products described herein Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Contents Chapter 1 h bh bh mb ROD Chapter 2 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 4 2 5 Chapter 3 3 1 3 2 3 3 3 4 3 9 Chapter 4 Introduction 1 1 SCOPO ALY 2 1 gt a A T bla E 1 1 SOlMMWware Basi Saarraa A E A 1 2 OOMWale Fealule Srii E ale A 1 3 Related Specification Sheets orarin E A 1 3 PCSetup Editor 2 1 Create a New Configuration cccccccccccssssseececeeeeeeeesseceeeeeeeaeeseeeeesesssaeaeeeeeesessaaaseeeeees 2 2 2 1 1 Name the Configuration Step 1 of 6 cccccccnccccnncccnncccnccconnncnnnnnonnnanncnnnnncnnnnnnans 2 2 2 1 2 Select Measurement Units Step 2 Of 6 ooccccccccccccconnccnnnnccnnnnnanonnnonononaannnnnns 2 3 2 1 3 Specify I O Step 3 OG a aaa aka aAa i EAST 2 4 21 4 Specify Stations Step 4 OF 6 ccoo lili 2 5 21 0 Deline oteams Step OO ni a E Ta 2 7 2 1 6 Select Communications Step 6 Of 6 occccccccononcccnnccccccononononncnnnonnnnnconononnnonanans 2 14 Analyze a Configuration System Graphic ccccccooccnncccnnnccccononnncnnnnonnnnannnnnnnnnonnnannnnnnns 2 15 Open an Existing Configuration PCSetup Editor ccccccccccoconcncconnccnononnccnnncnnnnnonnos 2 18 2 3 1 Navigating the PCSetup Editor isoiset iiiar inidan cianie aiian iann 2 20 2 Ne CON Bana iia a iia 2 21 Save a COMMOUIAUOM sesione a oda ened Gece a a 2 21 Regenerate a Configuration
184. alue and specific alarm o limits for the velocity of sound GAS VELOCITY Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and specific alarm o limits for the gas velocity PRESS Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and specific alarm e limits for pressure TEMP Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and specific alarm limits for temperature 4 Click in the hierarchy menu when you finish defining settings A confirmation dialog box displays 6 118 Stream Configuration Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual s600ed A Apply Changes 5 Click Yes to apply your changes The PCSetup screen displays 6 6 7 Ultrasonic Control The Ultrasonic Control settings define the input parameters and calculation limits for gas velocity at the meter head These settings also allow you to define alarms The system activates these alarms when the calculated results are not within specified limits 1 Select Ultrasonic Control from the hierarchy menu The Ultrasonic Control screen displays t 5600 PCSetup ExampleM File Edit View Tools Window Help D co E ta El DCO System Graphic z System Setup nput Parameters 1 0 Setup Modbus Timeout 30 Station 1 GAS station 2 LIQ ULTRASONIC COMMS steam 1 GAS CORIOLIS Stream 2 GAS DP Calculation Limits Stream 3 GAS TURBINE Stream 4
185. alue to use based on the stack types you select which include Stream Configuration Revised Jan 07 Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Single Lo Hi Hi Hi Lo Mid Hi LoHi Hi 3 Identical Additionally enhanced error checking an option you also select on the DP Cell Input Conditioning screen provides another stacking criteria Note If you select Imperial units enhanced error checking 1s disabled by default If you select metric units enhanced error checking 1s enabled by default The stack type along with enhanced error checking result in the following Single Lo Hi Select Single when you connect to only a single input cell This 1s the default input stack value If you enable enhanced error checking and the input cell is available the S600 uses its value If the cell is unavailable the S600 uses the value you define in the DP Keypad field If you disable enhanced error checking the S600 uses the single cell s In Use value regardless of operating mode low or high fail limits or whether the input cell is available Select Lo Hi when you connect two cells in a tier Ifyou enable enhanced error checking the S600 first checks both cells to ensure they are within the low and high fail limits of the analog input or in Measured mode It then proceeds to perform cell selection The cell selector compares the DP values returned from both cells and changes range when one o
186. alues for each gas component The system assumes user moles to be normalised Note The S600 uses these values only if you set the Initial Mode to USER A Modbus download from another computer may overwrite these values on a running configuration Enables limit checking on each gas component When you select this check box the MOLE LO LIMITS and MOLE HI LIMITS buttons display Displays a dialog box you use to define low mole percentage limit values for each gas component Enter 0 in any field to prevent the test for the selected component Note The system uses the values you enter through these buttons only if you select the Check Limits check box The system applies this test to the keypad downloaded user additionals and new analysis components When enabled the system applies the limit check against the high and low limits Limits are considered valid if the limit is greater than zero 0 The system also applies the check to the Total field If you disable the limit check the keypad downloaded and user Total field must lie within 0 1 and 150 A sum of the new analysis must be within 99 5 and 100 5 Displays a dialog box you use to define high mole percentage limit values for each gas component Enter 0 in any field to prevent the test for the selected component Note See note in Mole Lo Limits field Enables checking on the deviation from the last good analysis for each component When you select this check box the
187. am BIOCK WV GIVES cesantes 6 10 Flow SWITCHING sou scaeciic cts sccicedecectescdeccvexdesberdexie 6 8 PIOWFALS LIMIS rencor 6 5 General PEO OO O OR des 6 4 Weighted Average cccccoocccncccccoccnnnononccnnnnonnns 6 12 SOMA Strand 4 26 COMAS UI Kratos 4 26 COMMUNICATION ooocccnnnccccncnnnncnnncnnnnnanncnnnnnnnos 4 25 COMMUNICATIONS oococconccnccnnccnncnnnnncnnnannnss 8 3 11 1 COMMUNICATIONS POlt cccccccoonncccnnccccconnncnnnnnnnos 4 25 Company Address ooocccccccccccccocccnnnncnononannnonnnnnos 3 2 Company FAX ut dos 3 2 Company Information ooooonnccnnnccccccnonnnnnnnnnos 3 2 Company Telephone ccccceeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeees 3 2 COMP traataat lie a 6 166 Compressibility 6 16 6 39 6 90 6 104 A a teeta nee Act eae 6 58 AGAS uti 6 39 6 90 NX Oe sea nar Gee ne se aie aah wien eee eeee 6 55 PTA ceda 6 57 SUENA G cae 6 52 Computer AlarMS oocccccccccccccnnnccnncnccnnannnnnnnnonoss 7 4 Contig Created iii 3 2 Contig FORMA a a isis 3 2 Contig Last Edhe sustos 3 2 GONG Transe auenia 8 1 CONTIG VES cuca a 3 2 SONIDO NE 1 2 e E E 1 3 A a A 1 3 MO cetera cietiele Artal at eecead aentsest hada rebate 1 3 COMPO ULATION aaa al 1 2 8 1 Oi c i ale eer ere o nen ne ee ener ene 2 2 DAVIN APP atest 2 21 Configuration Generator oooonnccnnnccccccconcnnnncnnos 2 2 Configuration SCTeeN occccncccccccccnonnnccnnononannnnnns 2 20 l 1 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Configuration SC
188. an alternative value 5 Click in the hierarchy menu when you finish defining settings A confirmation dialog box displays s600ed A Apply Changes 6 Click Yes to apply your changes The PCSetup screen displays 6 8 2 Observed Density Correction This option enables you to determine base density from measured density You can include density measurement from a densitometer and from the Corliolis meter as your needs demand The system uses base density coordinated with the standard density correction to calculate correction values for the temperature of the liquid at the meter CTL and the pressure of the liquid at the meter CPL The system then uses the CTL and CPL values to correct the metered volume to reference conditions 1 Select Observed Density Correction from the hierarchy menu The Observed Density Correction screen displays 6 134 Stream Configuration Revised Jan 07 21 5600 PCSetup complex Ele Edit view Tools Window Help O E System Graphic System Setup 1 0 Setup Station 1 LIQ H Station 2 GAS Stream 1 LIQ TURBINE General Flowrate Batching Flow Switching Time amp Flow Weighted Averaging Linearisation Standard Density Correction BSW Stream 2 LIQ TURBINE Stream 3 LIQ TURBINE Stream 4 PRY BALL Steam 5 GAS DP Stream 6 GAS DP Stream 7 GAS DF Stream 3 GAS ULTRASONIC Advanced Setup cae 100 00 pcsetup 1 Density Inputs Revised Jan 07 oO
189. and from RAM The S600 continually writes data to RAM and reads it back for comparison If this alarm occurs remove the S600 from service Note This alarm is also used to check the I O board RAM the alarm indicates the area of failure Occurs when the reply from the slave computer has not been received within the time out period Occurs when the scaling values for the identified variable are either the same or the high scale value is lower than the low scale value Occurs when the sampler has been commanded to reset by the batching but has not reset Occurs when all cells have failed a fatal cell selection error or are in Keypad mode Occurs when the Pulse Output for the sampler cannot match the required pulse rate The number of pulses to be output has exceeded the pulse reservoir Occurs when the sampler has stopped Occurs when a Sensor failure is detected at the Coriolis transmitter Occurs when the secondary Analog Output of the Coriolis transmitter is saturated Occurs when the secondary Analog Output of the Coriolis transmitter is in fixed mode Occurs when the totals have been reset to zero TOTals RESet Occurs when only two of the three totals tri registers agree TOTals PARTially corrupt The S600 corrects TOTals CORRupt Totalization is inhibited Take the S600 out of service and perform a Totals Reset Occurs when at least one of the totals within the S600 reaches its maximum value and rolls over
190. andard 144 In the calculations section of the generator this option includes the Liquid Volume Correction Tables 53 or 54 for a non US configuration Interactive program loader a tool used to transfer application programs from a PC to the S600 Intrinsic Safe A technique used to prevent excess electrical energy or faults in instrumentation from causing explosions in hazardous atmospheres Often found in the process industry It is the only protection method accepted for use in Zone O hazardous areas International Organisation for Standards A voluntary non treaty organization founded in 1946 which is responsible for creating international standards in many areas including computers and communications lts members are the national standards organizations of the 89 member countries including ANSI for the U S See http www iso org Measurement of fluid flow by means of pressure differential devices such as orifice plates nozzles or Venturi tubes inserted in circular cross section conduits Natural gas calculation of calorific values density relative density and Wobbe index from composition Light Emitting Diode an indicator On the S600 a light to show the status of the S600 in a visual form As examples the Alarm LED shows the status of the machine by the color of the LED and communications between the main processor board and the IO boards is shown on the rear of the flow computer by use of the transmit and receive LE
191. arm Limits PULSES E FACTOR MTR FACTOR Security Level 1 Figure 6 90 Alarm Limits screen Compact Prover 2 Click any of the following buttons to set alarm limits Button PULSES Description Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the specific alarm limits for pulses Note This value reflects the cumulative pulses over a run which consists of multiple passes You set the number of passes in the Run Data screen see Section 6 10 1 Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the specific alarm limits for K factors K FACTOR Stream Configuration Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Button Description MTR FACTOR Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the specific alarm limits for Meter Factors 3 Click in the hierarchy menu when you finish defining alarm limits A confirmation dialog box displays s600ed 4 Click Yes to apply your changes The PCSetup screen displays 6 11 Prover Master Meter A caution The primary function of the Master Meter is to provide an accurate meter factor value for the proving stream The S600 then uses this value to calibrate all other meters The proving stream receives pulses from its turbine meter and generates a pulse train output which represents the number of pulses received The Master Meter counts these pulses during a proof run and corrects the count for temperature and pres
192. arms Initial Mode Type ts 6 110 2350USA 2251USA Stream Configuration Description Indicates the type of analyser connected to the S600 For a C6 analyser use the C6Plus option Click w to display all valid values The default is NO SPLITS If you select any value other than NO SPLITS the system displays the MOLE SPLITS button Use it to define the specific percentage splits for the gases Note This field displays only if you selected CHROMAT 1 as the chromatograph configuration type Continues using the last good composition in the event of failure Otherwise the system reverts to keypad data Note This field displays only if you selected CHROMAT 1 as the chromatograph configuration Marks the received composition as failed if any critical alarm is set such as the pre amp fail on the Danalyzer for a Daniel 2551 Controller Note This field displays only if you selected CHROMAT 1 as the chromatograph configuration Marks the received composition as failed if any non critical alarm is set such as the pre amp fail on the Danalyzer for a Daniel 2551 Controller Note This field displays only if you selected CHROMAT 1 as the chromatograph configuration type Displays the Comm screen in I O Setup see Chapter Identifies the chromatograph and any fallback controllers Currently the only valid value is PAY which indicates one chromatograph and no fallback controller Note This field displays only if you sel
193. art gt Programs gt Config600 gt Display Editor You select a configuration from the Select Config dialog box The Display Editor menu displays Note If you have more than one version of Config600 on your machine select the version appropriate to the configuration file AN Caution Because of the way S600 creates and saves displays you should edit Caution displays only after you have finished creating the configuration file This ensures the inclusion of any changes to the configuration Revised Jan 07 Display Editor 10 1 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 3 Config600 Display Editor FloBoss s600 MENU Figure 10 1 Display Editor main menu screen 10 2 Navigating the Display Editor To navigate through the Display Editor click menu options 1 through 6 and 8 To move back up through the menus click the menu button or the 4 direction arrow key These keys behave just as they do on the S600 front panel itself Refer to Chapter 5 in the FloBoss S600 Flow Manager Instruction Manual Form A6115 for more details on front panel navigation 3 Config600 Display Editor FloBoss s600 Figure 10 2 Typical Display Page Stream 2 Flow Limits shown 10 2 Display Editor Revised Jan 07 10 3 Editing 10 3 1 Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Llte User Manual To edit the displays 1 Right click on a menu line to display a shortcut menu 5 Config600 Display Editor FloBoss s600 Edit Line Translate Save M
194. ation Revised Jan 07 Revised Jan 07 Field STREAM DENSITY Premium Flow Limit AAA Premium Billing Mode AAA AAA UVOL Fail Mode CVOL Fail Mode Mass Fail Mode Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Description Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for the stream density Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for the base density Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for the real calorific value Sets the premium flow mode in which the system increments premium totals whenever the flowrate exceeds the keypad limit The default is 100 SNEEOESESUESESESUESESESUESESESUESESESUESESESUSSESOSSESESOSSESESOSSESESOSEESESUSSESESSSSESCESESESSESESESUESESESSESESESESESESSESESESSESESESSESESESTESESESSESESUSSESESUSSESESUSSESSSSSSESRSESESOSSESESESSES SESSA ESEEOESESOEOESEEOESESESEESESESEESESEEEEOES m Sets the premium total mode in which the system increments premium totals at the end of the hour only if the hourly total exceeds the keypad limit Click w to display all valid values The default is FLOW SSEEOESESUESESESUESESESUESESESESESESOESESESUSSESESUSSESESSESESOSUSSESOSUSSESSSSESOSSESESOESESESOESESESCESESESSSSESESSESESESSESESESSESESESSESESESSESESESSESESUSSESESUSSESESUSSESOSUSSESESSSSESUSSSSESUSOESOEOESESEOE
195. ault is 2 2 Defines the calibration volume between sphere switches 2 and 4 The default is 2 3 Defines the calibration volume between sphere switches 1 and 4 The default is 2 4 _ Defines the calibration volume between sphere switches 2 and 3 The default is 2 Note Click Initial to identify the required base volume These values are critical to the calculations Sets the forward pre run volume that is the volume before switch 1 The default is 0 _ Note Set this field to zero 0 to disable timeouts Sets the reverse pre run volume that is the volume before switch 1 The default is 0 Note Set this field to zero 0 to disable timeouts Sets the reference temperature value for calculations typically 15 C in Europe The default is 15 Sets the reference pressure value for calculations typically 0 barg in Europe The default is 0 Sets the reference temperature for the correction of the temperature of the liquid factor The default is 15 Indicates the density units the S600 uses for the density correction calculations Click w to display all valid values The default is KG M3 E DEG API Use degrees API 4 KG IM3 Use kilograms per cubic meter S G Use specific gravity _ Note See Table 6 2 for product selection Indicates the type of petroleum product involved in the _ calculation Click w to display all valid values The default is A CRUDE Indicates the specific CPL calculation the S600 uses
196. ay the menu However if this option is not available for this item the system greys out this icon 2 Select Settings on the menu The Edit Descriptions dialog box displays Edit Description Description fiuto Cancel Figure 4 3 Edit Description dialog box 3 Edit the current description or enter a new description Note The S600 does not pass this value to the S600 configuration or display Use this process only to customize or clarify the value on this screen 4 Click OK to confirm the change The PCSetup screen displays showing the edited label Adding To add an additional data item Note When you add a Digital I O Point the point is an object that 1s capable of using 16 Digital Inputs to derive its value This means that a single object can have a value between 0 and 65535 as its decimal equivalent This value shows as 16 bits in the Digital Inputs list 1 Right click in the right pane A shortcut menu displays 2 Select New I O Point from the shortcut menu The Digital Input Selection dialog box displays Digital Input Selection LO Board LO Channel Board P154 PAY Channel 2 Cancel Channel 3 Channel 4 Channel 5 Channel 6 Channel 7 INVERT Channel 8 Channel 9 Channel 10 Channel 11 Channel 12 Channel 13 Channel 14 Channel 15 USER Channel 16 Description Figure 4 4 Digital Input Selection New I O Point Revised Jan 07 I O and Comms Configuration 4 3 Config600 Lite
197. bar at the top of the screen The Security dialog box in this case security for units displays Security Data Pont Security Level LID MASS UNITS LIQ MASS FA UNITS LIQ GROSS UNITS LIQ GROSS FR UNITS LIQ NETT UNITS LID NETT FR UNITS GAS MASS UNITS GAS MASS FA UNITS GAS GROSS UNITS GAS GROSS FA UNITS GAS NETT UNITS GAS NETT FA UNITS GAS ENGY UNITS GAS ENG FR UNITS PRESS UNITS DP UNITS TEMP UNITS Security Level MW DJ Di Di Di Dd Di A A A DJ Dd Dj Figure 7 10 Units Security dialog box 3 Review the current Security Levels If appropriate select a data point from the menu Config600 completes the Security Level field with that item s current security level Security Data Point Security Level LID MASS UNITS LID MASS FA UNITS LID GROSS UNITS LIQ GAUSS FR UNITS LID NETT UNITS LIQ NETT FR UNITS GAS MASS UNITS GAS MASS FR UNITS GAS GROSS UNITS security Level GAS GROSS FA UNITS GAS NETT UNITS 3 GAS NETT FA UNITS GAS ENGY UNITS GAS ENGY FR UNITS PRESS UNITS DP UNITS TEMP UNITS Figure 7 11 Units Security Level Change the value in the Security Level field if necessary Click Apply to apply the change 6 Once the new value displays in the Security Level column click Done to close the dialog box and redisplay the data item screen Revised Jan 07 Advanced Setup Configuration 7 17 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 7 4 2 PCSetup Editor Login If you enable Level 1 secur
198. base density Stream Configuration 6 137 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 3 Click any of the following buttons to define live inputs and calculation results Button Description MTR TEMP Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for meter temperature MTR PRESS Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for meter pressure Pe Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for equilibrium vapour pressure Pe METER Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to DENSITY define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm a _limits for meter density 2222222222 METER CCF Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for the combined correction factor at the meter o also known as VCF METER CTL Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for the correction of the temperature of the liquid o at the meter METER CPL Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for the correction of the pressure of the liquid at the meter 4 Click in the hierarchy menu when you finish defining settings A confirmation dia
199. ble The default is 1 Indicates the algorithm the system uses to calculate the K Factor tolerance Click w to display valid values API 1 is the default API I API method max deviation from os Average Run Average ml MX MN AVG Max Min Average MX Max Min Max Min 2 MX MN MN Max Min Min MX Max Min Max Min a MN MX MN MX AV AV Max Min Average AV MN AV Average Min Average Sets in seconds the maximum time the S600 waits for the ready signal The default is 300 Sets in seconds the maximum time the S600 allows for plenum control The default is 0 Note To disable plenum control set this value to zero 0 Sets in seconds the maximum time the S600 waits for _ Switch 1 after the launch command The default is 300 Sets in seconds the maximum time the S600 waits for switches 1 and 2 after the launch command The default is 300 Sets in seconds the maximum time the S600 waits for an upstream signal The default is 300 6 151 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 3 Click in the hierarchy menu when you finish defining settings A confirmation dialog box displays A Apply Changes 4 Click Yes to apply your changes The PCSetup screen displays 6 10 2 Constants The Constants screen has two major areas One area consisting of the Stability R O C Stability Bands and Base Volume panes defines stability checking parame
200. cconononnnccnnncnononancnnnnnnnnos 8 3 Send GONMIGUIALON isso codsobeiwcaetdwedsvesteaannets 8 4 Receive CONFIQUIATION ooooccccnnccccccononccnnnnnonononnnnnnnnnnononanccnnnncnnnnnnnns 8 6 ZOO Hansa aio ines 8 7 Config Transfer 8 1 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 8 1 8 2 Connecting to the S600 You can connect to the S600 using either a serial cable or a TCP IP connection Connecting via Serial Cable The S600 comes with a serial cable you can use to connect your PC to the S600 One end of the cable has a DB 9 female connector which you attach to your PC s serial port The other end of the cable has two connectors a male DB 15 for serial connection and an RJ 12 EIA 232 RS 232D You can attach the male DB 15 connector to the COM 1 2 port on your S600 s CPU backplate Alternately you can insert the RJ 12 connector into the port on the S600 s front panel 8 1 2 Connecting via TCP IP You can also choose to connect to the S600 using an Ethernet cable In this case you must first define an IP subnet and gateway addresses for your S600 Then you configure your S600 via its front panel to those values When you connect your Ethernet cable to the S600 you can then establish a TCP IP connection to that URL At that point you can download or upload configuration files 8 1 3 Enabling the PCSetup Link Regardless of the connection method you use the S600 by default does not allow you to download or uplo
201. condition is active only increment normal totals NORMAL FAULT When fault condition is active increment both normal and fault totals This is the default Stream Configuration 6 95 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Energy Fail Indicates the fault total option for the energy fail mode Mode Click w to display all valid values Note If you define fault totals but do not use them the S600 does not include them in reports and displays at run time FAULT ONLY When fault condition is active o only increment fault totals NORMAL ONLY When fault condition is active only increment normal totals NORMAL FAULT When fault condition is active increment both normal and fault o totals This is the default TURBINE Displays the Turbine Inputs screen on the I O Setup INPUT EDITOR option 3 Click in the hierarchy menu when you finish defining settings A confirmation dialog box displays s600ed 4 Click Yes to apply your changes The PCSetup screen displays 6 5 4 Gas Composition Gas Composition settings define the processing and port telemetry parameters for receiving data from the gas chromatograph controller The chromatograph controller derives the individual component concentrations found in the line gas The chromatograph controller settings also allow you to define alarms The system activates these alarms when the calculated results for the chromatograph data are not within specified limits 1 Select Gas Compositio
202. cononononccnnnnnnnnnnnnnonos 6 90 6 5 2 Gas CV ISO6976 or GPA ooccccccccccccconnnononononononononononnnnnnnoos 6 92 6 5 3 AGA7 Gross Volume Flowrate cccccooncnnnnnccccccccninincnnnnnos 6 94 6 5 4 Gas Composition oooooooonnnnnncnnnnnnccnnnnnooonononnnanancnnnnnnononononnos 6 96 6 5 5 Gas Properti8S oooooooononnncccnnnnnnnnnccnnnoooononnnnannncncnnnnnnnnnnnnnos 6 101 6 5 6 LINCANS ali iaa ile ica tras 6 102 Sas AS ONG arenaene aia aa aSa 6 104 Stream Configuration 6 1 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 6 1 6 2 6 6 1 AGA8 Compressibilty occccccoooooooococononccnnnnnnnnnnnnnnoos 6 104 6 6 2 Gas CV 1506976 or GPA occccccccccconccccnncncccoonccnnnnnnnnononans 6 106 663 Gas COMPOSIION usa diri 6 108 6 6 4 Gas POP Std dere 6 113 6 6 5 Ultrasonic Flow SetUp oooccccccccconncnncoccnoconncconccnnnnononncnnnnos 6 114 66 6 QS nic Interlace eiii cen 6 117 6 6 7 Ultrasonic Control isiin aaa 6 119 67 Liquid COMO ecc caca a a a a aa ides nates 6 120 6 7 1 Linearisation ccooccccccnnnccccnncconnnconnnonanononanononannononnnonananonons 6 120 IN A a aa a aa a T a 6 122 6 7 3 Observed Density Correction ooccccccccconccnnccnoncnnncnnnanennnnos 6 124 6 7 4 Standard Density Correction ccccccccsseeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 6 128 Of COMO Saa 6 130 0 0 Loud UNNI lt a ia 6 133 66 1 AISAUON aiscatencsetaccdsetaatsa sian ed antiatheradoeytawse A 6 133 6 8 2 Observed Density Correction
203. cscecsccscsssscscsssscecsscscecsccececsececscsscsceccscececcececescececcecececcececcecececcscececcsceceacececeecececcececeacececeacecesescecsecesesessssesescesssescessscecessececessscecssscecescecesesceceseecsssscssessscssesscssesessessses n Revised Jan 07 I O and Comms Configuration 4 9 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Value 4 20mA Non Linear 0 5V Non Linear Linear Description Use if you apply a current input directly to the I O board with on line calibration when the transmitter does not have a straight line response Note This option enables you to perform a three point field calibration on the S600 front panel or webserver Use if you apply a voltage signal directly to the I O board or if you place a current loop across a 250 ohm resistor and apply the derived voltage to the I O board with on line calibration when the transmitter does not have straight line response Note This option enables you to perform a three point field calibration on the S600 front panel or webserver Use if you apply a voltage signal directly to the I O board or if you place a current loop across a 250 ohm resistor and apply the derived voltage to the I O board with on line calibration when the transmitter does not have straight line response Note This option enables you to perform a three point field calibration on the S600 front panel or webserver If PRT RTD click w to select a valid Conversion value Value DIN DIN Offset Amer
204. ct Settings on the shortcut menu The system displays the Edit Description dialog box Edit Description O Description 001 FRG 02 Cancel Figure 4 12 Edit Description dialog box Revised Jan 07 I O and Comms Configuration 4 15 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 4 6 4 16 Turbine Inputs A Caution Assigning 4 Edit the current item description using no more than 20 alphanumeric characters 5 Click OK to apply the new item description The system redisplays the PCSetup screen with your new item description A turbine or positive displacement meter provides inputs to the system in the form of single pulse or dual pulse data You assign the turbine pulse inputs to an I O channel on the I O board Each installed P144 or P154 I O board provides up to four pulse input channels You can define these channels as Four single pulse inputs Two dual pulse inputs Two single pulse and one dual pulse inputs The S600 cannot count pulses unless the P154 I O board is fitted with a dual pulse P148 mezzanine board To assign or reassign turbine input data items 1 Select the Turbine Inputs component from the hierarchy menu The system displays all currently defined turbine inputs in the right hand pane 2 Double click a turbine input to edit The Pulse Input Assignment dialog box displays Note You can also click the Assignment icon on the toolbar to display the dialog box Pulse Input Assignment
205. culates a Meter Factor and K factor corresponding to the turbine frequency by interpolating the frequency between fixed points and then cross referencing the result against a lookup table Linearisation settings also allow you to define alarms The system activates these alarms when the calculated results for the Meter Factor and K factor are not within specified limits Flow meters produce pulses proportional to the total flow through the meter and the K factor represents the number of pulses produced per unit volume Notes Batching systems that employ Meter factor or K factor linearization with retrospective Meter factor K factor adjustments assume that the adjusted value has a keypad mode To prevent the live metering system from applying a double correction use either a calculated Meter factor or a calculated K factor linearization that is only one factor should have a calculated mode 1 Select Linearisation from the hierarchy menu The Linearisation screen displays Revised Jan 07 Stream Configuration 6 27 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 600 PCSetup GasConfig1 File Edit View Tools Window Help O gt E BESAS HDORA System Graphic System Setup I O Setup Flowrate Freq Yalue Flowrate Freq Yalue Station 1 GAS fso Stream 1 GAS CORIOLIS General 900 Flowrate GC FWA 950 STRO1 GAS CMPNT FWA RE Time amp Flow Weighted Averagir 11 050 STRO1 FORWARD TFWA STRO1 REVERSE
206. d Gas o Gas o Gas o Additionals 3 Click Next Sequence __Densitometer Flow Description Option2 Measure header density but perform no liquid value _ Calculations at the station Option3 Calculate station standard density using header density with header temperature and o Pressure at all station inputs Batching Perform station batch No Batching handling Enable batch o Feportsandtotals Flow Balance the station flow by Switching opening and closing streams No Flow do e Sequence the prover and initiate proof No Prove runs Sampling Perform single or twin can No Sampling sampling Densitometer Perform calculations using No densitometer input at station Chromat Perform calculations using No Chromat chromatograph input at Station Batching Perform station batch No Batching handling Enable batch reports and totals Balance the station flow by Switching opening and closing streams No Flow Sampling Perform single or twin can No Sampling sampling Indicates any optional calculations you desire to include in the configuration When you click Additionals a text box opens in which you can define your calculation Revised Jan 07 PCSetup Editor Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 2 1 5 Define Streams Step 5 of 6 Use the fifth screen Figure 2 6 to indicate the number of streams up to six in the configuration Note Due to I O types the S600 supports
207. d H1 2 cells o Ifthe Hi 1 range is in use the S600 continues to use the Hi 1 range unless it becomes unavailable At that point the S600 switches to the Hi 2 cell o If the Hi 2 range is in use the S600 continue to use the H1 2 range unless it becomes unavailable At that point the S600 switches to the Hi 1 cell Revised Jan 07 Stream Configuration 6 73 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual o Ifneither cell is available the S600 uses the defined DP Stack Keypad value and raises an alarm If you disable enhanced error checking the S600 uses the selected cell s In Use value regardless of operating mode or low or high fail limits Figure 6 38 shows Hi Hi cell handling Enter Yes Yes Is Hi 1 Cell Available Use Hi 1 Cell Is Hi 2 Cell Available eo Use Hi 2 Cell a Fail to DP Stack Keypad Value Is Hi 1 Cell In Use Is Hi 2 Cell In Use Is Hi 2 Cell Available Use Hi 2 Cell Is Hi 1 Cell Available eo Use Hi 1 Cell E Fail to DP Stack Keypad Value Is Hi 1 Cell Available Use Hi 1 Cell Is Hi 2 Cell Available eo Use Hi 2 Cell e Fail to DP Stack Keypad Value If DP Value lt 0 Use 0 Figure 6 38 Hi Hi Input Cell Flowchart Lo Mid Hi Cell Select Lo Mid Hi when you connect three cells in a tier Ifyou enable enhanced error checking the S600 designates the cell currently being used as the In Use cell The S600 also checks for sustained discrepancies betwe
208. dard Density Correction Coriolis Stream 2 LIQ CORIOLIS Low Flow Cutoff 160 m32h Alarms to Suppress on Cutoff Stream 3 PRV MMETER A rae E a Control Limits for flow switching amp flow balancing High Band Low Band a Flowrate Control PID Loop None hd Security Level 1 Figure 5 6 Flowrate Limits 1 Enter a value for the Low Flow Cutoff When the S600 detects a flowrate below this value 1t suppresses alarms that have been configured using the Alarms to Suppress on Cutoff button The S600 also uses this value to determine if the stream is on line or off line 2 Click Alarms to Suppress on Cutoff The Alarm Suppression dialog box displays 5 4 Station Configuration Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Alarm 5uppression Select each object to suppress alarme on STROOI GUWOL FR STPRO01GSYOL FR Check alarme to suppress STAM MASS FR STRO1 YOL FR w LL STRUI NSWOL FR Iw L STAT NETT MASS FR v H STRM Sw SWOL FA le HH Remove Figure 5 7 Alarm Suppression dialog box 3 Select an object and then indicate the specific alarms to be suppressed Click Add or Remove to respectively add or remove objects from the list 4 Click OK when finished The PCSetup screen displays 600 PCSetup ExampleZ File Edit View Tools Window Help Dw Y ca A Og E System Graphic T System Setup Alarm Limits 1 0 Setup Station 1 LIQ STR UVOL F R
209. dbus link from writing data to the S600 If you select the Modbus Slave function and the Ethernet or Modbus protocol a Secondary Link check box appears at the bottom of the screen below the Address Map field Select this option to indicate that the slave unit is on the secondary Ethernet port This requires the installation of a P190 Dual Ethernet board If you select the VWI function and the Serial protocol you must also use the Meter Port field to define a COM port for the ultrasonic meter Although the S600 provides eight COM ports ports 1 2 and 8 are reserved for system use Complete the Address Map field to identify the Modbus file Config600 uses to map data Click Edit to open the Modbus map file using the Modbus Editor see Chapter 11 for further information Once you are done configuring communication click on the hierarchy menu Config600 displays the Apply Changes dialog box s600ed Figure 4 22 Apply Changes dialog box I O and Comms Configuration 4 27 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 8 Click Yes to apply the changes to the configuration file The PCSetup screen redisplays 428 VO and Comms Configuration RevisedJan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Chapter 5 Station Configuration Station Revised Jan 07 If you assigned streams to stations during the initial configuration process then up to two stations appear as choices in the hierarchy menu in the left pane Fil
210. de keypad value and the specific alarm limits for real relative density Ooo REAL DENSITY Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm BS limits for real density REAL CV SUP Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for real calorific value 4 Click in the hierarchy menu when you finish defining settings A confirmation dialog box displays s600ed 5 Click Yes to apply your changes The PCSetup screen displays 6 4 10 SGERG Compressibility SGERG settings define the constants and calculation limits for ideal and real calorific values This screen displays when you configure the S600 to use the SGERG standard to calculate the compressibility of the gas mixture SGERG settings also allow you to define alarms The system activates these alarms when the calculated results are not within the specified limits 1 Select SGERG from the hierarchy menu The SGERG screen displays 6 52 Stream Configuration Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual f 5600 PCSetup GasConfig1 File Edit View Tools Window Help O gt E A DO t 18S Status Control System Graphic System Setup I O Setup Station 1 GAS Stream 1 GAS CORIOLIS Stream 2 GAS DP Stream 3 GAS DP Stream 4 GAS DP General Flowrate Batching Flow Switching GC FWA STRO4 GAS CMPNT FWA F
211. define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for I O density Accesses the I O Setup screen in Comms 4 Click in the hierarchy menu when you finish defining settings A confirmation dialog box displays s600ed A Apply Changes 5 Click Yes to apply your changes The PCSetup screen displays 6 132 Stream Configuration Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 6 8 Liquid Turbine These stream settings are specific to liquid applications using turbine meters When you initially create a configuration the calculation selections you make determine which calculation specific screens appear in the hierarchy menu l It is extremely unlikely that any one S600 configuration would contain Caution all the settings discussed in this section For that reason several sample configurations demonstrate the settings 6 8 1 Linearisation Linearisation settings define the constants and calculation limits for the Meter Factor and the K factor S600 calculates a Meter Factor and K factor corresponding to the turbine frequency by interpolating the frequency between fixed points and then cross referencing this value to a look up table Flow meters produce pulses proportional to the total flow through the meter The K factor represents the number of pulses produced per unit volume Linearisation settings also allow you to define alarms The system activates these alarms when the calculated results for the
212. des up to five 30 alphanumeric character fields Address 5 _ you use to enter your company s address Telephone Provides up to 30 alphanumeric characters for your company s telephone number Fax Provides up to 30 alphanumeric characters for your _ company s fax number Config Version This read only field shows the number of times this _ configuration has been saved since it was created Config Created This read only field shows the date and time the configuration was originally created Config Last Edited This read only field displays the date and time the configuration was last saved Config Format This read only field shows the version number of the template used to create the configuration 3 2 System Setup Revised Jan 07 3 2 Units Advanced Setup Conversions Constants Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Note If you change any values on this screen and try to exit Config600 displays a dialog box asking to save those changes to your configuration file s600ed Click Yes to apply the changes to your configuration file Using the Units options you define the default standard units of measurement used throughout the configuration Config600 performs all calculations using units which conform to the appropriate international standards However should the requirements of your application vary you can change the displayed units of measurement When you change unit values the PCSetu
213. dge radius used in the calculation of the orifice dulling correction coefficient The default is 1 Note You must enter a whole number Fractions are not allowed Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm ___limits for upstream pressure UPSTREAM DENSITY DOWNSTREAM PRESSURE Calculation Version Calculation Limit Check results limits Button MASS FLOWRATE PRESSURE LOSS Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for upstream density Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm Indicates the version of the GOST calculation the S600 uses Click w to display all valid values The default is GOST8563 97 Activates calculation limit checking Click w to display all valid values The default is ON Note If you activate limit checking GOST validates the calculation inputs and outputs in accordance with section GOST 8 563 1 97 3 Click any of the following buttons to define GOST flow calculation Description Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the specific alarm limits for the mass flowrate Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm _ __limits for pressure loss _ BETA REYNOLDS NUMBER Stream Configuration
214. dialog box you use to TEMP PRESS Limit Check COEFFICIENT define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm _ limits for upstream temperature Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you useto define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for upstream pressure Enables limit checking The default is enabled With limit checking enabled the system checks that the temperature is between 0 C and 100 C that the pressure is between 100 and 200 bar and that methane is gt than 80 If any of these parameters are out of range the system sets the coefficient to zero which prevents the calculation of upstream temperature correction Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for the Joule Thompson coefficient 3 Click in the hierarchy menu when you finish defining settings A confirmation dialog box displays Stream Configuration Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual s600ed A Apply Changes 4 Click Yes to apply your changes The PCSetup screen displays 6 4 6 V Cone Mass Flowrate V Cone mass flowrate settings define the constants and calculation limits for a range of parameters including pressure density flow coefficient and pressure loss This screen displays when you configure the S600 to use the V Cone standard to calculate gas flow through the orifice meter Mass flowrate settings also al
215. dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for temperature expansion Note This button displays only if you select EXTENDED as a Correction Type Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for density expansion Note This button displays only if you select JT METHOD as a Correction Type 4 Click in the hierarchy menu when you finish defining settings A confirmation dialog box displays s600ed A Apply Changes 5 Click Yes to apply your changes The PCSetup screen displays 6 4 2 Pipe Correction Pipe Correction settings define the calibrated diameter temperature and materials of manufacture for the pipe and orifice plate Use these settings to correct the pipe and orifice diameters to line conditions The pipe correction settings also allow you to define alarms The system activates these alarms when the calculated results are not within the specified limits 1 Select Pipe Correction from the hierarchy menu The system displays the Pipe Correction screen Stream Configuration Revised Jan 07 t 5600 PCSetup GasConfig1 File Edit View Tools Window Help D E E E System Graphic System Setup I O Setup Station 1 GAS Stream 1 GAS CORIOLIS Stream 2 GAS DP General Flowrate Batching Flow Switching GC FWA STRO2 GAS CMPNT FWA F STRO2 GAS CMPNT FWA F Time amp Flow Weighted Averag STRO2 F
216. ding flowrates density calorific values and flow weighted averages which conform to AGA and ISO calculation standards It is extremely unlikely that any one S600 configuration would contain all the settings discussed in this section For that reason several sample configurations demonstrate the settings In This Chapter 6 1 6 2 6 3 6 4 6 5 6 6 Initial Configurations coooooonnccnnnccccnononnncnnnnnnnnnnnncnnnnnononnnnanennnnncnnnnnos 6 2 Common Stream SettidQS occccccnnnncccccnnconoononancnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnonnnnnnnannnos 6 4 6 2 1 General SettingQS ooonccccccnnnncccccnnnonononnccnnnnnnnnnnnnnonoonnnnnannnos 6 4 6 2 2 NT 6 5 6 2 3 Flow SWIIChINQ cccccccccooonnnncconnncnnnonanncnnnnnnonnnanncnnnnnnnnnnaanncnnnnnos 6 8 6 2 4 Gas Component Flow Weighted Averaging GC FWA 6 9 6 2 5 Block Valves oooonccccconncococoncnnconononononcononnnnnnconanennononrnncnnannnos 6 10 6 2 6 Time Flow Weighted AvVeragino cccooocccnccccoccnnccononccnncnnnans 6 12 cs ea 6 16 6 3 1 AGA8 Compressibility cooooooooocoonncccnnnnnnncnnnnnnoononnnos 6 16 6 3 2 Gas CV ISO6976 or GPA ooccccnccnncncnncnnnnnnnnononononnnnnnnnnnnnnnos 6 18 6 3 3 Calorific Value AGAD occcccccccccoonncononccncnonncnnnncnnononanncnnnnnos 6 19 6 3 4 Gas COMPOSITION cccooccnnnccnnncccccnononccnnnnnnnnaanccnnnnononnnnannnnnns 6 21 6 3 5 Gas Properties essani aaa aaa ENEE 6 25 6 3 6 LinearisatiON cccco
217. displays in the selected configuration 1 Select File gt Regenerate from the PCSetup menu bar The Display and Modbus Regeneration dialog box displays Display Editor 10 7 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Display and Modbus Regeneration Displays a Modbus Maps H Cancel Regenerating displays or Modbus tiles will overwrite any edits which have been performed Press OF to continue or Cancel to leave the tiles unchanged Figure 10 8 Display Regeneration 2 Select the Displays check box and click OK Config600 restores all S600 displays to the default values defined in the selected configuration 10 8 Display Editor Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Chapter 11 Modbus Editor The Modbus protocol is the standard communications interface to the S600 The protocol is based on Gould Modicon Modbus The S600 supports Modbus Modbus Enron also referred to as Modbus with EFM Extensions and Modbus encapsulated in TCP IP The FloBoss S600 supports both slave and master functionality in Modbus and Modbus Enron and slave functionality in Modbus encapsulated in TCP IP Modbus is the Config600 software interface to the S600 This communications link uses Function Code 65 with specially designed sub functions to provide file transfer system edit commands and other specialized functionality The S600 1s the slave on this link In This Chapter 11 1 Supported Function COd6S ccccccccccconnccnnncccco
218. dl des NEN 2 22 System Setup 3 1 A te ea ete age tee sae al erent eee e teat eeectt 3 2 A O eae che 3 3 HOPOI acena tee leuda ned steel ora dd acabo catia pd E cet sumac 3 4 Oda General REDONS z i i iE EE A 3 4 Je Base TIME REPONS rra E E fesatvoniecnudisstneucwiancals 3 4 J2 Dela REDONS sore oaa A s 3 5 3 3 4 Adding a General Report to a Configuration cccccnncccccccncccoonncnnnnnnnennnnnnnonnnnnos 3 6 3 3 5 Adding a Base Time Report to a ConfiguratiON ccccccoconccncononncnnncononncnncnnnnns 3 7 3 3 6 Managing Configuration Reports occccccccccoccnnnccnnnccccncoonncnnnnnnnnonnnononononononanennnns 3 9 e alons anai NMR OE ne mm a NON ee Ree ERD ee nnne ret 3 10 o 3 12 3 5 1 Configuring the Time Accept Parameter ooooooonnncinncccnnononccnnnnnnnonnannnnnnncnnnnnnnnos 3 13 I O and Comms Configuration 4 1 Discrete DIG Ian SIMSUNS ariadna 4 2 Discrete Digital QUIPUIS ani as dah Dooce inde te ed teehee asad 4 5 PUM ALOC A A A a 4 6 Anal a MPSS doo 4 13 DENSAS ida codos 4 14 A 4 16 US SO OS iio id 4 19 IN 4 20 PTD EO OI SEUNG S ti aba iaa 4 20 4 9 1 Proportional Plus Integral and Derivative ACTION ccccsseseeeceeeeeceeeeeeeaeeeees 4 24 Revised Jan 07 lil Config600 Lite Lite User Manual AAO COMMUNICATIONS POM nai tddi 4 25 Chapter 5 Station Configuration 5 1 dul FONA E Sua oa 5 2 de Olon veran a nod 5 6 To O 5 7 54 SAMPING raa aaa 5 9 Chapter 6 Stream Configuration 6 1 6t Inifial COnmlQuratl
219. do 6 119 A A ladenie ienei aa iien 6 120 6 7 1 EINCANISAUOMN anaerner ere lea ele 6 120 Ore SIMP eaea etos te r 6 122 6 7 3 Observed Density Correction sissien coaire a NESE 6 124 6 7 4 Standard Density Correction oooocccnncccccoonncnnnncnnnnconannnnnonononnnnnnnnnononnnnnns 6 128 C2725 DOMO Sr 6 130 69 MIquIid TUDO salia 6 133 6 8 1 E A eeeaet a 6 133 6 8 2 Observed Density Correction cccccccnccccccnccccccccnnnanoncnnnnnnnononnoonnnnnnnannnnenennnnnnos 6 134 6 8 3 Standard Density Correction ccccccccccssssssssssseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaassseeeeeeeeeeeeeees 6 136 6 8 4 Base Sediment and Water BSW oonccccnnccccccccccnnncccconoonncnnnnnnnonanncnonononononans 6 138 6 9 Prover Bal siete ect see eect aa dell a a a a 6 140 6 9 1 RUNDA laene o a a a tuahecoust 6 140 62 CONSAN canna citada eee eee eet 6 144 693 HOW src ii tddi 6 146 094 Alann LM ee eee ne ene 6 148 610 Prover Compactatiscninaia lc iaa 6 149 A A ene ee ae ne ee 6 149 AA A eE CO O 5 ee ee ee ee eee 6 152 A O nn a Aha ca hatehs neat ie een 6 154 BO SANGIN MMS a odia 6 156 6 11 Prover Master Melina 6 157 A A e A AN 6 157 6112 RUDA a T 6 159 ESP AMM o o 6 162 Gale IWS de ao 6 164 As E aa aaa a a ra a AALA E a N 6 165 6 12 Modes of Operation cccccccccccccncccocooconanccnnnnonononononnononnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnrnnnnnnnnnnnnnnenenanannns 6 166 Chapter 7 Advanced Setup Configuration 7 1 FA Conversions Constante iniesta
220. ds check boxes and buttons Fields allow you to type characters and numbers or to select from drop down lists Check boxes PCSetup Editor Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual enable you to select specific options Buttons link to dialog boxes that allow you to configure a data point or parameter Located at the top of the PCSetup Editor screen the menu bar and icon bar have the customary Windows based software options plus additional menu selections and icons specific to Config600 2 3 2 The Icon Bar Revised Jan 07 The icon bar located immediately below the menu bar at the top of the screen provides icons for the following actions or shortcuts Icon Meaning New Configuration Click this icon to open the Config600 Configuration Generation screen sequence Note This applies only to the Config600 Pro software Open Configuration Click this icon to open the Select Config dialog box Save Configuration Click this icon to save the current configuration with the current configuration file name A AAA AAA SS CD Cut Copy and Paste These clipboard icons are available if not greyed out Click Cut to remove the selection from the clipboard SA Click Copy to store the selection to the clipboard Click Paste to insert the contents of the clipboard at the cursor s location AAA Login Click this icon to open the Login dialog box Note This applies only if Level 1 security has been enabled Assignment Cl
221. e Derivative action responds immediately to fast changes Error When Direction is forward error process variable setpoint When Direction is reverse error setpoint process variable 4 10 Communications Port During the creation of a configuration you specify the communications ports Once the configuration has been created you must configure the tasks for the communications port s A communication task defines the communications links to any devices connected to the S600 The task defines the communications or network port and communication parameters for the port You can define up to ten communications tasks for the S600 and assign each task a specific function such as Modbus Master Modbus Slave VWI or Printer Each task must be allocated to a dedicated communications port If you configure a serial port the task allows you to configure the settings for the COM ports to the external devices The S600 supports Modbus Modbus Enron Modbus with EFM Extensions Modbus encapsulated in TCP IP and Modbus TCP Note EFM is Electronic Flow Metering or Measurement S600 supports Slave and master peer to peer QSonic Slave and master functionality in Modbus Slave and master functionality in Modbus Enron Slave and master functionality in Modbus encapsulated in TCP IP Slave functionality in Modbus TCP Printer VWI Revised Jan 07 I O and Comms Configuration 4 25
222. e User Manual 8 Enter values for Setpoint and Deviation Config600 uses this value if the operator is required to know when the input variable has changed The Setpoint field provides a check value and the Deviation field indicates the allowed variance Note Config600 can raise an alarm only if you have previously enabled Alarms in Advanced Setup 9 Define Alarm Limits If you enable an alarm set a threshold value for that alarm On the High and High High alarms Conf1g600 raises the alarm if the in use value rises above the entered threshold value On the Low and Low Low alarms Config600 raises an alarm if the in use value falls below the entered threshold value 10 Select a Conversion value If analog click w to select a valid Conversion value Value Description _0 20mA __Use if you apply a current input directly to the O board _ 20mA Use if you apply a current input directly to the I O board _ 0 5V Use if you apply a voltage signal directly to the I O board or if you place a current loop across a 250 ohm resistor and apply the derived voltage to the I O board 1 5V Use if you apply a voltage signal directly to the I O board or if you place a current loop across a 250 ohm resistor and apply the derived voltage to the I O board 0 20mA with Use if you apply a current input directly to the I O board Offset with on line calibration when the transmitter has a straight line response but an offset is required Note
223. e data at every address such as 40001 49999 Enron Float Reads holding registers as IEEE format single precision floating point numbers MSB first For each point required one address is requested in the Modbus message and 4 bytes are returned You can configure data at every address such as 40001 49999 Rosemount Reads holding registers as IEEE format single precision floating point numbers Least Significant Byte LSB first used on Rosemount DCS systems For each point required two addresses are requested in the Modbus message and 4 bytes are returned You can configure data at every other address such as 40001 40003 49999 Phillips Float Reads holding registers as IEEE format single precision numbers MSB first For each point required two addresses are requested in the Modbus message and 4 bytes are returned You can configure data at alternate addresses such as 40001 40003 49999 11 8 Modbus Editor Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Field Description Phillips Double Reads holding registers as IEEE format double precision numbers MSB first For each point required four addresses are requested in the Modbus message and 8 bytes are returned You can configure data at every fourth address such as 40001 40005 49997 5 Complete the Addr Item field to indicate the number of addresses Config600 must poll for each variable 6 Click OK to apply the edits Config600 displays the Modbus
224. e Edit View Tools Window Help O gt El A OR 8 System Graphic System Setup I O Setup Station 1 GAS Station 2 LIQ Stream 1 GAS CORIOLIS Stream 2 PRV MMETER Advanced Setup Stream 1 Calculations Station2 Calculations v gt Security Level 1 Figure 5 1 Stations on the Hierarchy Menu Station settings for the S600 include flow rate limits and discrepancy checking The initial configuration process assigned default values to the station settings Using the PCSetup Editor you can define alarm setpoints for a maximum of two stations in each configuration file To edit the station settings select the required station from the left pane hierarchy menu in the PCSetup Editor Note You can also access and edit station settings through the System Editor and the System Graphic Station settings include Common Station Settings Flow Rate Limits Station Averaging Gas Station Settings Flow Switching Station Density Measurement Chromatograph Data Liquid Station Settings Batching Flow Switching Station Measurement Density Measurement Sampling Liquid Volume Correction Flow Balance Setup Prover Settings Proving Flow Balance Setup Station Configuration 5 1 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual In This Chapter Dull A AAPP A 5 2 5 2 Station Averaging ccccccoonncnnccccnonnnnnnonnnnonononannnnnononannnnnnnnnannnnnnnnanennnnss 5
225. e Lite User Manual Button Description PRV PCF Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the specific alarm limits for prover correction factors 3 Click in the hierarchy menu when you finish defining alarm limits A confirmation dialog box displays s600ed A Apply Changes 4 Click Yes to apply your changes The PCSetup screen displays 6 12 Modes of Operation Following are the modes of operation for the S600 Mode Description Average Uses the value obtained from the average of the last two e readings Used on the Analog and PRT RTD inputs Average Uses the value obtained from the average of densitometer Density A and densitometer B Use when you select the Twin Density densitometer option during generation of the configuration Note This option is not valid if there is only a single densitometer connected to the flow computer Calculated Uses the calculated value obtained from the relevant calculation for the selected item This option is often used when there is a simple choice between one calculated result and a falloack keypad value Check Uses a check value to allow a flow computer to be more easily checked This option is normally used for Density and Turbine inputs when a Check period or frequency can be entered This option is normally only valid if the flow computer is in maintenance mode Chromat Uses the live values obtained from the chromatograph _controller for the selected tem
226. e O 6 135 Figure 6 79 Standard Density Correction screen A 6 137 Figure 6 80 BSW screen ccccceeeeeeeeees 6 139 Figure 6 81 Run Data screen Ball Prover 6 141 Figure 6 82 Constants screen Ball Prover 6 144 Figure 6 83 Two switch Bi directional Prover LOOD PP e 6 146 l 3 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Figure 6 84 Four switch Bi directional Prover A e A 6 146 Figure 6 85 Hardware screen Ball Prover 6 147 Figure 6 86 Alarm Limits screen Ball Prover 6 148 Figure 6 87 Run Data screen Compact Prover 6 150 Figure 6 88 Constants screen Compact Prover A A Serato ge 6 152 Figure 6 89 Hardware screen Compact Prover AE E E AEE A E 6 155 Figure 6 90 Alarm Limits screen Compact a E 6 156 Figure 6 91 Linearisation MMeter Prover 6 158 Figure 6 92 Run Data MMeter Prover 6 160 Figure 6 93 Constants screen MMeter Prover 6 162 Figure 6 94 Hardware screen MMeter Prover 6 164 Figure 6 95 Alarm Limits screen MMeter Prover A Ne ea taal ead abel alae 6 165 Figure 7 1 Conversion Constants screen 7 2 Figure 7 2 Totals Descriptor screen 7 3 Figure 7 3 Edit Description dialog box 7 3 Figure 7 4 Alarms screen eccceeeeeeeeeees 7 5 Figure 7 5 Security screen ccceeceeeeeeeees 7 14 Figure 7 6 Passwords dialog box 7 14 Figure 7 7 Security screen Password Edits 7 15 Figure 7 8 Passwords dialog box
227. e default is KP ONLY CHROMAT1 Controller connected uses keypad data as fallback information KP ONLY Uses information entered via keypad not controller connected Note If you select KP ONLY the system hides a Initial Mode number of fields on this screen Indicates the operational mode for the in use composition data Click w to display all valid values The default is KEYPAD KEYPAD Use data entered via keypad CHROMAT Use live data from the chromatograph controller DOWNLOAD Download gas composition data directly to each stream Used only if connected to a remote supervisory computer USER Use customised program for gas composition in S600 Acceptance Indicates how the S600 manages in use data Click w Type to display all valid values The default is ACC COPY ACC COPY Copy and normalise keypad data to in use data only after it is accepted ACC NORM Copy normalised keypad data to in use data after it is accepted AUTO NORM Automatically copy normalised Stream Configuration keypad data to in use data 6 61 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Field Station Number Apply Splits AAA Revert to Last Good after Failure Check Critical Alarms Check Non Critical Alarms CHROMAT Initial Mode Description Sets the station associated with this stream The Indicates the type of analyser connected to the S600 For a C6 analyser use the C6Plus option Click w to display all va
228. e the cursor in a blank area of the screen near the items you intend to delete 2 Click and hold down the left mouse button while dragging the cursor This creates a box 3 Drag the box over one or more items Note that as the box touches any item the border of that item becomes a dashed line indicating you have selected that item 4 Release the right mouse button and left click any of the selected items to display the menu 5 Click Delete Item s to delete all of the selected items Note Use the Clear All menu option to remove all items from the Calc Explorer screen Advanced Setup Configuration Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Save as Bitmap Use this option to save the current contents of the Calc Explorer screen as a bitmap BMP graphic on your PC s hard drive Config600 saves the bitmap as the file CalcExplorer bmp in the directory in which you have installed the Config600 software If you t 600 PCSetup complex E File Edit View Tools Window Help D eH O N System Graphic System Setup I O Setup Station 1 LIQ Station 2 GAS Stream 1 LIQ TURBINE Stream 2 LIQ TURBINE Stream 4 PRV BALL intend to create bitmaps of several images rename the CalcExplorer bmp file immediately after you capture the image Otherwise Config600 reuses the CalcExplorer bmp filename and overwrites the most recent file 1 Right click in the screen to display the
229. e the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for viscosity Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm _limits for the isentropic exponent Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for the velocity of sound VOS Note AGA10 refers to VOS as speed of sound Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for the meter pressure Note This button may be disabled on some applications Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for the meter temperature Note This button may be disabled on some applications Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for base density corresponds to the table defined through the Gas Composition screen s KEYPAD MOLES button 4 Click in the hierarchy menu when you finish defining settings A confirmation dialog box displays 6 26 Stream Configuration Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual s600ed A Apply Changes 5 Click Yes to apply your changes The PCSetup screen displays 6 3 6 Linearisation Linearisation settings define the constants and calculation limits for the Meter Factor and K factor The S600 cal
230. ected CHROMAT 1 as the chromatograph configuration _ type Indicates the type of chromatograph controller Click w to display all valid values The default is 2551 EURO Note This field displays only if you selected CHROMAT 1 as the chromatograph configuration _lype S600 is connected to a Daniel 2551 European controller S600 is connected to a Daniel 2350 European controller set in SIM_2251 mode S600 is connected to a Daniel 2350 USA controller set in SIM_2251 mode S600 is connected to a Daniel 2251 controller OEI N AUREA ERO EOEA EA NINA NA NNA NANA NA NANA NA NANA NANA NAS NA NANI NUI NI NNA NADAN ANA ORISA ER NANA NN RANA NN UN ANA NN UNA NA ROSE ER ORSEOERORSEOEROEO ENERO EO ER ORO RA DALI RA RA LRA LAA 2551 EURO 2350 EURO Revised Jan 07 Field Type cont d Address Stream o Analysis Timeout AIR RARA UREA EI UREA EA LIE I EI UREA UI LI EI UA LASER LAR RI EIA RARA AIR Ara ar rr rara KEYPAD MOLES ADDITIONAL Revised Jan 07 Siemens Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Description Generic S600 is connected to another type of controller This option provides a Mole Order button Click it to display a dialog box on which you indicate the order in which the gas composition information comes into the DS600 via telemetry 0 indicates any component which is not included in the Modbus map Note The Modbus map you create must be compatible with the controlled to which the S600 is
231. ed to a Daniel 2350 European controller set in SIM_2251 mode 2350 USA S600 is connected to a Daniel 2350 USA controller set in SIM_2251 MA ooo 2251 USA S600 is connected to a Daniel 2251 controller 6 98 Stream Configuration Revised Jan 07 Field Type cont d Address Stream o Analysis Timeout AIR RARA UREA EI UREA EA LIE I EI UREA UI LI EI UA LASER LAR RI EIA RARA AIR Ara ar rr rara KEYPAD MOLES ADDITIONAL Revised Jan 07 Siemens Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Description Generic S600 is connected to another type of controller This option provides a Mole Order button Click it to display a dialog box on which you indicate the order in which the gas composition information comes into the S600 via telemetry 0 indicates any component which is not included in the Modbus map Note The Modbus map you create must be compatible with the controlled to which the S600 is connected Refer to Chapter 11 Modbus Editor for further information S600 is connected to a Siemens Advance Maxum via a Siemens Network Access Unit NAU Indicates the communications port 1 7 the S600 uses to communicate with the controller Click w to display all valid values Define this value here and on the I O Setup Comms screen click CHROMAT COMMS The default is PORT 5 Note This field displays only if you selected CHROMAT 1 as the chromatograph configuration _ type Configures multi drop chromat
232. eeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeess 6 52 6 4 11 NX19 Compressibility cccccccccecceeeesssessseeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeessaeaeeseseeeeeeeeeeeeeenes 6 55 6412 PTZ COMpPressIDII pta d 6 57 6 4 13 AGA3 Volume Flowrate siecia a aaeain 6 58 64 14 Gas Compost wiii a 6 60 AS OST id 6 65 ro COSTE denia 6 66 6 4 17 Gas Properties ccoccccccccccnoconononncnnnnnonnnnnnnnnonononnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnrnnnnnnnnnnnrnnnnnnnnnnnnns 6 68 6 4 18 DP Cell Input Conditioning cccccccocccnccnnnncccccnonncnnnncnonnnanncnonnnononnnnanccnnnnnnnnnnns 6 70 657 GSS TUNING tt ad aa a a e pato e AEST 6 90 6 5 1 AGA8 Compressibility ocoocccccccconoococonnncnnnnnnnnnonononoononnnnnnnnnncnnnnnnnonnnnnos 6 90 6 5 2 Gas CV ISO6976 or GPA cooccccccccconoconocococoonnnnnnnnnannnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnns 6 92 6 5 3 AGA7 Gross Volume Flowrate oooooncccncccccncononcccnnncnnnnannononnconononannccnnnonnnnnnos 6 94 GO Gas COMPOSI outra aaa ca lacio 6 96 650 E AP yuma E T eames 6 101 A sat shact daw hiscnant E a ned wsacee 6 102 60 Gas WAS OC at hoch boned tase dana 6 104 GO AGAS GCOMpPreSSIDINY nassib hats 6 104 66 2 Gas CV TISO69 76 Or GRAY etica clar is 6 106 669 Gas GOMPOSINOM ia as 6 108 664A Gas Properes said 6 113 66 5 Ultrasonic FOW SUD a 6 114 616 6 SOIC IMEI O n cas cas estate deen cues oia 6 117 Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 6 0 Ultrasonic CONTO va
233. efining settings A confirmation dialog box displays 6 Click Yes to apply your changes The PCSetup screen displays ISOTR9464 ISOTR9464 mass flowrate settings define the upstream temperature and pressure input limits and the Joule Thompson coefficient input limits This screen displays when you configure the S600 to use the ISOTR9464 standard to calculate gas flow through the orifice meter Stream Configuration 6 43 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual E S600 PCSetup GasConfig1 File Edit View Tools Window Help o E A I O Setup Station 1 GAS Stream 1 GAS CORIOLIS Stream 2 GAS DP Stream 3 GAS DP General Flowrate Batching Flow Switching GC FWA STRO3 GAS CMPNT FWA F STRO3 GAS CMPNT FWA F Time amp Flow Weighted Averag STRO3 FORWARD TFWA STRO3 REVERSE TFWA Downstream Upstream Correc STRO3 DOWN UP CORR T STRO3 DOWN UP CORR D Pipe Correction 1505167 Gas CV NX19 STRO3 NX19 UPSTR STRO3 NX19 STND PTZ Gas Composition Gas Properties DP Cell Input Conditioning Stream 4 GAS DP lt gt For Help press F1 6 44 1 Select ISOTR9464 from the hierarchy menu The ISOTR9464 screen displays 09 amp 1 3 7 Inputs UPSTREAM TEMP UPSTREAM PRESS V Limit Check Calculated Output JT COEFFICIENT Security Level 1 Figure 6 23 ISOTR9464 Mass Flowrate screen 2 Complete the following fields Field UPSTREAM Description Displays a Calculation Result
234. ell Handling 6 72 Stream Configuration Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Enter Is Lo Cell Available No Is Hi Cell Available No Fail to DP Stack Keypad Value Use Hi Cell Use Lo Cell Is Hi Cell Available Is Lo Cell Currently In Use Is Hi Cell Currently In Use Is Lo Cell gt Lo Cell Switch Up AND Hi Cell gt Hi Cell Switch Down Is Lo Cell lt Lo Cell 7 Switch Up AND Hi Cell es lt Hi Cell Switch Down Use Lo Cell Use Hi Cell Use Lo Cell If DP Value lt 0 Use 0 Figure 6 37 Lo Hi Input Cell Flowchart If you disable enhanced error checking the S600 automatically uses the value of the In Use cell the one currently selected by the switch up or switch down criterion The switch up and switch down points are based on the lower of the two available cells The cells are always available for selection regardless of their operating mode For example if cell 1 1s above its switch up point the stack switches up to cell 2 regardless of cell 2 s value Hi Hi Select Hi Hi when you connect two cells both of which are ranged to the same values and working in Duty Standby mode S600 designates the cell currently being used as the In Use cell If you enable enhanced error checking the S600 first checks both cells to ensure they are within the low and high fail limits of the analog input or in Measured mode and that there are no discrepancies between the Hi 1 an
235. emium forward flow mode in which the system increments premium totals whenever the _ flowrate exceeds the keypad limit The default is 100 Sets the premium reversed flow mode in which the system increments premium totals whenever the _ flowrate exceeds the keypad limit The default is 100 _ Sets the premium total mode in which the system increments premium totals at the end of the hour only if the hourly total exceeds the keypad limit Click w to display all valid values The default is FLOW Enables calculation limit checking Click w to display all valid values The default is OFF Note If you enable limit checking IS05167 validates the calculation inputs and outputs in accordance with the following sections 8 3 2 2 All tap types 8 3 1 Corner and D D 2 taps 8 3 1 Flange taps 9 1 6 ISA 1932 Nozzles 9 2 6 Long radius Nozzles 10 1 5 Venturi Identifies the specific version of the IS05167 calculation Click w to display all valid versions The default is 1991 3 Click any of the following buttons to define SO5167 calculation result limits Description Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the specific alarm limits tor mass flowrate Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you useto define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm _ limits for pressure loss Stream Configuration Revised Jan 07 6 4 5 Revised Jan 07 Button BETA R
236. en o Lo Cell and Mid Cell o Lo Cell and Hi Cell o Mid Cell and Hi Cell The cell selector compares the DP values returned from all three cells and changes range when one of the following occurs e When using the Lo Cell the DP value returned from the Lo Cell is greater than the switch up percentage of the Lo Cell range 6 74 Stream Configuration Revised Jan 07 Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual e When using the Mid Cell the DP value returned from the Mid Cell is greater than the switch up percentage of the Mid Cell range e When using the Mid Cell the DP value returned from the Mid Cell is less than the switch down percentage of the Lo Cell range e When using the Hi Cell the DP value returned from the Hi Cell 1s less than the switch down percentage of the Mid Cell range To avoid too much switching between ranges define switch up and switch down percentage values using the Up and Down fields in the DP Cell Input Condition screen s Switching Points pane The S600 uses the difference between the switch up and switch down percentage as hysteresis The normal value used is 5 hysteresis For example the Lo Cell 0 250 mbar and the Hi Cell 0 500 mbar If you define an Up value of 95 and a Down value of 90 then the difference is 5 See Figure 6 39 for a graphical presentation of the following usage situation If the low range is in use and the differential pressure is rising the S600 continues to
237. en note the change in the heading for the screen displaying a graphic representation of that configuration S600 PCSetup ExampleM File Edit View Tools Window Help Dae st Bee Ql Vio Oo tr 2 A Ge Gd System Setup I O Setup Station 1 GAS Station 2 LIQ Stream 1 GAS CORIOLIS Stream 2 GAS DP Stream 3 GAS TURBINE Station1 Calculations Stream 4 GAS ULTRASONIC Stream 5 LIQ CORIOLIS Stream 6 LIQ TURBINE Advanced Setup Stream2 Calculations Stream3 Calculations Stream4 Calculations Station2 Calculations Figure 2 17 Configuration specific System Graphic Refer to Section 2 2 for further information on using the System Graphic PCSetup Editor 2 19 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 2 3 1 Hierarchy gt Menu 2 20 Note By default PCSetup logs you in at Level 1 Security as shown in the lower right hand corner of the screen Level 1 has the greatest access to software features and functions level 9 has the most restrictions Refer to Security in Chapter 7 Advanced Setup Configuration for further information on defining security levels Navigating the PCSetup Editor M b 2 600 PCSetup ExampleA enu Dar File Edit View Tools Window Help D be System Graphic System Setup Versions Reports Totalisation Time I O Setup Station 1 GAS Station 2 LIQ The PCSetup Editor window consists of two panes a h
238. en displays 5 3 Batching Batching defines the type of batch method used for non permanent flows 1 Select Batching from the hierarchy menu The system displays the associated settings in the right hand pane S600 PCSetup complex File Edit View Tools Window Help D w amp BESANA HOR System Graphic E E System Setup eneral Setup Quantitys I O Setup Batch type voL LOAD v Required Station 1 LIQ Flowrate Supervised E Startup Average Temp amp Pres User Stages DISABLED v Top off Flow Switching Adjust Totals NO v Density Measurement Common Data Prealarm Setting 95 Startup Densit ter A c RANT RA NOTE Set Prealarm to 100 to disable Nominal Densitometer B Sampling Top off Flowrates Observed Density Correction Reports Editor Flow Balance Setup Station 2 GAS Stream 1 LIQ TURBINE Stream 2 LIQ TURBINE Stream 3 LIQ TURBINE Stream 4 PRV BALL Stream 5 GAS DP Stream 6 GAS DP Stream 7 GAS DP Stream 8 GAS ULTRASONIC Advanced Setup HALA AA AA AE Security Level 1 Figure 5 12 Station Batching Revised Jan 07 Station Configuration 5 7 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 2 Complete the following fields Field Description Batch Type Identifies the method used to initiate a new batch The default is Vol Load in which you enter the volume to be loaded and Config600 controls to that volume Note If you require a simple daily batch volume
239. enu Page Figure 10 3 Display Editor with shortcut menu This menu provides the following options Option Description a Insert Menu Creates a submenu 00 Insert Page Creates and inserts a page link above the position of e ossos ossos ssssoisssos the cursor a Append Page Creates and inserts a page link below the position of the cursor Translate Copies the structure of a menu Save Saves any modifications you have made to the configuration file Menu Page Copies cuts or pages a menu item or page link Help Accesses the online help for the Display Editor Config600 greys out any options that do not apply to the selected item Insert Menu To create a new menu right click on any empty menu slot and select Insert Menu The S600 can display more than eight options in a menu However unless the menu already has eight or more options you cannot currently add more options Display Editor 10 3 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 10 3 2 Insert Append Page To create a new page right click on any empty menu slot Select Insert Page to insert the page before the current page or Append Page to insert the page after the current page The S600 can display more than eight options in a menu However due to technical limitations with the Display Editor you cannot add more options Contact technical support personnel if you need to add more options You can add a new page to an existing
240. er Factor to replace the current K Factor Meter Factor When in the stability checking phase of the loop the prover checks for deviations from acceptable bands on the following parameters 1f configured Prover Inlet Pressure vs Prover Outlet Pressure Meter Pressure vs Prover Inlet Pressure Meter Pressure vs Prover Outlet Pressure Prover Inlet Temperature vs Prover Outlet Temperature Meter Temperature vs Prover Inlet Temperature Meter Temperature vs Prover Outlet Temperature Flowrate Limits The prover also performs Rate of Change ROC checks on the following parameters Prover Inlet Pressure Prover Outlet Pressure Prover Inlet Temperature Prover Outlet Temperature Uncorrected Volume Flowrate To edit the prover run data settings 1 Select Run Data from the hierarchy menu The Run Data screen t 5600 PCSetup ExampleC File Edit View Tools Window Help O gt El ta En displays oO td 1 e System Graphic System Setup I O Setup Station 1 GAS Station 2 LIQ Stream 1 GAS CORIOLIS Stream 2 GAS CORIOLIS Stream 3 PRY COMPACT Run Data Constants Hardware Alarm Limits Advanced Setup 6 150 Stability Override walt Time Hold Time Runs Passes Auns Regd Passes Regd Runs Max Misc Switch Delap Averages Regd 0 K Factor Tolerance Algorithm Timeouts Ready Plenum Launch Flight Retrieve micro 3 Security Level 1 Figure 6
241. er a telemetry link An order of events set into the S600 to perform a prove or calibration of flow balancing stability checking or valve routing Platinum Resistance Thermometer See also RTD Power Supply Unit Calculation of Compressibility Relative Density and Line Density using the Solartron 7915 PTZ method Random Access Memory Volatile memory that becomes unreliable when power is removed from the computer Liquid relative density the ratio of the mass of a given volume of liquid at 15 C or other standard temperature such as 60 F to mass of an equal volume of pure water at the same temperature When reporting results explicitly state the standard reference temperature for example relative density 15 15 C Source API Vocabulary 1994 Gas relative density As above except that air is used as the reference instead of water Ideal and Real gas relative density See Specific Gravity Note Water at 15 C is 999 058 kg m3 Water at 60 F is 999 012 kg m3 Source API 2540 volume X Air at 15 C is 1 2255 kg m3 Read Only Memory fixed storage Typically used to store firmware Flash memory This type of memory cannot be written to by default however some modern memory allows writing to occur under certain conditions Voltage standard for serial data transmission Also ElA 232 Resistance Thermometer Device Glossary A 5 RTS RTU RTV RX or RXD Sampler Security Code Specific Gravity SG SRA
242. eraging should yield the same results as those specified for the linear averaging as detailed in API September 1993 Chapter 21 Appendix B The system supports formulas for both flow dependent time weighted linear average B 1 1 a and flow dependent flow weighted linear average B 1 1 c Weighted Averaging Screen To access this screen 1 Select Time Flow Weighted Averaging from the hierarchy menu 2 Select a stream The Weighted Averaging screen displays f 5600 PCSetup ExampleM File Edit View Tools Window Help O 6 ld amp A CO f 1 8 7 System Graphic System Setup Method I O Setup FWA Station 1 GAS Station 2 LIQ l Stream 1 GAS CORIOLIS Variables General Flowrate Flow Switching STRO1 METER TEMP TA GC FWA STRO1 GAS CMPNT FWA FWE STRO1 BASE DENS STRO1 GAS CMPNT FWA REV Time amp Flow Weighted Averaging STRO1 MASS FR STRO1 REVERSE TFWA AGA amp Gas CV Gas Composition Gas Properties Linearisation Coriolis Stream 2 GAS DP Stream 3 GAS TURBINE Stream 4 GAS ULTRASONIC Stream 5 LIQ CORIOLIS Stream 6 LIQ TURBINE Advanced Setup 6 14 Security Level 1 Figure 6 10 Weighted Averaging screen 3 Complete the following field Field Description Method Indicates the averaging method Click w to display all valid values The default is FWA FWA Flow weighted averaging calculated with respect to the total This is the default value Stream Confi
243. erarchy menu when you finish defining settings A confirmation dialog box displays 6 164 Stream Configuration Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual s600ed A Apply Changes 4 Click Yes to apply your changes The PCSetup screen displays 6 11 5 Alarm Limits The Alarm Limits screen sets the prover alarms For a description of the alarms refer to Alarm Descriptions in Chapter 7 Advanced Setup Configuration 1 Select Alarm Limits from the hierarchy menu The Alarm Limits screen displays t FloBoss 5600 PCSetup ExampleZ File Edit View Tools Window Help Cw be oa i Of 1 4 System Setup 1 0 Setup Station 1 LIQ PR PULSES Stream 1 LIQ CORIOLIS Stream 2 LIQ CORIOLIS MTR PULSES Stream 3 PRY MMETER Linearisation PROWED KF Run Data Constants Hardware ARMADO Advanced Setup Alarm Limits For Help press F1 Security Level 1 Figure 6 95 Alarm Limits screen MMeter Prover 2 Click any of the following buttons to set alarm limits Button Description PRV PULSES Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to BS define the specific alarm limits for prover pulses MTR PULSES Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the specific alarm limits for meter pulses PROVED KF Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the specific alarm limits for K Factors Revised Jan 07 Stream Configuration 6 165 Config600 Lit
244. erature expansion coefficient The Sets the coefficient of linear expansion for the invar tod The default is 1e 005 Sets the calibration volume between the relevant Indicates the density units the S600 uses for the density correction calculations Click w to display valid values The default is KG M3 El DEG API Use degrees API a KG M3 Use kilograms per cubic meter S G Use specific gravity __Note See Table 6 2 for product selection _ Indicates the type of petroleum product involved in the _ calculation Click w to display valid values The default is A CRUDE Indicates the specific correction for the pressure of the liquid CPL value the S600 Uses Click w to display _valid values The default is API1121M _ Enables or disables calculation rounding Click w to Sets the R constant value used in the plenum control algorithm The default is 3 5 6 153 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Field Description N2K Sets the N2K constant value used in the plenum AA control algorithm The defaultis5 Pos Limit Sets the positive plenum pressure tolerance The ati 0 5 Neg Limit Sets the negative plenum pressure tolerance The default is 0 5 3 Click in the hierarchy menu when you finish defining settings A confirmation dialog box displays s600ed 4 Click Yes to apply your changes The PCSetup screen displays 6 10 3 Hardware Hardware settings relate to the Prover P154 board You use t
245. es The default is FLOW Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the specific alarm limits for the mass flowrate Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for the pressure loss Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for the calculated diameter ratio Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the specific alarm limits for the Reynolds number Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for the expansion factor 3 Click in the hierarchy menu when you finish defining settings A confirmation dialog box displays s600ed A Apply Changes 4 Click Yes to apply your changes The PCSetup screen displays 6 46 Stream Configuration Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 6 4 7 Annubar Mass Flowrate Annubar mass flowrate settings define the constants and calculation limits for a range of parameters including pressure density flow coefficient and pressure loss This screen displays when you configure the S600 to use the 1998 Dieterich Standard Annubar Diamond II to calculate gas flow through the orifice meter Mass flowrate settings also allow you to define alarms The system activates these alarms when the calculated results are not within the specified limit
246. es individually independently of station This is a default Selectively distribute from station analysis data telemetered from chromat to streams with matching stream cycle number Employ Use station moles directly without employing local stream moles Perform flow rate calculation for Daniel Junior or SeniorSonic gas flow meter This is a default value Perform flow rate calculation for QSonic gas flow meter Perform flow rate calculation for SICK FLOWSIC gas flow meter Perform AGA5 calorific value calculation Perform GOST calorific value calculation Perform 1506976 calorific value calculation This is a default value Perform GPA2172 calorific value calculation Perform AGA8 compressibility calculation using detail gross1 gross2 or VNIC methods This is a default value 2 11 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Type Gas Ultrasonic AAA AAA AAA Ultrasonic Liquid Options Coriolis Coriolis AAA AAA AAA AAA AAA AAA AAA AAA Coriolis PCSetup Editor Option Description Z NX19 Perform NX19 compressibility calculation 22222 Z SGERG Perform SGERG 2 compressibility calculation Valves Perform monitoring and optional driving of valves This is a default value No Valves Exclude valves Batching Perform batch monitoring or control Configure batch reporting to include batch totals objects No Batching Exclude batching This is the default value Sampling Per
247. es from the hierarchy menu The Gas Properties screen displays 6 68 Stream Configuration Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual t 5600 PCSetup GasConfig1 File Edit View Tools Window Help O E ea i CO amp 1 2 F 1 0 Setup Station 1 GAS Inputa Stream 1 GAS CORIOLIS Viscosity Th 10 01 08161 Stream 2 GAS DP Stream 3 GAS DP Viecosity Tn 11 5 Stream 4 GAS DP Sutherland Constant 1164 Stream 5 GAS DP Stream 6 GAS DP Stream 7 GAS DP Stream 8 GAS DP Viscosity Calc Type SGERG GOST 30319 96 saa Isentropic Exponent SGERG GOST 30319 96 Flowrate a Speed of Sound SGERG GOST 30319 96 GC FWA STROS GAS CMPNT FWA F Outputs STROS GAS CMPNT FWA F Time amp Flow Weighted Averag VISCOSITY ISENTROPIC EXPONENT STROS FORWARD TFWA STROS REVERSE TFWA DS Downstream Upstream Correc Pipe Correction Variables ISOTRI464 UPSTREAM PRESS UPSTREAM TEMP Gas Composition SGERG BASE DENSITY INUSE COMPOSITION Gast CV Gost Flow DP Cell Input Conditioning w B Security Level 1 Figure 6 35 Gas Properties screen 2 Complete the following fields Field Description Viscosity Tn Sets the reference viscosity for the gas The default is BA Viscosity Tn Sets the reference viscosity temperature for the gas A Sutherland Sets the Sutherland constant for the gas The default is a Constant 164 Viscosity Calc Indicates the method for calculating the vi
248. etup screen redisplays 4 9 1 Proportional Plus Integral and Derivative Action The main objective of this task 1s to provide an analog output signal that compensates for the difference between a specified Setpoint which represents the gross volume flow rate or pressure for example and the process variable For most process applications Proportional and Integral terms are sufficient Using the Derivative term could result in an unstable system This section details a case that requires a Setpoint for gross volume flow rate PID Controller The PID controller output is calculated from the sum of the proportional integral and derivative actions Output P I D Proportional The degree of proportional action P is directly proportional to the Action P error and is calculated from the formula P Theta x K x 100 Where heta discrepancy between the measured variable and the Setpoint K proportional gain The proportional gain is calculated from the formula 100 Integral Action I The degree of integral action I is calculated from the formula P x Delta time new Integral Time Integral action is applied until the error disappears 424 VO and Comms Configuration RevisedJan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Derivative Action D The degree of derivative action D is calculated from the formula Error old error very old error x Derivative time D 0 OS OO aS SS a cae 2 Delta tim
249. everse Setup Density Units Product Type CPL Calclulation API1121M Rounding DISABLE Wall Thick Tube Coeff Security Level 1 Figure 6 82 Constants screen Ball Prover 2 Complete the following fields Field Temperature Description Sets in seconds the Rate of Change ROC threshold limit for temperature which the S600 uses to check the ROC between the inlet the outlet and the meter The default is 0 1 Sets in seconds the Rate of Change ROC threshold limit for pressure which the S600 uses to check the ROC between the inlet the outlet and the meter The default is 0 5 Sets in seconds the Rate of Change ROC threshold limit for the stream uncorrected volume UVOL flowrate The default is 10 Sets the maximum temperature difference between the inlet the outlet and the meter The default is 10 6 144 Pressure Stream Configuration Sets the maximum pressure difference between the inlet the outlet and the meter The default is 10 Revised Jan 07 Field Base Volume 1 through 4 Pre Switch Forward PreSwitch Reverse Cal Temperature Cal Pressure Temperature Density Units Product Type CPL Calculation Rounding Tube Coeff Revised Jan 07 Stream Configuration Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Description Sets the calibration volume between the relevant 1 Defines the calibration volume between sphere switches 1 and 3 The def
250. f the following occurs o When using the Lo Cell the DP value returned from the Lo Cell is greater than the switch up percentage of the Lo Cell range o When using the Hi Cell the DP value returned from the Hi Cell is less than the switch down percentage of the Lo Cell range To avoid too much switching between ranges define switch up and switch down percentage values using the Up and Down fields in the DP Cell Input Condition screen s Switching Points pane The S600 uses the difference between the switch up and switch down percentage as hysteresis The normal value used is 5 hysteresis For example the Lo Cell 0 250 mbar and the Hi Cell 0 500 mbar If you define a Up value of 95 and a Down value of 90 then the difference is 5 Stream Configuration 6 71 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual If the low range is in use and the differential pressure is rising the S600 continues to use this range until 1t reaches point A 237 5 mbar At that point the S600 switches to the high range point B see Figure 6 36 If the high range 1s in use and the differential pressure 1s falling the S600 continues to use this range until 1t reaches point C 225 0 mbar At that point the S600 switches to the low range point D see Figure 6 36 Figure 6 37 provides a flowchart of Lo Hi input cell handling 20 is Low Cell Hi Cell Transducer Current mA 250 500 750 1000 Differential Pressure mbar Figure 6 36 Lo Hi Input C
251. fig600 Lite Lite User Manual Type Gas Option DP Moles at Individual Stream DP Moles from Station Chromat DP Moles from Station Only DP Flowrate BS AGA3 DP Flowrate ISO5167 DP Flowrate ISO5167 o Wet Gas DP Flowrate A Annubar DP Flowrate A VCone DP Flowrate VCone o Wet Gas DP CV AGA5 o CV ISO6976 DP CV GPA2172 DP Z AGA8 DP Z NX19 Doo Z SGERG DP JT ISOTR9464 E i PCSetup Editor Description Use stream moles This is a default value Note You can still source these values directly from the station chromat link if local stream processing is required as in individual stream analysis Selectively distribute from station analysis data telemetered from chromat to streams with matching stream cycle number Employ individual stream keypad sets Use station in use moles directly that is the station s common set No local stream moles employed Perform AGAS flow rate calculation Perform standard ISO5167 flow rate calculation This is a default value Perform 1505167 flow rate calculation with wet gas extensions Perform Annubar flow rate calculation Perform Micrometer VCone flow rate calculation Perform Micrometer VCone flow rate calculation with ext gas extensions Perform AGA5 calorific value calculation Perform 1506976 calorific value calculation This is a default value Perform GPA2172 calorific value calculation calculation using detail gross1 gross2
252. fig600 Lite Lite User Manual VWI View Interface now superseded by the Daniel Ultrasonic Interface W X Y Z Warm Start An S600 startup process in which the configuration remains untouched Watchdog A hardware circuit that monitors correct program operation and restarts the program in the event of malfunction Revised Jan 07 Glossary A 7 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual A 8 Glossary Revised Jan 07 Index Numbers 3 ldentical Gell sia oil 6 84 A ACCESS security ooccccconcnncconcnnconononononnnnnonanons 7 13 Address WAG ion dad 4 27 Adiabatic exponent cooooooccccnccccnnoocccnnncnnnnanonnnos 6 101 Advanced Setup ccccccccccccccnnncccnnnonanccnnnnnnononanenonos 7 1 A a obohae mannan nce iain te 6 58 A A 6 19 A A ER 6 94 AGAO iia 6 16 6 39 6 90 6 104 Alarm Accept on TX ccccsssececssseeeeeseeesaeeeees 4 27 Alarm Limits occccccccccccnnncnnccc 6 148 6 156 6 165 Bal ROW Cl sexes veiw tou da 6 148 Alarms 6 5 6 10 6 18 6 20 6 21 6 31 6 94 6 96 6 117 6 119 6 157 7 4 AGA essai the salsa cial 6 58 AGAS rn celia 6 16 6 39 6 90 6 104 ANNUDATF ee 6 47 Cell Input eee 6 70 a 6 25 6 130 Gas COMPOSItION cccccoconnccnnnnccccooncnonnnnnoss 6 60 Gas Composition Ultrasonic 6 108 GaS A A 6 106 Gas Properties ccccccccooconncccnncccnnonnncnnnnnnnos 6 101 Gas Properties oooccccccccocconnncnnnnccnonanoconononoss 6 68 Gas Properties Ultrasonic
253. figuration Transfer Config Transfer utility to send new or modified configuration files to the S600 over either a dedicated serial port or a TCP IP connection Config Transfer also enables you to retrieve configuration files from the host PC to the S600 Conf1g600 saves configuration files in the Configs directory on the host PC and automatically creates a separate sub directory for each new configuration Config600 also places the following additional components in separate sub directories Reports report format files Modbus Modbus configuration files Override custom files such as customized versions of the displays reports and Modbus files Note Config600 uses this folder only for older existing configurations Config600 does not use the Override folder for new configurations Logicalcs custom written files that permit the creation of user defined functions Extras user defined look up tables and configuration backup files In This Chapter 8 1 Connecting to the S600 cccccccccccnnccnnncccccnconnccnncnononanncnnnnnonononanncnnnnnnns 8 2 8 1 1 Connecting via Serial Cable ooooncccnnncnnnncnnnccncccnonnnanononnnnnnos 8 2 8 1 2 Connecting via TCP IP saian ainina aa a 8 2 8 1 3 Enabling the PCSetup Link oocccccccccccoccnnccnonccononanoconnnnnnos 8 2 Accessing Config Transfer oooncccnnncccccccnnnnccnnnncnononnnennnnnnnnnnannncnnnnnnns 8 3 Transfer Communications Settings ooooncccnnc
254. figuration file from Flash memory PC based software tool used to configure the S600 Numbers that only infrequently change Examples would include the conversion value between Degrees Celsius and Degrees Fahrenheit or pipe diameter Bus connections for control signals such as read write Central Processing Unit in the S600 the P152 Central Processing Unit module Factors for the Correction for the temperature of the liquid and correction for the pressure of the liquid In the Calculations portion of the Config600 Configuration Generator this option is set to include the Liquid Volume Correction Table for a US configuration tables 23 24 53 or 54 Clear to Send The signal asserted logic 0 positive voltage by the remote device to inform the flow computer that transmission may begin RTS and CTS are commonly used as handshaking signals to moderate the flow of data into the remote device Serial Communication Technique OmA 20mA Digital to Analog converter also known as the D A converter Used to convert the digital signals used within the S600 to an analog value for use with an analog transducer or for an analog readout A group of bi directional lines capable of transferring data to and from the CPU storage and peripheral devices Distributed Control System A computer system which manages the process of a plant or site Data Concentrator Unit Used to connect one device such as a printer to multiple S600s Cont
255. fining settings A confirmation dialog box displays s600ed A Apply Changes 6 Click Yes to apply your changes The PCSetup screen displays Revised Jan 07 Stream Configuration 6 15 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 63 Gas Coriolis These stream settings are specific to gas applications using a Coriolis meter When you initially create a configuration the calculation selections you make determine which calculation screens appear in the hierarchy menu i l It is extremely unlikely that any one S600 configuration would contain Caution all the settings discussed in this section For that reason settings are demonstrated using a number of example configurations 6 3 1 AGA8 Compressibility Compressibility settings define the constants and calculation limits for a range of parameters including pressure temperature density and compressibility factors This screen displays when you configure the S600 to use the main AGAS standard to calculate base compressibility standard compressibility and flowing compressibility for natural gases The compressibility settings also allow you to define alarms The system activates these when the calculated results are not within the specified limits 1 Select AGAS from the hierarchy menu The AGAS screen displays i 5600 PCSetup GasConfig1 S File Edit View Tools Window Help O gt E A A 00t 1 8 System Graphic System Setup Status Control Misc I O Setup Method
256. form twin can sampling No Sampling Do not performing sampling This is a default value Select either of two Liquid options Coriolis or Turbine and select a sub option Option _Description lt Option1 Calculate standard density using header density from station inputs with header temperature and pressure from stream inputs Calculate meter density using standard density with meter temperature and pressure Option2 Calculate meter density using station standard density and meter temperature and pressure Option3 Calculate standard density using header density from stream inputs with header temperature and pressure from stream inputs Calculate meter density using standard density with meter temperature and pressure Option4 Calculate standard using meter density from stream inputs with meter temperature and pressure Option5 Calculate meter density using stream standard density with meter temperature and pressure inputs This is a default value Valves Perform monitoring and optional driving of valves This is a default value No Valves Exclude valves Revised Jan 07 Revised Jan 07 AAA AAA Turbine Turbine AAA AAA AAA AAA AAA AAA AAA AAA Turbine Prover Options 3 Click Next PCSetup Editor Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Option Description Batching Perform batch monitoring or control Configure batch reporting to include batch totals 3 objects No E
257. g C increasing at 0 1 deg C every second present FWA 15 0 At 00 00 00 cumulative total 0 0 FWA period total 0 0 t 15 0 FWA 15 0 No action FWA remains at 15 0 At 00 00 01 cumulative total 0 1 FWA period total 0 0 t 15 1 FWA 15 0 Delta 0 1 0 0 0 1 6 12 Stream Configuration Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual FWA 0 0 15 0 15 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 15 1 FWA period total 0 0 0 1 0 1 At 00 00 02 cumulative total 0 2 FWA period total 0 1 t 15 2 FWA 15 1 Delta 0 2 0 1 0 1 FWA 0 1 15 1 15 2 0 1 0 1 0 1 15 15 FWA period total 0 1 0 1 0 2 At 00 00 03 cumulative total 0 3 FWA period total 0 2 t 15 3 FWA 15 15 Delta 0 3 0 2 0 1 FWA 0 2 15 15 15 3 0 1 0 2 0 1 15 2 FWA period total 0 2 0 1 0 3 At 00 00 04 cumulative total 0 4 FWA period total 0 3 t 15 4 FWA 15 2 Delta 0 4 0 3 0 1 FWA 0 3 15 2 15 4 0 1 0 3 0 1 15 25 FWA period total 0 3 0 1 0 4 Time Weighted Averaging TWA The S600 calculates TWA only when the flowrate is greater than zero For each period type the algorithm multiplies the elapsed time for the period by the present TWA value to give the weight for the average The latest measured value when multiplied by the elapsed time since the algorithm ran gives the new weight to be incorporated into the whole Delta time interval since task last run If flo
258. g box displays s600ed A Apply Changes 5 Click Yes to apply your changes The PCSetup screen displays Liquid Coriolis These stream settings are specific to liquid applications using a 6 120 6 7 1 AN caution Coriolis meter When you initially create a configuration the calculation selections you make determine which calculation specific screens appear in the hierarchy menu It is extremely unlikely that any one S600 configuration would contain all the settings discussed in this section For that reason several sample configurations demonstrate the settings Linearisation The Linearisation settings define the constants and calculation limits for the Meter Factor and the K Factor The system calculates a Meter Factor and K Factor corresponding to the indicator volume by interpolating the frequency between fixed points and then cross referencing this value to a look up table Flow meters produce pulses proportional to the total flow through the meter The K Factor represents the number of pulses produced per unit volume Linearisation settings also allow you to define alarms which the system activates when the calculated results for the Meter and K Factors are not within the specified limits Batching systems that employ Meter factor or K factor linearization with retrospective Meter factor K factor adjustments assume that the adjusted value has a keypad mode Stream Configuration Revised Jan 07 C
259. ging Linearisation Observed Density Correction Standard Density Correction Coriolis Stream 2 LIQ CORIOLIS General Flowrate Flow Switching Time amp Flow Weighted Averaging Linearisation Observed Density Correction Standard Density Correction Coriolis Steam 3 PRY MMETER Advanced Setup Security Level 1 Figure 6 1 Stream hierarchy screen Stream settings include Common Stream Settings General applicable to gas liquid Flowrate and prover Batching Sampling Coriolis Flow Switching Block Valves o o Time Flow Weighted Averaging Gas Specific Stream Downstream Upstream Correction Settings Pipe Correction Flowrate for 1505167 AGA3 Annubar V Cone or AGA3 US Application Compressibility for AGA8 NX 19 PTZ and SGERG Gas CV Calorific Value ISO6976 GPA Calorific Value AGA5 GC FWA Gas Composition Gas Chromatograph DP Cell Input Conditioning Gas Turbine AGA7 Linearisation QSonic Interface Ultrasonic Control Ultrasonic Flowrate Setup Liquid Specific Stream Meter Correction Settings Liquid Volume Correction Linearisation Revised Jan 07 Stream Configuration 6 3 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Prover Specific Stream Linearisation Settings Run Data Constants Hardware Alarm Limits 6 2 Common Stream Settings Use the Stream settings to configure the Stream Type Meter Location Alarms Flowrate data Batchi
260. guration Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Field Description Method cont TWA Time weighted averaging calculated with respect to time and totals The system calculates this value only when the flowrate is greater than zero TWA Time weighted averaging calculated XFLOW with respect only to time The system calculates this value regardless of the measured flowrate 4 Click any of the following buttons to define variables Button Description METER Displays a Select Object dialog box you use to review PRESSURE Pf or re associate an object type with an object for meter pressure Note The STRO1 label changes based on the o selected stream METER TEMP Displays a Select Object dialog box you use to review Tf or re associate an object type with an object for meter temperature Note The STRO1 label changes based on the BC selected stream application type BASE DENS Displays a Select Object dialog box you use to review or re associate an object type with an object for base density Note The STRO1 label changes based on the BS selected stream MASS FR Displays a Select Object dialog box you use to review or re associate an object type with an object for mass flowrate Note The STRO1 label changes based on the selected stream assignments to reports Any unassigned average variables are hidden on the live reports and displays 5 Click in the hierarchy menu when you finish de
261. hange through the S600 front panel Complete the PV Range field to identify the range for the process variable measuring instrument Complete the Prop Band Proportional Bandwidth field to define the controller s full range This value is the amount the process variable must change expressed as a percentage of the process variable s total range Complete the Integral Time field This value expressed in seconds indicates the amount of time for a given sustained step discrepancy the integral action takes to reproduce the same change in the controller output as the proportional action Note If the Integral Time is zero the system sets the integral action to zero Complete the Derivative Time field This value expressed in seconds indicates the amount of time the proportional action takes to reproduce the same change in the controller output as the derivative action when the discrepancy is changing at a constant rate Note If the derivative action time is zero the system sets the derivative action to zero I O and Comms Configuration 4 23 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 18 Complete the Manual Position field In Manual mode this value represents the percentage of the output value 19 Click the hierarchy menu when finished Conf1g600 displays the Apply Changes dialog box s600ed A Apply Changes Figure 4 20 Apply Changes dialog box 20 Click Yes to apply the changes to the configuration file The PCS
262. he following fields Field Flow Units Flow Data Source Density Calib Pressure Flow Calib Pressure Pressure Temperature Density 6 32 Stream Configuration Description Indicates the primary flow units measurement Select MASS to configure the Coriolis meter for mass based pulses or select VOLUME to configure the meter for volume based pulses Click w to display all valid values The default is MASS Indicates the source of flow data Select SERIAL to enable the system to take the primary variable from the serial mass or volume flowrate Select PULSE I P to calculate the primary variable from the mass or volume pulse input Click w to display all valid values The default is SERIAL Sets a density correction factor value The default is 0 Note This field provides compatibility with early Coriolis meters Do not change this value unless directed by technical support personnel Sets a density calibration pressure value The default is 0 Note This field provides compatibility with early Coriolis meters Do not change this value unless Sets a pulse correction factor value The default is 0 Note This field provides compatibility with early Coriolis meters Do not change this value unless directed by technical support personnel Sets a flow calibration pressure value The default is 0 Note This field provides compatibility with early Coriolis meters Do not change this value unless _ directed by techn
263. he following occurs Stream Configuration 6 79 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 6 80 o When using the Lo Cell the DP value returned from the Lo Cell is greater than the switch up percentage of the Lo Cell range o When using the Hi 1 Cell the DP value returned from the H1 1 Cell is less than the switch down percentage of the Lo Cell range o When using the Hi 2 Cell the DP value returned from the Hi 2 Cell is less than the switch down percentage of the Lo Cell range o When using the Lo Cell the cell becomes unavailable o When using the Hi 1 Cell the cell becomes unavailable o When using the Hi 2 Cell the cell becomes unavailable To avoid too much switching between ranges define switch up and switch down percentage values using the Up and Down fields in the DP Cell Input Conditioning screen s Switching Points pane The S600 uses the difference between the switch up and switch down percentage as hysteresis The normal value used is 5 hysteresis For example the Lo Cell 0 250 mbar and the Hi Cell 0 500 mbar If you define a Up value of 95 and a Down value of 90 then the difference is 5 See Figure 6 44 for a graphical presentation of the following usage situation If the low range is in use and the differential pressure is rising the S600 continues to use this range until it reaches point A 237 5 mbar At that point the S600 switches to the Hi 1 or Hi 2 range point B If the H1 1 or Hi 2
264. he host PC Click Receive to initiate the transfer Config Transfer Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 4 If you selected lt new gt Config600 now prompts you to name the folder to receive the new configuration files Save s New Config Enter a name for the contig o Lancel Figure 8 5 Save As New Config dialog box 5 Enter up to 30 characters to name the folder A confirmation message displays when your configuration receive 1s successful 8 6 Log Transfers You can create a log of the activity and events of the transfer application This log can be useful for diagnosing and resolving communication problems When you enable the logging function the S600 creates a log file with the current time stamp in the working configuration folder The log file contains all details of the transfer session until you either disable the logging option or close the Config Transfer application Logging a Transfer To initiate an activity and event log for the transfer session 1 Select the Logging tab on the Config Transfer screen Config600 Config Transfer Transfer Send Receive Logging Logging W Enabled Logging Detail a Quit Help Figure 8 6 Config Transfer Logging tab Revised Jan 07 Config Transfer 8 7 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 2 Select the Enabled check box This activates the Logging Detail field 3 Click w to indicate the logging detail Valid values a
265. hee ee TENN eo 8 eb Oe ose TUDO l Auto hide unused displays Gece Security Level 1 Figure 7 13 Displays Webserver screen 2 Indicate webserver access options by selecting the appropriate check box Option Description E Displays Permit access to the S600 display layouts Reports View history reports and request instantaneous T reports _Alarm Accept Permit alarm accepting 00 Ident Change data as though logged in through the S600 ne front panel according to your login security Level Diagnostics View diagnostics on S600 calculations Note These options are not accessible through the S600 front panel Advanced Setup Configuration 7 19 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Option Description Remote Access Perform system diagnostics Note This option is reserved only for use by technical support personnel Leave all settings at the default Vales A Print Adds a Print button and printing capability to webserver displayed pages 3 Click in the hierarchy menu when you are through editing this screen A confirmation dialog box displays s600ed A Apply Changes 4 Click Yes to apply the changes The Displays Webserver screen displays 7 6 Calc Explorer Use the Calc Explorer option to access a graphical tool that enables you to analyse how system components link together Note Although the option is discussed as part of the Advanced Setup options you can also access this feature at any time by
266. her report parameters on the System Setup gt Reports screen Note Because the reports do not affect the metering accuracy of the S600 changing the report layout does not increase the Config Version of the selected configuration The PCSetup Editor has been modified to integrate with the Report Editor PCSetup generates only new reports that have been added and deletes any that have been removed This allows the Report Editor to edit the reports directly in the main reports folder without the intervention of PCSetup Period total indexes are fixed for any particular stream period and index to ensure the integrity of the database Config600 uses a formula to generate an index from these variables and adding or removing reports does not change any other indexes The period total indexes can be referenced in the reports In This Chapter 9 1 Accessing the Report EdItOr cccoooccccccccnnccconnnccconnncononcnnnnnanonoos 9 2 9 1 Report Names reekri cdi 9 5 9 2 Using the Report Editor since 9 6 9 2 1 Adding a Data PoNteeririenii a e 9 7 922 Editing a Dala POM usaras 9 9 9 2 3 Adding Report LiNeS cccccccionnnnnconiccccononccnnnncnnnononancnnnnnnos 9 10 9 2 4 Deleting Report Lines occccccconncnnccnconcnncnnonnocnnonononcranononos 9 10 Revised Jan 07 Report Editor 9 1 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 9 1 Accessing the Report Editor You access the Report Editor either as a selection from the PCSetup
267. hese settings to define how the S600 processes the raw pulse inputs to the prover Typically when the pulse count is low less than 10 000 pulses per round trip the S600 uses either Phase Locked Loop or Dual Chronometry processing This effectively divides each pulse into smaller parts to ensure accuracy is maintained 1 Select Hardware from the hierarchy menu The Hardware screen displays 6 154 Stream Configuration Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual t 5600 PCSetup ExampleC File Edit View Tools Window Help D a E ta dE CO f 14 System Graphic System Setup 140 1 0 Setup Dual Chronometry E Station 1 2 Station 2 Phase Locked Loop Stream 1 GAS CORIOLIS Interpolation Factor i Stream 2 GAS CORIOLIS Stream 3 PRY COMPACT Run Data Constants Alarm Limits Advanced Setup For Help press F1 Security Level 1 Figure 6 89 Hardware screen Compact Prover 2 Complete the following fields Field Description Dual Enables dual chronometry Dual chronometry Chronometry determines meter pulses by counting a series of whole meter pulses and then multiplying that value by the ratio of the time between the detector switches and the time required to accumulate the pulses The default is O unchecked disabled Phase Locked Enables phase locked loops A phased locked loop Loop multiplies the number of actual turbine pulses by a value the Interpolation Factor
268. hierarchy menu when you finish defining settings A confirmation dialog box displays s600ed 4 Click Yes to apply your changes The PCSetup screen displays 6 4 16 GOST Flow GOST flow settings define the constants and calculation limits for a range of parameters including pressure density flow coefficient and pressure loss This screen displays when you configure the S600 to use the GOST 8563 97 standard to calculate gas flow through the orifice meter The GOST Flow settings also allow you to define alarms The system activates these alarms when the calculated results are not within specified limits 1 Select Gost Flow from the hierarchy menu The GOST Flow screen displays t 5600 PCSetup GasConfig1 6 File Edit View Tools Window Help D gt E a 2 50 tA1 8 I O Setup Station 1 GAS DP Pressure and Density Stream 1 GAS CORIOLIS Tap Type FLANGE UPSTREAM PRESSURE stream 2 GAS DP stream 3 GAS DP Factors UPSTREAM DENSITY Stream 4 GAS DP Stream 5 GAS DP VISCOSITY DOWNSTREAM PRESSURE Stream 6 GAS DP Stream 7 GAS DP ISENTROPIC EXPONENT f Calculation Yersion Stream 8 GAS DP General GOSTSS63 97 Flowrate Characteristics Flow Switching E ae 0 05 Calculation Limit Check GC FWA q Inlet Edge Radius STROS GAS CMPNT FWA F jhi Pipe Foughness T ON STROS GAS CMPNT FWA F Time amp Flow Weighted Averag Inspection Period i STROS FORWARD TFWA STROS REVERSE TFWA Calculation
269. hin the specified limits 1 Select Gas Properties from the hierarchy menu The Gas Properties screen displays DOR Inputs Viscosity Tn 0 01 0861 Viscosity Tn 15 Sutherland Constant 1 64 Viscosity Cale Type DISABLED Isentropic Exponent DISABLED v Speed of Sound DISABLED Outputs VISCOSITY ISENTROPIC EXPONENT vos Variables METER PRESS METER TEMP BASE DENSITY INUSE COMPOSITION Security Level 1 Figure 6 63 Gas Properties screen 2 Complete the following fields Field Description Viscosity Tn Sets the reference viscosity for the gas The default is cage 010861 Viscosity Tn Sets the reference viscosity temperature for the gas Te default is Ts Sutherland Sets the Sutherland constant for the gas The default is E Constant 164 Viscosity Calc Indicates the method for calculating the viscosity of the Type gas Click w to display all valid values The default is oe DISABLED oo Isentropic Indicates the method for calculating the isentropic Exponent exponent of the gas Click w to display all valid values a Te default is DISABLED o Speed of Indicates the method for calculating the speed of Sound sound Click w to display all valid values The default is DISABLED Stream Configuration 6 101 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 6 102 3 Click any of the following buttons to set gas property outputs or variables Button Description VISCOSITY Displays a Calculation
270. his folder only for older existing configurations Config600 does not use the Override folder for new configurations Logicalcs Contains the custom written files that allow user defined functions Extras Stores user defined look up tables and configuration backup files To save the configuration file select File gt Save or File gt Save As while in any screen in the PCSetup Editor To save the configuration file with a new name select File gt Save As and then select lt new gt from the list of file names 2 5 Regenerate a Configuration A caution 2 22 In the PCSetup Editor you can edit displays reports or Modbus maps using the Display Report or Modbus editors Use the PCSetup Editor to edit assignments values and modes of data points Config600 saves any file modifications in the Config folder and overwrites any previous modifications The File gt Regenerate command overwrites all modifications to displays and Modbus maps with the standard displays and Modbus maps as generated at the build time of the configuration Modifications to the settings and assignments in the configuration file extension cfg are reflected in the regenerated files Use the Regenerate command to force configuration setting modifications to the displays and Modbus maps Regenerating a configuration file results in the loss of any custom displays or Modbus maps PCSetup Editor Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite Use
271. his is the value the Time Prop _ sampling method uses for its calculations Indicates in cubic meters the volume of the sampling can Revised Jan 07 Revised Jan 07 Field Grab Volume Can High High Limit Twin can changeover mode box displays Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Description Indicates in cubic meters the volume of the sampling Indicates the low alarm value as a percentage of the can volume Indicates the high alarm value as a percentage of the can volume Onneeecececeecececeerereceececsceecececeecececeecececseseceseerececeecececterecectececsenececeatececeesececeeteseceetececeateteceatesecestereceerereceereneenerereeeetereeserereeeereteeeerereeeereeeeereceetereeesereceseeseneseereeseereceeeereneee u Indicates the high high alarm value as a percentage of the can volume a second sampling can 3 Click the hierarchy menu when finished A confirmation dialog s600ed Figure 5 16 Apply Changes dialog box 4 Click Yes to apply your changes The PCSetup screen displays Station Configuration 5 11 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 5 12 Station Configuration Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Chapter 6 Stream Configuration A Caution Revised Jan 07 Stream settings define the calculation inputs and limits plus alarm setpoints for the stream input data from gas liquid and prover applications Using these settings the S600 calculates operational values inclu
272. hold limit for the stream uncorrected volume UVOL flowrate The the inlet the outlet and the meter The default is 10 Sets the maximum pressure difference between the inlet the outlet and the meter The default is 10 Sets the reference temperature value for calculations typically 15 C in Europe The default is 15 Sets the reference pressure value for calculations typically O barg in Europe The default is 0 Sets the base K factor value for Master Meter calculations Note This may be a read only field in some applications Indicates the density units the S600 uses for the density correction calculations Click w to display all valid values The default is KG MS3 _DEG API Use degrees API _KG M3 Use kilograms per cubic meter S G Use specific gravity Indicates the type of petroleum product involved in the calculation Click w to display all valid values The default is A CRUDE Indicates the specific CPL calculation the S600 uses Click w to display all valid values The default is API1221M Enables or disables calculation rounding Click w to display valid values The default value is Disable 3 Click in the hierarchy menu when you finish defining settings A confirmation dialog box displays s600ed A Apply Changes 4 Click Yes to apply your changes The PCSetup screen displays Revised Jan 07 Stream Configuration 6 163 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 6 11 4 Hardware
273. i eain e i ea i aa i iae E iei di A 7 1 Te Totale DCSCHDIOlS aenea a E E 7 3 A a a e temmeeaeeseee een 7 4 7 3 1 Alarm Descriptions cccccceccccceseeeccsseeccseeeeceaseeccsaeeessaeessagseecseseeessaseeessaeees 7 7 TAY O tesa chatest e e E A aA a a A 7 13 7 4 1 Data ltem SCU e E AE A A a TA 7 16 7 4 2 PCsSetup Editor LOQIN ooooonnnccnnnnnccccccnocooccnonncccnnnnnnnnnnnnnnoooonnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnos 7 18 7 5 Displays WebSelVeT ooooocccnccccccooonoccononononononancnnnnnonoconnnnrnnnnnnnrnnnnnnnnnrnnnnrnnnnnrnnnnrnnnrnnnaarnnnss 7 19 TO Dacia lso dos 7 20 Chapter 8 Config Transfer 8 1 8 1 CONMESCUAG TO he SOOO nera n e ieleeeecheddaetaiuieacneaeinee 8 2 8 1 1 Connecting via Serial Cable ooocccccccccccccnnnccnnnconononnnncnnnnnononannnnnnncnnnnnnannnnnns 8 2 8 1 2 Connecting via TCP IP ooonncccnnccccccnnnccnnnccconononncnnnnnnnnononnnnnnnonononnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnens 8 2 8 1 3 Enabling the PCSetup LINK ooconnnccnccccccconnccnnnncnonononncnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnononannnnnns 8 2 8 2 Accessing Config Transfer oooooooocononnncncnonnnononononononnonnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnrornnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnns 8 3 8 3 Transfer Communications Settings ooccccccccccoonnncnnnnncconononcnnnnnonononononnnnnnonononnnnnnononons 8 3 8 4 Send Configuration cccccssssseseeseeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeaeeesceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeessaaaaaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesesaaagaas 8 4 Sa Recenve Contigua lO Mes eras adas 8 6 Bio
274. ical support personnel Indicates the source of pressure l O Select CORIOLIS to use data from the Coriolis serial link Select I O to either use data from the ADC PRT Density inputs if correctly configured or from the Coriolis serial link if incorrectly configured Click w to display all valid values The default is CORIOLIS Note If you select I O remember to configure the analogue inputs Indicates the source of temperature I O Select CORIOLIS to use data from the Coriolis serial link Select I O to either use data from the ADC PRT Density inputs if correctly configured or from the Coriolis serial link if incorrectly configured Click w to display all valid values The default is CORIOLIS Note If you select I O remember to configure the to use data from the Coriolis serial link Select I O to either use data from the ADC PRT Density inputs if correctly configured or from the Coriolis serial link if incorrectly configured Click w to display all valid values The default is CORIOLIS Note If you select I O remember to configure the densitometer Revised Jan 07 Field Max Acceptable Gap Max Flowrate Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Description Sets in seconds the maximum acceptable gap between successive polls The default is 50 The system uses this value to determine communication failures Sets the acceptance tolerance factor for comparing flowrate to elapsed totals The default is 20 C
275. ican Offset Non Linear Cal AAA AAA Calendar Van Dusen Description Converts the incoming resistance reading into temperature using the standard DIN 43760 using the 385 curve Converts the incoming reading into temperature using the standard IPTS 68 using the 392 curve Converts the incoming resistance reading into temperature using the standard DIN 43760 using the 385 curve Used for on line calibration where the offset is added to the measured temperature Note This option enables you to enter an offset value on the S600 front panel or webserver Converts the incoming reading into temperature using the standard IPTS 68 using the 392 curve Used for on line calibration where the offset is added to the measured temperature Note This option enables you to enter an offset value on the S600 front panel or webserver Converts the incoming resistance reading to temperature using the American two point calibration constants Note This option enables you to perform a two point field calibration on the S600 front panel or webserver Converts the incoming resistance reading to temperature using the American three point calibration constants Note This option enables you to perform a three point field calibration on the S600 front panel or webserver mT eNESESESOESESEESESESEESESUSUEOESESUEOESESUESESESUESESESUESESESUESESESUESESESUESESESUESESESUESESESUSSESESUESESUSUESESUSUESESUSUSSESUSUSSESUSUSSESOSUSSESOSSESCEOSSES
276. ick this icon to open the Edit Assignments dialog box for the selected data point Settings Click this icon to open the Edit Settings dialog box for the selected data point Calc Explorer Click this icon to open the Calc Explorer utility and examine calculation relationships between system componenis Config Organiser Click this icon to display a Config Organiser and add clone delete rename or reorder components of a configuration Print Click this icon to open the Print dialog box Use this icon to print the relevant pane selection to a host printer About Config600 Click this icon to open the About Config600 dialog box that displays copyright and version information e Lal O E 2 4 Save a Configuration To avoid losing any work as you develop your configuration it is a good practice to save the configuration file after you make any changes Config600 creates a separate folder in your computer s Config600 folder for each unique configuration At your request Config600 saves the configuration files in your computer s Configs folder using the file extension cfg for the master configuration file Other components have individual sub folders PCSetup Editor 2 21 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Reports Contains the report format files Modbus Contains the Modbus configuration files Override Contains customized versions of the displays reports and Modbus files Note Config600 uses t
277. ierarchy menu in the left hand pane and various configuration screens that appear in the right hand pane DD0t18 Icon bar Totals amp Flowrates Gas Liquid Totals Flowrates Totals Flowrates C O nfig u rati on Mass tonne v t h tonne v t h v Sc reen Uncorrected Vol ma X math m3 y math v Corrected ol Sm3 X Sm3 h y Sm3 X Sm32h v Stream 1 GAS CORIOLIS Energy GJ GJ Stream 2 PRVY MMETER Advanced Setup Engineering Values Misc TEMP UNITS Deac CV VOLUNITS MJ Sm3 v PRESS UNITS barg z DYN VISC UNITS DP UNITS mbar DIAM UNITS DENS UNITS kg m3 y VEL UNITS ROC TEMPUNITS DegC s K Factor ROC PRS UNITS bar s x K FACTOR UNITS pls m3 CONVERSIONS CONSTANTS v Security Level 1 Figure 2 18 PCSetup Editor Located on the left hand side of the screen the hierarchy menu displays the major configuration components System Graphic System Setup I O Setup Station s Stream s and Advanced Setup Clicking on an item in the hierarchy menu displays a sub menu Each submenu has an associated configuration screen Refer to the following for information on each configuration component System Graphic Chapter 2 Section 2 System Setup Configuration Chapter 3 T O and Communications Chapter 4 Stations Chapter 5 Streams Chapter 6 Advanced Setup Chapter 7 The configuration screens on the right hand side of the screen contain parameter fiel
278. iew Tools Window Help Le El a E 50 1 4 7 System Graphic System Setup Totals Resolutions Versions Stream Station Total llover D P Units STR FWD UOL Reports STAOI Fw D COL STRO FWD MASS Time STRO1 FwD ENERGY 1 0 Setup STRO1 REY UVOL ante STRO1 REY C VOL Station 1 GAS STRO REY MASS station 2 LIQ STRO1 REY ENERGY Stream 1 645 CORIOLIS STAI FWD PREM Stream 2 PRY BALL STR REY PREM Advanced Setup BI Mi Mi Mi Md Mi Md Ma M d Total Rollover digit 1 9 io Increment Cumulativez in Maintenance Mode Security Level 1 Figure 3 8 Totalisation 3 10 System Setup Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual To edit totals 1 Double click a Station Stream line in the Totals Resolution pane The Totals Detail dialog box displays Largest Total 999 999 999 999 99 Rollover E Decimal Places hd Ed NOTE Supported resolutions Rollover Decimal Places lt 15 digita Figure 3 9 Totals Detail dialog box 2 Complete the following values Field Description Largest Total This read only field shows the total s current format The system changes this display as you modify the Rollover and Decimal Places values Note No total can have more than 15 digits Rollover Indicates the maximum number of digits in the total before it rolls over to zero Valid values are 3 to 15 The default is 12 Click A or v to increase or decrease the total number of digits Note Set thi
279. iew Tools Window Help D a be ta fi 00t1e System Graphic system Setup General Reports l Versions CURRENT Store 5 reports Print Time Editor Units PROYER YOL Store 1 report Print PROWER MASS Store 1 report Don t Print Totals Descriptions Totalisation Time I O Setup Station 1 GA Station 2 Stream 1 GAS CORIOLIS Disable Stream 2 PRY BALL Advanced Setup Maintenance Mode Interlock Base Time Reports sl Baze time 1 wi isat E hours after midnight Multi day period 11 days Report Periods Part hour period M gt eee HOURLY Store 24 reports Print DAILY Store 35 reports Print Start of Week SUNDAY a Month FIRST DAY ll Security Level 1 Figure 3 4 Reports screen 3 3 4 Adding a General Report to a Configuration Use this procedure to add a General report to your configuration file 1 Click Add in the General Reports pane The Archive Configuration dialog box displays Archive Configuration Archive Period Mumber of reports to save Print when Generated w Web summary E Web history we Preformatted HTML Lancel Figure 3 5 Archive Configuration dialog box 2 Complete the following values Field Description Archive Displays the General reports available for selection Click Period v to display the reports for selection Note When you select a report from this list and add it to the configuration file Config600 removes that report name from th
280. igure 4 21 Communication Task Configuration4 26 Figure 4 22 Apply Changes dialog box 4 27 Figure 5 1 Stations on the Hierarchy Menu 5 1 Figure 5 2 Flowrate options cee 5 2 Figure 5 3 Calculation Result dialog box 5 3 Revised Jan 07 Figure 5 4 Calculation Result with setpoints 5 3 Figure 5 5 Flowrate Alarms with Setpoints 5 4 Figure 5 6 Flowrate Limits ooonncnnc 5 4 Figure 5 7 Alarm Suppression dialog box 5 5 Figure 5 8 Control Limits cccccoooonnnnono 5 5 Figure 5 9 Apply Changes dialog box 5 6 Figure 5 10 Average Temp amp Pressure 5 6 Figure 5 11 Calculation Result dialog box for Temp amp Pressure ooccccconnccccocnococonnncononnncnnanonnos 5 7 Figure 5 12 Station Batching cccccccccccnooo 5 7 Figure 5 13 Flowrate TotalsS 5 8 Figure 5 14 Apply Changes dialog box 5 9 Figure 5 15 Station Sampling 5 9 Figure 5 16 Apply Changes dialog box 5 11 Figure 6 1 Stream hierarchy screen 6 3 Figure 6 2 General Settings cccooono 6 4 Figure 6 3 Alarm Suppression dialog box 6 5 Figure 6 4 Flowrate Settings 6 6 Figure 6 5 Calculation Result dialog box 6 6 Figure 6 6 Alarm Suppression dialog box 6 7 Figure 6 7 Flow Switching screen
281. imits for viscosity UPSTR PRESS Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for upstream pressure Temperature UPSTR Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you useto DENSITY define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm ne limits for upstream density UPSTR TEMP Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm o limits for upstream temperature RELATIVE Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to DENSITY SG define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for the relative density Sets the pressure at base conditions The default is 0 Sets the temperature at base conditions The default is 15 3 Click any of the following buttons to define AGA3 calculation limits Revised Jan 07 Stream Configuration 6 59 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Button Description CVOL Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to FLOWRATE define the specific alarm limits for the corrected volume flowrate EXP FACTOR Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm _ limits for the expansion factor VEL OF APP Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to FACTOR define the specific alarm limits for the velocity of approach factor Note This is a mathematical expression that relates the velocity of fl
282. in the Normal Flow Rate field unless technical support personnel specifically provide an alternative value 5 Click in the hierarchy menu when you finish defining settings A confirmation dialog box displays s600ed A Apply Changes 6 Click Yes to apply your changes The PCSetup screen displays Revised Jan 07 Stream Configuration 6 121 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 6 7 2 Sampling Sampling settings define the method and interval period for sampling product from a flowing pipeline By default the S600 supports one sampler per stream If you require more than one sampler per stream contact technical support personnel 1 Select Sampling from the hierarchy menu The Sampling screen displays t 5600 PCSetup GasConfig2 File Edit View Tools Window Help D a E ta E CO f l 8 7 System Graphic System Setup Sampler ID 11 Flowrate Low Limit o m3 1 0 Setup Station 1 GAS Method FLOW PROP Minimum Interval 130 SCS Station 2 LIQ Mode SINGLE Volumes Steam 1 GAS DP Stream 2 LIQ CORIOLIS Can Fill Indicator GRAB COUNT Can olume O05 ris Stream 3 LIQ CORIOLIS General Auto Disable Grab Volume 10 001 m3 Flowrate On Can Full a Batching Can Limits Flow Switching On Flowrate Limit A E Can Low Limit 5 4 Time amp Flow Weighted Averaging On Flow Statue Limearisation Bs ee Can High Limit 30 a Sampling e Observed Density Correction Auto Restart Can High High Limit 35 Z STRO3 D
283. indicate the I O boards installed in the S600 for this configuration Config600 New Configuration Step 3 of 6 Eo Ex Intemal Boards FloBoss 5600 How many lO Boards P144 are there How many Intemal Hart Boards P188 are there i ls there a Prover Board P154 Board Present El lt Back Next gt Cancel Help Figure 2 4 Configuration Generator Step 3 1 Indicate the number and kinds of boards in the S600 The S600 can accommodate up to three boards in the main chassis P154 Prover I O Board P188 HART Communication Board P190 Dual Ethernet Board 2 Click Next 2 4 PCSetup Editor Each P144 board can typically handle up to two streams and include both Analog and Digital I O Note You must include at least one P144 I O board in each configuration The P154 board provides the functions required for liquid prover applications It is mandatory if you select a prover as part of this configuration Note You can include only one P154 board in any configuration This board enables the S600 to communicate with HART devices using the HART protocol Each P188 board has 12 channels and each channel can accept up to eight devices However you cannot have more than 50 devices attached to any one P188 board This board expands the S600 s Ethernet capabilities and must be placed next to the P152 processor board Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 2 1 4 Specify Stat
284. ine the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for the actual calorific value Note The energy ratio is equivalent to the real calorific value or real heating value 3 Click in the hierarchy menu when you finish defining settings A confirmation dialog box displays s600ed A Apply Changes 6 20 Stream Configuration Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 4 Click Yes to apply your changes The PCSetup screen displays 6 3 4 Gas Composition t S600 PCSetup ExampleA File Edit View Tools Window Help D gt amp A System Graphic System Setup I O Setup Station 1 GAS Flowrate Average Temp amp Pres Constants Station 2 LIQ Stream 1 GAS CORIOLIS General Flowrate Flow Switching GC FWA STRO1 GAS CMPNT FWA FWE STRO1 GAS CMPNT FWA REV Time amp Flow Weighted Averaging STRO1 FORWARD TFWA STRO1 REVERSE TFWA AGA8 Gas CV Gas Properties Linearisation Coriolis Stream 2 PRV MMETER Advanced Setup For Help press F1 Revised Jan 07 Gas Composition settings define the processing and port telemetry parameters for receiving data from the gas chromatograph controller The chromatograph controller measures the individual component concentrations found in the line gas The chromatograph controller settings also allow you to define alarms The system activates these alarms when the calculated results for the chromatograph data are not within specified limits 1 Se
285. ined in the Gould Modbus specification The message terminates with the ASCII Modbus trailer characters CR then LF The communications configuration is split into two parts link configuration for the ten tasks links and map configuration The Modbus map configuration 1s the assignment of database points and fields to Modbus coils inputs and registers This is accomplished through a text file you build using the Modbus Editor The Config600 Modbus Editor enables you to configure the Modbus maps the Config600 sends to the S600 to allow communications Using the Modbus Editor you create Modbus maps as text files All Modbus maps must use the naming convention mbxxxxxx txt file names begin with mb followed by six characters of your choosing The S600 only recognizes map files that start with mb Note As you edit maps make sure to save using either the Save icon or File gt Save all modifications to the files The interface shows the coils inputs and registers in a spreadsheet style tables The editor consists of two panes a hierarchy menu in the left pane and the tables in the right pane Config600 Modbus Editor mbenron txt SEE File Edit Slave View Window Help D gt ed Coils Inputs Registers 32 3001 4094 5001 7001 amp ENRON_EVENT_LOG ENRON_LOG_DATA ENRON_LOG_DATA ENRON_LOG_DATA ENRON_LOG_DATA ENRON_LOG_DATA ENRON_LOG_DATA ENRON_LOG_DATA ENRON_LOG_DATA
286. ing Value COs o temperature and pressure Gross2 Uses SG No COs temperature and o pressure VNIC Uses 20 component values temperature o _ and pressure Pressure Sets the pressure under standard conditions The _ default is O Temperature Sets the temperature under standard conditions The _ default is 15 UPSTREAM Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you useto PRESS define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm oe limits for upstream pressure UPSTREAM Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to TEMP define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for upstream temperature REAL RD SG Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for real relative density a E si OS define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for gross heating value HV 3 Click one or more of the following buttons to define AGA8 calculation limits Button Description gt gt gt UPSTREAM Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to DENSITY define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm __limits for upstream density UPSTR Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to COMP Zf define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm MOLAR MASS Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for molar mass BASE DENSITY
287. ings allow you to define alarms The system activates these alarms when the calculated results for the gas velocity are not within specified limits 1 Select QSonic Interface from the hierarchy menu The QSonic Interface screen displays Revised Jan 07 Stream Configuration 6 117 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual t 5600 PCSetup ExampleQ 6 File Edit View Tools Window Help D ae E a fl CO R l amp fF System Graphic System Setup I O Setup Station 1 GAS Comms pot PORTS VELOCITY OF SOUND stream 1 GAS ULTRASONIC General Sonic Comms GAS VELOCITY Flowrate Flow Switching PRESS GC FWA STROLL GAS CMPNT FWA FWE TEMP 5TRO1 GAS CMPNT FWA REV Time amp Flow Weighted Averaging 5STRO1 FORWARD TFA STRO 1 REVERSE TRA AGAS Gas CV Gas Composition Gas Properties Ultrasonic Flow Setup Advanced Setup Setup Alarm Limits Security Level 1 Figure 6 70 Ultrasonic Flow Setup screen 2 Complete the following fields to set up QSonic values Button Description Comms port Indicates the communication port to receive the QSonic information Click w to display all valid values o The default is PORT 5 QSonic Comms Displays the Comms Link screen which you use to define the QSonic Link see Chapter 4 Section 4 10 3 Click any of the following buttons to define QSonic alarm limits Field Description VELOCITY OF Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to SOUND define the mode keypad v
288. innnnncnn 6 120 6 133 6 157 LAR ena concordia 8 2 Liquid GOTO Surcos 6 130 Mean Ouen srta 6 120 Turbine Bp evel dicys 1118 eens enn a e 6 133 Liquid Stream LIMON NG aiii 6 122 Loma Galias 6 74 LOGGING aida 8 7 LOGI inean yedeascansinces 7 18 E a a et Pee 6 71 A naa e a 6 79 Loop Delay oocccccoocccccooccocococconoconnnnconanoncnanons 11 4 Low Flow Cut Off oooncccccnncccnnccnncnnncnnncnnanonnonnoos 5 4 Low Scale A O II ot ee 4 13 M Machine Na Mt o ects 3 2 Maintenance Mode iii 6 4 Manta POSION ici 4 24 MAS ario 11 1 AE EE E O EEE NE A 7 1 Mass Flowrate PIU Al ania a eiii 6 47 SOTO aoe AN 6 41 SOTA bi EE cee 6 43 RUT Gas Alai as 6 48 VETO enaa a E E 6 45 MAS A N 11 1 Measte A eee 6 167 Menu Dir caseereetciln 2 21 Message FUNCION usario 11 9 Message Length visir 11 9 Message Length Mode ooocccncccccnccccccnnnncnnnnos 11 4 Meter Factor 6 120 6 133 6 140 6 157 6 159 MOG DUS cisma le pineal 4 25 11 1 11 2 MOCUDUS ECO Raices 11 1 MOGDUS INAS oido ni o cicicioinite e 11 2 Modbus Slave Message ooocccccococccnncccnoncnnnnnnos 11 9 ROG Sudan a a 4 17 Move DISDIAV asocio needs 10 7 WY Clamp O sesse a 4 23 MY Slew Pal gecce as beac cezceenceicevetacsndeuednevermeets 4 22 N e ON 6 55 O ONCE meuna a Beveled 6 36 A A a e 4 1 P A 6 146 A iia E iin 8 4 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual PASSWO atrial 7 13 PCSetup Editor cccccccccocconnccnnnccnnnanncnnonnnnos 2 20 PCSetup Lin
289. intenance Mode and disables or overwrites interlock flow checking User Reports S600 also provides 22 user defined reports USER18 through USER39 in the General Reports category Use these reports when you have developed special programs such as Logicalc to trigger report conditions or desire to use them on the webserver You can also use these reports to add your own displays on the webserver menu bar 3 3 5 Adding a Base Time Report to a Configuration Use this procedure to add a base time report to your configuration file 1 Click A or v in the Base time Reports pane to select the base time for which you want to add a report Note Although you can define three sets of base time reports Config600 reserves the Hourly and Daily reports in base time 2 for Electronic Flow Management EFM reports if an EFM Modbus module link 1s included in the software You can overwrite these values but it may eliminate your ability to generate EFM reports 2 Complete the hours after midnight field to indicate the beginning hour for the selected base time Revised Jan 07 System Seup 3 7 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 3 Click Add in the General Reports pane The Archive Configuration dialog box displays Archive Configuration Archive Period Number of reports to save E Print when Generated Web summary i Web history e Preformatted HTML I Cancel Figure 3 6 Archive Configuration 4 Complete the following values
290. ion Select this check box to automatically save events to the Event Archive file lf you complete this field you cannot use the Automatic function If you select this option you cannot use the Events field to indicate a specific number of archived events Instead the S600 archives events based on memory resources as well as the settings in the Alarm Archive Size fields Indicates the total number of events you want to save in the Event Archive file Note If you complete this field you cannot use the Automatic function You may also find that your configuration will not cold start if you do not have enough memory To resolve this you may need to reduce the number of events saved in the archive file 5 Select a system module from the listing in the Available Alarms pane Config600 displays the defined default alarms for that module in the SYS HOST pane Enable or disable an alarm by selecting each check box 7 Assign the alarm to a group if necessary Click w to display available alarm groupings 8 When you are through defining alarms click in the hierarchy menu A confirmation dialog box displays s600ed A Apply Changes 9 Click Yes to apply the changes The PCSetup screen displays 7 6 Advanced Setup Configuration Revised Jan 07 7 3 1 Revised Jan 07 Alarm Descriptions Code A FAIL ADDNLS ABT 1 BATT FAIL B FAIL BAD PULSE BLOCKED BURST MODE CALC FAIL CAN FULL CAN HIGH
291. ion You can change the mode on a running S600 You can also override this mode by selecting the Increment Cumulatives in Maintenance Mode check box in the Totalization section of the PCSetup Editor 4 Click Suppress alarms in Maintenance to suppress alarms in maintenance mode An Alarm Suppression dialog box displays Alarm Suppression Select each object to suppress alarme on STROT GUWOL FR STROOI GSWOL FR Check alarme to suppress STAM MASS FA STRO1 MTR DENSITY iv LL iL iw H BS iw HH STRO STO DENSITY Remove Cancel Figure 6 3 Alarm Suppression dialog box 5 For each of the displayed objects select the alarms to suppress Click Add or Remove to respectively add or remove objects from the listing 6 Click OK when you finish identifying alarms to suppress The PCSetup screen displays 7 Click the hierarchy menu when you finish defining settings A confirmation dialog box displays s600ed 8 Click Yes to apply your changes The PCSetup screen displays 6 2 2 Flowrate Flowrate settings define the alarm setpoints for each type of flowrate You can define up to four types of alarms for each flowrate and then enable or disable each alarm The system activates these alarms when the calculated result for the relevant flowrate is not within the specified limits Revised Jan 07 Stream Configuration 6 5 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual t 5600 PCSetup ExampleZ File Edit View Tools Wind
292. ions Step 4 of 6 Use the fourth screen Figure 2 5 to indicate the number and type of stations for a maximum of two in the configuration Note The Graphic Preview button that appears on this screen and the next screen displays a graphic representation of your configuration Refer to Chapter 3 for a discussion on how to use this feature Config600 New Configuration Step 4 of 6 F How many stations would you like to include Graphic Preview FloBoss s600 f i What type are these stations 1 Gas Standard Options Additionals Standard al Options Additionals lt Back Cancel Help Figure 2 5 Configuration Generator Step 4 1 Indicate the number of stations to a maximum of two for this configuration 2 For each station set the following fields Field Description Gas Indicates whether the station handles gas or liquid Click w to display additional values Default value is Gas Options Click Options to display a list of default options for each type of station The station options for Gas and Liquid differ Note As you modify these options Config600 displays a summary of the selected options Value values include Liquid Option1 Perform no liquid value calculations at the station Station standard density is available as a keypad input Revised Jan 07 PCSetup Editor 2 5 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 2 6 Field Liquid Liquid Liquid Liquid Liquid Liqui
293. is listing 3 6 System Setup Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Field Description Number of Indicates the number of instances of this report to save reports to Click 4 or w to increase or decrease the displayed value save Note The total number of reports you can save is a function of the available storage on the S600 after you create a configuration file and cold start it Config600 also uses a report buffer to store reports If you select 5 Config600 overwrites the first iteration of the generated A eportwith the sit Print when Indicates whether Config600 prints the report after Generated generating it Web history Indicates whether the selected report appears as an option in the Reports display on the Config600 webserver Web Indicates whether Config600 includes report data live as summary part of the webserver menu bar Preformatted Indicates whether Config600 uses its native HTML HTML formatting when displaying webserver based reports or your HTML formatting Select this box to use your HTML formatting for reports Note This is an advanced option Contact techical support for further information 3 Click OK when you are finished The Archive Configuration dialog box closes Config600 adds your report to the General Reports listing 4 Ifyou selected the Disable check box in the Maintenance Mode Interlock pane on the General Reports listing pane this allows you to enter and exit Ma
294. ith A A 11 10 Figure 11 12 Select Slaves dialog box 11 11 Figure 11 13 Choose dialog box 11 11 Figure 11 14 Modbus Map Regeneration 11 12 Fl NAMES id 9 5 FICBOSS S600 atts ita 1 2 FIOW SWIHCHING siii ad 6 8 PIOWIANG int 9 2 6 5 6 114 A e an 6 114 FIOOUCIICY A Ginnest 4 19 FUNCION aiii aaa 4 26 FUNCIONO Sci 11 1 PU loci 6 12 G Gas COMO dicas 6 31 A On ee ate ee 6 16 COMO Std dad le 6 130 Gas Properties ccccccoooococonacncnnnnnnncnnnnnnnos 6 25 DP AGAS std ci 6 58 Annubar Mass Flowrate 6 47 Cell PDU aes E 6 70 Gas COMPOSItION ooocccccnccccccnnnccnnnncnno 6 60 Gas Properties cc oooconncccnnccccnonnnccnnnnonnos 6 68 GOST CV sfc eit teat oe 6 65 GOST PO Wesuditii id 6 66 A e teeta dete 6 50 IS0O5167 Mass Flowrate 6 41 Ros tecrete cSt ececes eae 6 50 ISOTR9464 Mass Flowrate 6 43 DA O T E 6 55 PTA o ea 6 57 Pure Gas Air Mass Flowrate 6 48 A o N 6 52 V Cone Mass Flowrate 6 45 Turbine ARAS E A 6 90 Gas Propers ia dd 6 101 Revised Jan 07 GAA cota vrs E A 6 92 AU An 6 92 Ultrasonic A a 6 104 Gas Composition ccccccccoccnnnccnnncccnonoo 6 108 gaS CV Bee ee anette eepee Une nr Cae eae nea Te 6 106 Gas Properties oooccccccccccnoccnncnnnccnnononans 6 113 Ultrasonic FlOW oocccooccccconcconcncconcnnnn oo 6 114 Gas Chromatograph 6 21 6 60
295. ither the person who configured your application or technical support personnel Note This alarm can also occur from the lO Section If an I O board CONF ERR occurs remove the S600 from service and exchange the faulty I O board with a replacement before returning the S600 to service Occurs when either the Additionals or Splits CONF IGuration error are in error This alarm is only raised on receipt of a good composition Occurs when S600 receives either a Critical or Non Critical alarm from an attached 2251 2551 or 2350 chromatograph controller The following alarms have been classified as Critical and Non Critical on a 2551 EURO or 2350 EURO European chromatograph controller Analysis Peak Analysis Start I O Start Failure Stack Overflow Buffer Overflow Input Out of Range Preamp Fail Autostart Fail Analysis Fail Autostart Alarm Advanced Setup Configuration 7 7 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Code Description NON ADC 1 Fail ADC 2 Fail ADC 3 Fail CRITICAL Preamp Adjust Calibration Fail 24 _HourAverage The following alarms have been classified as Critical and Non Critical on a 2251 USA or 2350 USA chromatograph controller CRITICAL Preamp Fail Analysis Fail NON ADC 1 Lo or Failed ADC 2 Lo or CRITICAL Failed COMPLETE Occurs when the batch total is greater than the si required total that is the batch has completed COMMON Occurs when any of the alarms in displayed group occur This is a co
296. ity Conf1g600 restricts access to the PCSetup Editor by a login procedure You cannot make any changes or perform any functions in PCSetup Editor until you complete login Each system user has an assigned security Level that determines the type of data that user can enter or modify Login To log in to PCSetup 1 Select File gt Login from the PCSetup menu bar The Login dialog box displays Note You can also click the Login icon Cal to open the Login dialog box You see this same dialog box when you open a configuration file using the PCSetup Editor Username Password Cancel Figure 7 12 Login dialog box 2 Enter your Username 3 Enter your case sensitive password Config600 uses asterisks to mask the actual characters you type 4 Click OK If Config600 recognizes your username and password the PCSetup screen displays Checksum Before sending a configuration file to the S600 Config600 checks the configuration to make sure it has not been manually modified Config600 accomplishes this by calculating a checksum on the file If the calculated and recorded checksums do not match Config600 displays a warning message To repair the configuration checksum you must login to PCSetup with the Level 1 username and password Once Config600 recognizes and accepts that username and password it saves the file with the correct checksum Click Cancel to stop Config600 from correcting the checksum Note You can
297. k Enabling ccccccccocccconcnnnncoo 8 2 Phase Locked Lo0p 6 146 6 154 6 164 A aD enn ae ee ee 4 20 4 24 A O A REO 6 36 Pipe Correction oooocccnnncccccconnnonnconononanononononoss 6 36 Placement Editor ococcoccncnccnccncnncncnnnnncnnnnnnnnos 9 7 MA aa aai 11 4 O O E E 4 26 Pres S a tec a a e osetia 7 2 Process alarmS aa ala 7 4 PrOD BaNG eona T 4 23 o ae r Sons ha ane 4 26 OM Ol oa San a eh ep cele tse ace hae eae 1 2 Ball Alarm LIMIS ricas 6 148 AA nA 6 146 A E 6 140 Compact Alarm IMM Siria 6 156 A IN 6 154 RUN Diana ida 6 149 Master Meter Alarmi Limits tarada 6 165 a A 6 164 A a E 6 159 Prover alarmo ura e thin tecuveteant 6 165 Prover DO ar iia cia 6 154 Prover VO ereen a N 6 164 Prover Stream Constants arial 6 144 6 152 6 162 PRIR CD a o es 4 6 PRIRATDIAPUE sai a 4 6 A A css ee ce 6 57 TN A 4 16 Pulse OUUU ioeina a 4 19 UNSC Waea aa e n ii 4 5 Pue Gas All a i aA 6 48 PV gta gc eanna a eee er 4 22 PV Range seinen e oa e an 4 23 PN TYDE s a tamttidat hn 4 21 Q OGONIE serea e e ei es 6 117 Quick INSeTT occooccononiononionccnnononuoronuarionanonanos 11 5 R Rate of CAMI iii int 4 8 AAA idioma htentet 4 27 PIO CEIVG van tected A 8 6 Regenerate o aae a EE 2 22 A O a 11 7 Report EAO esanen lina 9 1 Repon MES ienien a aA 9 5 FICDOMS i misnom a N 3 4 Required Leve rc ena 7 14 Retrieving config files occcoooococcoooconoo 8 1 Rory EMI 11 4 RION
298. k box you must also provide an Interpolation Factor value Sets the interpolation factor value for the phase locked loops option typically associated with the Pulse Interpolation Module PIM For that module scaling factors range between x2 and x100 Set this value to be the same as the external unit If the external unit is set to x10 enter 10 in this field The default is 1 Note This field displays only if you select the Phase Locked Loop option Indicates the number of switches in the prover Click v to display valid values Valid values are 1 2 and 4 the default is 2 3 Click in the hierarchy menu when you finish defining settings A confirmation dialog box displays Revised Jan 07 Stream Configuration 6 147 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual s600ed A Apply Changes 4 Click Yes to apply your changes The PCSetup screen displays 6 9 4 Alarm Limits The Alarm Limits screen sets the prover alarms For a description of the alarms refer to Alarm Descriptions in Chapter 7 Advanced Setup Configuration 1 Select Alarm Limits from the hierarchy menu The Alarm Limits screen displays t 600 PCSetup complex S File Edit View Tools Window Help D E nia A Vi ooOR Da System Graphic System Setup 1 0 Setup ATRIPPULSES Station 1 LIQ RTRIP PULSES Station 2 GAS Stream 1 LIQ TURBINE RTRIP K FACTOR Stream 2 LIQ TURBINE Stream 3 LIQ TURBINE RTRIP M FAC
299. l Report to a Configuration Config600 reserves base time 2 for Electronic Flow Measurement EFM reports which typically do not print Refer to Chapter 11 Modbus Editor for further information 3 3 3 Default Reports If you have just created a configuration file Config600 provides five default reports Figure 3 4 General Reports Current set to print and store five instances Base Time 1 Reports e Hourly set to print and store 24 instances of this report e Daily set to print and store 35 instances of this report Base Time 2 Reports e Hourly set to store 24 instances of this report e Daily set to store 35 instances of this report S600 saves all periodic reports in circular buffers For example you decide to save five instances of that report After saving those five reports and generating reports 6 and 7 S600 then overwrites the data for reports 1 and 2 How many reports you can save is a function of the available memory on the S600 Refer to Section 3 3 4 Adding a General Report to a Configuration for information on the total number of reports you can save Report History Note If necessary you can use the Report Editor Chapter 9 to change the report format Any data existing in Conf1g600 1s available for inclusion on a report and you can change a report s format at any time Revised Jan 07 System Seup 3 5 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual t 5600 PCSetup Example01 6 File Edit V
300. lation selections you make determine which calculation specific screens appear in the hierarchy menu i l It is extremely unlikely that any one S600 configuration would contain amp Caution all the settings discussed in this section For that reason several sample configurations demonstrate the settings 6 6 1 AGA8 Compressibilty Compressibility settings define the constants and calculation limits for a range of parameters including pressure temperature density and compressibility factors This screen displays when you configure the S600 to use the main AGAS standard to calculate base compressibility flowing compressibility and standard compressibility for natural gases The compressibility settings also allow you to define alarms The system activates these alarms when the calculated results are not within the specified limits 1 Select AGAS from the hierarchy menu The AGAS screen displays 6 104 Stream Configuration Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 5600 PCSetup ExampleM AE E File Edit View Tools Window Help O gt E eu El 50 amp 1 8 7 System Graphic System Selon Status Contral Misc 1 0 Setup Method DETAIL r LINE PRESS Station 1 GAS Station 2 LIQ LINE TEMP Stream 1 GAS CORIOLIS Stream 2 GAS DP Sia REAL RD SG Stream 3 GAS TURBINE Pressure o barg o PEALRDIG Stream GAS ULTRASONIC Temperature 1 5 Deg C GROSS HY General Flowrate Calculation Lirit Fl
301. lect Gas Composition from the hierarchy menu The Gas Composition screen displays OCOR I a Common Chromat Telemetry Common Type CHROMAT1 Initial Mode PAY v KEYPAD MOLES Initial Mode KEYPAD Type GENERIC MOLE ADDITIONALS Acceptance Type ACC COPY MOLE ORDER USER MOLES Station Number tl Port PORTS y ipa Chromat Processing Address fo Check Limits Y Apply Splits CTOPLUS ERES Sies 0 MOLE LO LIMITS MOLE SPLITS __MOLE SPLITS Analysis Timeout 900 MOLE HI LIMITS Revert to Last Good after Failure T E z Check Critical Alarms m Check Deviations v Check Non Critical Alarms a MOLE DEVN LIMITS CHROMAT COMMS Security Level 1 Figure 6 14 Gas Composition screen 2 Complete the following fields Field Description Type Indicates the chromatograph configuration Click w to display all valid values The default is KP ONLY CHROMAT1 Controller connected uses keypad _ data as fallback information KP ONLY Uses information entered via keypad not controller connected __ Note If you select KP ONLY the system hides a number of fields on this screen Initial Mode Indicates the operational mode for the in use it composition data Click w to display all valid values The default is KEYPAD KEYPAD Use data entered via keypad CHROMAT Use live data from the chromatograph controller Stream Configuration 6 21 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Field Description DOWNLOAD Downl
302. les 8 4 Config Transfer Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Modbus Maps Modbus configuration files including slave register maps and master polling sequences Logicalcs custom written files that allow creation of user defined functions VxWorks the operating system binary file and embedded software for the FloBoss S600 unit a version is installed in the S600 prior to delivery Extras user defined look up tables and configuration backup files A l Updating the VxWorks bin file could affect the entire metering accuracy Caution and stability of your S600 It is strongly recommended that you only update this file under the specific instruction of technical support personnel Sendinga To send a new or modified configuration file to the S600 from a host Configuration PC 1 Cold start the S600 before you send it a new config or VxWorks file 2 Ensure that the S600 is able to receive From the S600 front panel select Tech Engineer gt Security 3 Press gt to access the second page Note This step may be optional Enable the PCSetup Link Select the Send tab on the Config Transfer screen l Config 00 Config Transfer aHa Transfer Send Receive Logging Available Configurations Quit Help Figure 8 3 Config Transfer Send tab 6 Select a configuration from the Available Configurations listing 7 Click Send to initiate the transfer A confirmation message display
303. lid values The default is NO SPLITS If you select any value other than NO SPLITS the system displays the MOLE SPLITS button Use it to define the specific percentage splits for the gases Note This field displays only if you selected CHROMAT 1 as the chromatograph configuration of failure Otherwise the system reverts to keypad data Note This field displays only if you selected CHROMAT 1 as the chromatograph configuration type Marks the received composition as failed if any critical alarm is set such as the pre amp fail on the Danalyzer for a Daniel 2551 Controller Note This field displays only if you selected CHROMAT 1 as the chromatograph configuration type Marks the received composition as failed if any non critical alarm is set such as the pre amp fail on the Danalyzer for a Daniel 2551 Controller Note This field displays only if you selected CHROMAT 1 as the chromatograph configuration MA Displays the Comm screen in I O Setup see Chapter 4 Section 4 10 Identifies the chromatograph and any fallback controllers Currently the only valid value is PAY which indicates one chromatograph and no fallback controller Note This field displays only if you selected CHROMAT 1 as the chromatograph configuration type Type Indicates the type of chromatograph controller Click w to display all valid values The default is 2551 EURO Note This field displays only if you selected CHROMAT 1 as the chromatograph c
304. lies to the pressure transmitter Assigning To assign or reassign an Analog Input data item 1 Select the Analog Inputs component from the hierarchy menu 2 Double click an Analog Input to edit The Analog Input Assignment dialog box displays Note You can also click the Assignment icon on the toolbar to display the dialog box Analog Input Assignment 0 Channel C PRT ATD Inputs Channel 6 Cancel C Unassigned Channel 10 0 Board Figure 4 6 Analog Input Assignment dialog box 3 Select an input Type Valid values are Analog Inputs PRT RTD Inputs or Unassigned The default is Analog Inputs 4 Select an I O Channel to assign the Analog Input Note This field lists only compatible channels which have either not yet been assigned to a particular unit type or which have already been assigned to inputs of the same unit type For example to reassign a pressure input you can only reassign it to an input that is either currently unassigned or already assigned to a pressure I O and Comms Configuration Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual input The HART transmitter and the S600 must use matching measurement units 5 Click OK to apply the new assignment The PCSetup screen displays showing the new assignment Editing To edit operational settings for an analog input a PRT RTD or a HART input data item 1 Right click the desired data item The system displays a shortcut menu 2 Select Se
305. local stream moles Do not measure density at stream This is a default Perform AGA5 calorific value calculation Perform GOST calorific value calculation Perform 1506976 calorific value calculation This is a default value Perform GPA2172 calorific _value calculation calculation using detail gross1 gross2 or VNIC methods This is a default Perform SGERG compressibility calculation Perform monitoring and optional driving of valves This is a default value Revised Jan 07 Revised Jan 07 Type Gas Turbine AAA AAA AAA Ultrasonic AAA AAA AAA Ultrasonic PCSetup Editor Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Option No Values Batching No Batching Sampling No Sampling Option1 PUREGAS Station Densitometer Stream Densitometer No Densitometer Moles at Individual Station Moles from Station Chromat Moles from Station Only Flowrate Daniel Flowrate QSonic Flowrate SICK CV AGAS5 CV GOST CV ISO6976 CV GPA2172 Z AGA8 Description Exclude valves Perform batch monitoring or control Configure batch reporting to include batch totals objects Exclude batching This is a default value Do not perform sampling This is a default value Perform PUREGAS calculation Measure density at station and transfer to dependent streams Requires a station to be configured Measure neither stream nor station This is the default Handle stream mol
306. log box displays s600ed A Apply Changes 5 Click Yes to apply your changes The PCSetup screen displays 6 8 4 Base Sediment and Water BSW This option provides base sediment and water BSW settings for the calculation of the net volume totals 1 Select BSW from the hierarchy menu The BSW screen displays 6 138 Stream Configuration Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual t 5600 PCSetup ExampleM 6 File Edit View Tools Window Help D E ta dEl 00Ot1e F System Graphic System Setup I O Setup station 1 GAS Calc Select IP Wl 4 12 Station 2 LIQ stream 1 GAS CORIOLIS BASE DENSITY Stream 2 GAS DP stream 3 GAS TURBINE BSW PERCENT Analogue Inputs stream 4 GAS ULTRASONIC Stream 5 LIQ CORIOLIS Stream 6 LIQ TURBINE General Flowrate Flow Switching Time amp Flow Weighted Averaging Linearisation Standard Density Correction Advanced Setup BS Parameters TW es os pes co be eae 4 4 E Security Level 1 Figure 6 80 BSW screen 2 Complete the following field Field Description Calc Select Indicates the standard the S600 uses for the BSW calculations Click w to display all valid values The default is IP VII 2 4 12 IP VII 2 4 12 Use IP VII 2 4 12 standard REF METER Currently not available REF STD Currently not available DENS 3 Click any of the following buttons to define BSW parameters Button Description BASE DENSITY Displays a Calculation Resul
307. low you to define alarms The system activates these alarms when the calculated results are not within the specified limits 1 Select VCone from the hierarchy menu The VCone screen displays t FloBoss 5600 PCSetup GasConfig1 File Edit View Tools Window Help D gt E a 8 O ti e 7 station 1 GAS a Stream 1 GAS CORIOLIS Factors Pressure and Density Premium Billing llo VISCOSITY A A All omen stream 3 GAS DP Stream 4 GAS DP ISENTROPIC EXPONENT UPSTREAM DENSITY Reverse Premium Flow Limit 1 00 Sm34h Stream 5 GAS DP General Calculation Yersion Flowrate Expansion Factor Calc Type Wetec 2E Batching Flow Switching Cale Type WCONE 2001 GC FWA STROS GAS CMPNT FWA F Calculation Limits STROG GAS CMPNT FWA F MASS FLOWRATE REYNOLDS NUMBER Time Flow Weighted Averagin STROG FORWARD TFWA PRESSURE LOSS EXPANSION FACTOR STROG REVERSE TWA Downstream Upstream Correc BETA STROG DOWN UP CORR T STRO6 DOWN UP CORR D Pipe Correction AGAS I5OTR9464 Gas CV Gas Properties DP Cell Input Conditioning 1 Chena Te TAC MM lt For Help press F1 Security Level 1 Figure 6 24 VCone Mass Flowrate screen 2 Complete the following fields VISCOSITY Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for viscosity Revised Jan 07 Stream Configuration 6 45 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Field ISENTROPIC EXPONENT
308. ls complete sets the object s value back to zero 5 Highlight values in each of the four columns source type item field Select from left to right Click w or A to display more values 6 Click OK to apply this definition The Message Details dialog box displays showing the Trigger event you selected Message Details Message Function 1 Read Coils Start Address 0 Cancel Message Length Trigger Figure 11 11 Message Details dialog box with trigger 7 Click OK to apply this message Config600 displays a Select Slaves dialog box 11 10 Modbus Editor Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Select Slaves Slave Address 1 Cancel Figure 11 12 Select Slaves dialog box 8 Select a displayed Slave Address and click OK to apply the selection Config600 displays the Modbus Editor 11 4 5 Inserta Slave You can add slaves into a Master Modbus map file at any time When initially added the new slave address has blank tables You can either complete these blank tables one data point at a time or paste in data points from another slave To create a new slave 1 Click in the hierarchy menu in the left pane 2 Select Slave gt Add New Slave from the menu bar A Choose dialog box displays 3 d 5 E o 4 1 Figure 11 13 Choose dialog box 3 Select the Slave Address from the list of available addresses on the left hand side of the screen 4 Click OK The Modbus
309. lt dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for real relative density GROSS HV Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for gross heating value HV 3 Click any of the following buttons to define AGAS calculation limits Button Description METER Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to DENSITY define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm __limits for meter density _ UPSTR Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to COMP Zf define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm MOLAR MASS Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for molar mass BASE DENSITY Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for base density BASE Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to COMP Zb define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm _ limits for base compressibility Zb IDEAL RD Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for ideal relative density ss STD COMP Zs Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for standard compressibility Zs Revised Jan 07 Stream Configuration 6 91 Config600
310. m Configuration Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 600 PCSetup GasConfig2 configure the S600 to use the Pure Gas Air standard to calculate gas flow through the orifice meter Mass flowrate settings also allow you to define alarms The system actives these alarms when the calculated results are not within the specified limits 1 Select Pure Gas Air from the hierarchy menu The Pure Gas Air screen displays File Edit View Tools Window Help D k A System Graphic System Setup I O Setup Station 1 GAS Station 2 LIQ Stream 1 GAS DP General Flowrate Flow Switching Block Valves STRO1 INLET VALVE Time amp Flow Weighted Averaging STRO1 FORWARD TFWA STRO1 REVERSE TFWA Downstream Upstream Correctior Pipe Correction 1505167 ISOTR9464 DP Cell Input Conditioning Stream 2 LIQ CORIOLIS Stream 3 LIQ CORIOLIS Stream 4 LIQ CORIOLIS Stream 5 PRV BALL Advanced Setup Revised Jan 07 COR l 4 7 Calculation Type PURE GAS VIRIAL EQ y GAS COMPOSITION Reference Conditions Air 15 15 DEG C X Relative Humidity fo x CO2 Content 0 04 x Base Conditions Flowing Conditions UPSTREAM PRESS UPSTREAM TEMP Pressure fo barg Temperature M5 Deg C Viscosity Calc Base Viscosity CE p Sutherland Constant Calculation Limits BASE DENSITY METER DENSITY REAL RD BASE COMP Zb UPSTR COMP Zf REAL CV ISENTROPIC E
311. m also applies the check to the Total field If you disable the limit check the keypad downloaded and user Total field must lie within 0 1 and 150 A sum of the new analysis must be within 99 5 and 100 5 Displays a dialog box you use to define high mole percentage limit values for each gas component Enter 0 in any field to prevent the test for the selected component Note See note in Mole Lo Limits field Enables checking on the deviation from the last good analysis for each component When you select this check box the MOLE DEVN LIMITS button displays Note This field displays only if you selected CHROMAT 1 as the chromatograph configuration Displays a dialog box you use to define the maximum deviation allowed for each gas component Enter 0 in any field to prevent the test for the selected component 3 Click in the hierarchy menu when you finish defining settings A confirmation dialog box displays s600ed A Apply Changes 4 Click Yes to apply your changes The PCSetup screen displays 6 112 Stream Configuration Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 6 6 4 Gas Properties Gas Properties settings define methods the system uses to calculate viscosity isentropic exponent also known as specific heat ratio or adiabatic exponent and the velocity of sound These settings also allow you to define alarms The system activates these alarms when the calculated results are not within
312. mation KP ONLY Uses information entered via keypad not controller connected Note If you select KP ONLY the system hides a __number of fields on this screen Initial Mode Indicates the operational mode for the in use composition data Click w to display all valid values The default is KEYPAD KEYPAD Use data entered via keypad CHROMAT Use live data from the chromatograph controller DOWNLOAD Download gas composition data directly to each stream Used only if connected to a remote supervisory Computer USER Use customised program for gas nnn Composition in S600 Acceptance Indicates how the S600 manages in use data Click w Type to display all valid values The default is ACC COPY ACC COPY Copy and normalise keypad data to in use data only after it is accepted ACC NORM Copy normalised keypad data to in use data after it is accepted AUTO NORM Automatically copy normalised keypad data to in use data Revised Jan 07 Stream Configuration 6 97 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Field Station Number Apply Splits Revert to Last Good after Failure Check Critical Alarms Check Non Critical Alarms CHROMAT COMMS Initial Mode Description Indicates the station associated with this stream Indicates the type of analyser connected to the S600 For a C6 analyser use the C6Plus option Click w to display all valid values The default is NO SPLITS If you select any value other than
313. me Temperature Energy Length Misc and Density 3 Complete the values in the Pressure pane in psia or bara The local pressure displays in your selected engineering unit Note Click UNITS EDITOR to switch between the Conversions Constants screen and the Units option in System Setup 4 When you are through defining the settings click in the hierarchy menu A confirmation dialog box displays A Apply Changes 5 Click Yes to apply the changes The PCSetup screen displays Advanced Setup Configuration Revised Jan 07 7 2 Totals Descriptors Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Config600 applies any changes you make on the Totals Descriptors screen elsewhere in the configuration and uses these descriptors for totals calculations Editing To edit the descriptor for any of the listed totals 600 PCSetup complex File Edit View Tools Window Help DEH ee 1 Select the Totals Descriptors component from the hierarchy menu The Totals Descriptors screen displays System Graphic Stream Station System Setup I O Setup Station 1 LIQ Station 2 GAS Stream 1 LIQ TURBINE Stream 2 LIQ TURBINE Stream 3 LIQ TURBINE Stream 4 PRV BALL Stream 5 GAS DP Stream 6 GAS DP Stream 7 GAS DP Stream 8 GAS ULTRASONIC Advanced Setup Conversions Constants Alarms Security Displays Webserver Calc Explorer Revised Jan 07 LIQ LIQ LIQ LIQ LIQ LIQ L
314. mmon alarm if you use only a minimum alarm set You then need to determine the CRC FAIL _ Occurs when the S600 receives a bad checksum CONFIG CHG Occurs when the configuration held in the Coriolis E transmitter has changed DEV OPEN Occurs when the l O board has failed to communicate correctly with the identified device DEVice OPEN A system fault DEV ERR Occurs when any of the alarms DEVice ERRor in displayed group occur This is a common alarm if you use only a minimum alarm set You then need to DISCREP Occurs when operating within range and a discrepancy in the engineering values returns from two or more cells DENIED Occurs when the selection algorithm has determined that a range change is required but no suitable cell is _avallable DATA TOUT Occurs when the Ultrasonic Meter has failed to communicate within the time out period This forces the flowrate to zero DENS LIMIT Occurs when the density of the Coriolis transmitter is _outoflimits DRV GAIN Occurs when the Drive Gain of the Coriolis transmitter has gone over range TS DSCRP Occurs when the identified variable exceeds the discrepancy limit DISCRePancy from the check value for longer than the time out period This alarm is used where two transducers are checked against each other or where the process variable is checked against previous values EXCEPTION Occurs when a Modbus Exception reply has been a received from the other computer
315. mpler ID 111 Flowrate Low Limit I O Setup Station 1 GAS Method FLOW PROP e Minimum Interval Stream 1 GAS CORIOLIS Moda SINGLE caine General Flowrate Can Fill Indicator GRAB COUNT Can Volume GC FWA STRO1 GAS CMPNT FWA FV Auto Disable STRO1 GAS arr FWA RE On Can Fue B rer Time amp Flow Weighted Averagir Can Limits STRO1 FORWARD TFWA On Flowrate Limit STRO1 REVERSE TFWA On Flow Status A toons AGA8 Can High Limit Calorific Value i GE Gas Composition Auto Restart a Can High High Limit 95 Gas Properties Linearisation Volume 1 000 tonne Twin can changeover mode Can Fill Period 24 hrs zl Coriolis Stream 2 GAS DP General Flowrate Batching Flow Switching GC FWA STRO2 GAS CMPNT FWA FV STRO2 GAS CMPNT FWA RE Time amp Flow Weighted Averagir we gt For Help press F1 Security Level 1 Grab Volume Can Low Limit Figure 6 17 Sampling screen 2 Complete the following fields Field Description sampler ID Provides an identifying label for the sampler Each a stream or station must have a unique sampler ID Method Indicates the sampling method Click w to display all valid values OO TIME PROP Divides the value in the Can Fill Period field by the number of grabs needed to fill the can derived from the Can Volume and Fill Volume values to determine a time interval per pulse This is the default FLOW PROP1 Divides the value in the Volume field by the number
316. n 6 66 Figure 6 35 Gas Properties screen 6 69 Figure 6 36 Lo Hi Input Cell Handling 6 72 Figure 6 37 Lo Hi Input Cell Flowchart 6 73 Figure 6 38 Hi Hi Input Cell 6 74 Figure 6 39 Lo Mid Hi Cell Input Handling 6 76 Figure 6 40 Lo Mid Hi Input Cell Handling Flowchart 1 ococoocnnccooncncococcnnoconcnnnoncnnconanenoss 6 77 Figure 6 41 Lo Mid Hi Cell Input Handling FIOW CMAN 2 stars 6 78 Revised Jan 07 Index Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Figure 6 42 Lo Mid Hi Cell Input Handling Flowchart 3 ooocccccccocncnncccnconcnnnnonoconnnonnancnnnnos 6 78 Figure 6 43 Lo Mid Hi Cell Input Handling FIOWCN aislada 6 79 Figure 6 44 Lo Hi Hi Input Cell Handling 6 81 Figure 6 45 Lo Hi Hi Input Cell Handling Flowchart 1 oocccccocccccononcnncconconocononcnnnnnonnnnos 6 82 Figure 6 46 Lo Hi Hi Input Cell Handling Flowchart 2 00oocccccconcconcconoocconcnonnconnnnnnnncononos 6 83 Figure 6 47 Lo Hi Hi Input Cell Handling FOwChan S ene ca ls 6 83 Figure 6 48 Lo Hi Hi Input Cell Handling Flowchart Alain A 6 84 Figure 6 49 3 Identical Input Cell Handling Flower nie 6 85 Figure 6 50 3 Identical Input Cell Handling Flowchart alos 6 86 Figure 6 51 3 Identical Input Cell Handling FIOWCH alt S savior nastier do cois 6 86 Figure 6 52 3 Identical Input Cell Handling Flowchart Abaroa 6 86 Figure 6 53 3 Identical Input Cell Handling PIOW CHAN Oi
317. n open an existing configuration transfer data access on line help or control whether the Welcome screen displays when you start the software Welcome to Config600 Create a new configuration Start the create new configuration wizard Open an existing configuration Edita previously created configuration Transfer data Transfer data to or from a flow computer On Line Help Read the On Line user documentation Show this welcome screen at startup Figure 2 1 Config600 Welcome Screen In This Chapter 2 1 Create a New Configuration oooccccccccccccoonnccnnncccononncnnnnnonononanccnnnnnnnos 2 2 2 1 1 Name the Configuration Step 1 Of B oooonncccnncccnccnonnccnnnnns 2 2 2 1 2 Select Measurement Units Step 2 of B oooocccccccccccconcnncnnncno 2 3 2 1 3 Specify I O Step 3 Of 6 esinin ai 2 4 2 1 4 Specify Stations Step 4 Of G ooooocccccncccnncconncccnnononnnancnnnnnnnnos 2 5 2 1 5 Define Streams Step 5 Of 6 oooonccccnnccccccccnnccnnconononannnnnnnnnnos 2 7 2 1 6 Select Communications Step 6 Of 6 ccccseeeeeeseeeeeeees 2 14 2 2 Analyze a Configuration System Graphic oooonccnnncccncconmcnnnnnnos 2 15 2 3 Open an Existing Configuration PCSetup Editor 2 18 2 3 1 Navigating the PCSetup Editor ooooccccnnccccononcconnncnnss 2 20 o TECON AA ell Ur 2 21 2 4 Save a Configuration ccccccoccnnnccnnncccncnoonncnnnnncnononnnnnnnnonnnnnannnnnnnonoss 2
318. n 07 t 5600 PCSetup ExampleM 6 File Edit View Tools Window Help OD ce E E Comms Station 1 GAS Station 2 LIQ Stream 1 645 CORIOLIS Stream 2 GAS DP General Flowrate Flow Switching GC FWA STRO2 GAS CMPNT FWA F STRO2 GAS CMPNT FWA F Time amp Flow Weighted Averag STRO FORWARD TFWA STRO2 REVERSE TFWA Downstream Upstream Correc Pipe Correction AGAS 1505167 ISOTR9454 Gas CV Gas Properties DP Cell Input Conditioning Steam 3 GAS TURBINE Steam 4 GAS ULTRASONIC Stream 5 LIQ CORIOLIS Stream 6 LIQ TURBINE Advanced Setup Revised Jan 07 CO 1 F Common CHROMAT 1 S Initial Mode KEYPAD hal Acceptance Type ACC COPY r mo Type Type Station Number Port Chromat Processing CEPLUS MOLE SPLITS Apply Splits m m Revert to Last Good after Failure Check Critical Alarms Check Non Critical Alarms CHROMAT COMMS Chromat Telemetry Initial Mode Address Stream Analysis Timeout Config600 Lite Lite User Manual BEE Common KEYPAD MOLES MOLE ADDITIONALS USER MOLES Limits Check Limits ne MOLE LO LIMITS MOLE HI LIMITS Check Deviations w MOLE DEVN LIMITS Par GENERIC MOLE ORDER Ponts y r r soos F Security Level 1 Figure 6 32 Gas Composition screen 2 Complete the following fields Field Type Description Indicates the chromatograph configuration Click w to display all valid values Th
319. n Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for real density REAL CV SUP Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for real calorific value 4 Click in the hierarchy menu when you finish defining settings A confirmation dialog box displays s600ed A Apply Changes 5 Click Yes to apply your changes The PCSetup screen displays Revised Jan 07 Stream Configuration 6 93 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 6 5 3 AGA 7 Gross Volume Flowrate The AGA7 settings define the constants and calculation limits for a range of parameters including meter pressure temperature and compressibility This screen displays when you configure the S600 to use the AGA7 standards to calculate the gross volume flowrate from a gas turbine The AGA7 settings also allow you to define alarms The system activates these alarms when the calculated results are not within specified limits Select AGA7 from the hierarchy menu The AGA7 screen 21 600 PCSetup ExampleM File Edit View Tools Window Help Dw Y System Graphic System Setup I O Setup Station 1 GAS Station 2 LIQ Stream 1 GAS CORIOLIS Stream 2 GAS DP Stream 3 GAS TURBINE General Flowrate Flow Switching GC FWA STRO3 GAS CMPNT FWA FWE STRO3 GAS CMPNT FWA REV Time amp Flow Weighted Averaging STRO3 FORWARD TFWA STRO3 REVERSE TFWA AGA8 Gas CV
320. n factor you selected If Analog Value Low Scale Mid Scale High Scale IfPRT RTD Value Low Scale Mid Scale Revised Jan 07 I O and Comms Configuration Description Indicates in mA or V depending on the selected conversion option the low range scaling value 0 V 1 V 0 mA or 4 mA Note This field does not display for on line calibration Indicates in mA or V depending on the selected conversion option the mid range scaling value 5 V or 20 mA Note This field does not display for on line calibration Indicates in mA or V depending on the selected conversion option the high range scaling value 5 V or 20 mA Note This field does not display for on line calibration Description Indicates in degrees Centigrade the low value for calibration Note This field displays only if you select the Linear Cal or Non Linear Cal conversion options Indicates in degrees Centigrade the mid value for calibration Note This field displays only if you selected the Non Linear Cal conversion option Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Value High Scale Description Indicates in degrees Centigrade the high value for calibration Note This field displays only if you selected the Linear Cal or Non Linear Cal conversion options Provides the A constant value for the Calendar Van Dusen conversion Note This field displays only if you selected the Calendar Van Dusen conversion option
321. n from the hierarchy menu The Gas Properties screen displays 6 96 Stream Configuration Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 600 PCSetup AppxB Ema tx File Edit View Tools Window Help D 6 E B SANS HDORA System Graphic E System Setup ommon Chromat Telemetry Common I O Setup Type CHROMAT1 Initial Mode PAY v KEYPAD MOLES Station 1 GAS Station 2 LIQ Initial Mode KEYPAD Type GENERIC y MOLE ADDITIONALS Stream 1 GAS TURBINE General ee oor S MOLE ORDER USER MOLES Flowrate Station Number 1 Flow Switching Pott PORT 5 gt Limits GC FWA Chromat Processing A A Check Limits Vv STRO1 GAS CMPNT FWA FWE Apply Splits certus vr STRO1 GAS CMPNT FWA REV Stream fo MOLE LO LIMITS Time amp Flow Weighted Averaging MOLE SPLITS Brakes Tisak Bo PRAT STRO1 FORWARD TFWA STRO1 REVERSE TFWA Revert to Last Good after Failure f AGA8 Check Critical Alarms B Check Deviations V ERE Check Non Critical Alarms a MOLE DEYN LIMITS AGA Gas Properties CHROMAT COMMS Linearisation Stream 2 GAS DP Stream 3 LIQ CORIOLIS Stream 4 PRV BALL Advanced Setup Tye FE Fe E For Help press F1 Security Level 1 Figure 6 62 Gas Composition screen 2 Complete the following fields Field Description Type Indicates the chromatograph configuration Click w to display all valid values The default is KP ONLY CHROMAT1 Controller connected uses keypad data as fallback infor
322. nabled High High a 00000 High a 9500 Lowy nt Low Low ne Figure 5 4 Calculation Result with setpoints 4 Review and modify the setpoint values for any alarms you have Enabled 1f required 5 Click OK to apply the changes to the configuration file The PCSetup screen displays your changes Revised Jan 07 Station Configuration 5 3 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 1 600 PCSetup ExampleA File Edit View Tools Window Help D sE a E 00 t 1 8 System Graphic ae 4 System Setup Alarm Limits 1 0 Setup Flowate HH_ H_ ft ful Station 1 GAS STN UVOL FLOW RATE 100000 9500 5 STN CVOL FLOW RATE Average Temp amp Pres STN MASS FLOW RATE Contain STN ENERGY FLOW RATE Station 2 LIQ Stream 1 GAS CORIOLIS Stream 2 PRV MMETER Advanced Setup Figure 5 5 Flowrate Alarms with Setpoints Editing Flowrate You can also edit flowrate limits for streams Once you have defined Limits flowrates for a station select a stream and flowrate from the hierarchy menu 600 PCSetup ExampleZ File Edit View Tools Window Help Osa a E 00 tt 1 3 System Graphic F E System Setup arm Limits I O Setup Flowate H H L ILL Station 1 LIQ STR UVOL F R Stream 1 LIQ CORIOLIS STR CVOL F R General STR MASS F R STR IVOL F R Flowrat STR NETT SVOL F R Ei STR NETT MASS F R Time amp Flow Weighted Averaging STR Sw VOL F R Linearisation Observed Density Correction Stan
323. ng data from one device to another usually refers to an area reserved for I O operations into which data is either read or from which data is written Glossary A 1 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual C Bus Byte Calorific value CV CATS Cold Start Config600 software Constants Control Bus CPU CTL_CPL CTS Current Loop DAC Databus DCS DCU Densitometer DI Digital DIN Discrepancy A 2 One or more conductors used as a path over which information transmits Block of 8 bits which can define 256 states 0 through 255 Superior calorific value CV is the amount of heat which could be released by the complete combustion in air of a specified quantity of gas in such a way that the pressure at which the reaction takes place remains constant and all the products of combustion are returned to the same specified temperature as that of the reactants all of these products being in the gaseous state except for water formed by combustion which is condensed to the liquid state source ISO6976 1995 CV can also be calculated in accordance with AGA Report No 5 For inferior calorific value water remains in a gaseous state vapour Common Area Transmission System An agreed standard for measurement of gases and light hydrocarbons which are to be delivered to and redelivered for the CATS Transportation Facilities and Input Facilities EU only A process of starting the FloBoss S600 that copies the con
324. ng options Block Values and Time amp Flow Weighted Averaging Techniques 6 2 1 General Settings Use the General settings screen to define the Meter Location name and Stream Type as well as configure the initial Maintenance mode setting 1 Select General from the hierarchy menu Conf1g600 displays the Stream Details settings in the right hand pane t 5600 PCSetup ExampleZ File Edit View Tools Window Help Dal on E oO K 14 System Graphic System Setup Stream Details Station 1 LIQ Stream 1 LIQ CORIOLIS Meter Location LINE 1 General Flowrate Maintenance Mode Suppress alarm in Maintenance Flow Switching Time amp Flow Weighted Averaging Linearisation Observed Density Correction Standard Density Correction Coriolis Stream 2 LIQ CORIOLIS General Flowrate Flow Switching Time amp Flow Weighted Averaging Linearisation Observed Density Correction Standard Density Correction Coriolis Stream 3 PRY MMETER Advanced Setup Security Level 1 Figure 6 2 General Settings 2 Edit the Stream Type and Meter Location descriptions if necessary Note Stream Type and Meter Location appear on reports 3 Select Maintenance Mode to force the stream to start up in maintenance mode In this mode the current maintenance totals increment and the normal totals do not increment 6 4 Stream Configuration Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Note This is only the initial mode of operat
325. nhanced error checking the S600 automatically uses the value of the In Use cell the one currently selected by the switch up or switch down criterion The switch up and switch down points are based on the lowest of the three available cells The cells are always available for selection regardless of their operating mode For example if cell 2 is above its switch up point the stack switches up to cell 3 regardless of the value of cell 3 Lo Hi Hi Select Lo Hi Hi when you connect three cells two of which are ranged to the same value and work in a tier but the Hi cells are working in Duty Standby mode S600 designates the cell currently being used as the In Use cell The S600 also checks for sustained discrepancies between the Lo cell and the Hi 1 cell the Lo cell and the Hi 2 cell and the Hi 1 cell and the Hi 2 cell Ifyou enable enhanced error checking the cells must be within the low and high fail limits of the analog input or in Measured mode If you disable enhanced error checking the S600 automatically uses the value of the In Use cell the cell currently selected by the switch up or switch down criterion The switch up and switch down points are based on the lowest of the three available cells The cells are always available for selection regardless of the low and high fail limits and their operating mode The cell selector compares the DP values returned from all three cells and changes range when one of t
326. noncnnnnnnnnnnnanncnnnnconnnans 11 1 112 Modbus EdtOr nt rn o e lora ee 11 2 113 ACCESSING ING Editar 11 3 114 Map Propers Saud oia 11 3 1141 Isena Dala Polla ee eet 11 4 11 4 2 Delete a Dala PO diiniita 11 7 11 43 Edt Modbus FO Malos iaa 11 7 11 4 4 Insert a Message caricia Aia 11 9 TEAS Inser a ola Verna a T N 11 11 115 Regenerating MAPS suturdidastici li 11 12 11 1 Supported Function Codes Revised Jan 07 The Config600 Modbus supports the following function codes Function Code Description Read Output Status Read Input Status Read Output Registers Read Input Registers Read Single Coil Read Single Register mn 8 Loopback 15 Write Multiple Coils 16 Write Multiple Registers 65 Read Floats PCSetup only 66 Write Floats PCSetup only 67 Read Doubles PCSetup only 68 _ Write Doubles PCSetup only Modbus fully supports RTU Remote Terminal Unit Modbus and ASCII American Standard Code for Information Interchange Modbus In RTU mode you must configure the link for 8 data bits No message header or trailer is included The checksum 1s the 16 bit CRC Modbus Editor 11 1 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 11 2 Modbus Editor specified in the Gould Modbus specification No inter character gaps are required on received RTU Modbus messages In ASCII mode you can set the link to 7 or 8 data bits The message starts with the ASCII Modbus start character colon The checksum is the 8 bit LRC def
327. not transfer a configuration from the host PC to the S600 with an incorrect checksum 7 18 Advanced Setup Configuration Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 7 5 Displays Webserver AN Caution Editing f 5600 PCSetup complex File Edit View Tools Window Help o 6 E A System Graphic System Setup Versions Units Reports Totalisation Time I O Setup Station 1 LIQ Station 2 GAS Stream 1 LIQ TURBINE Stream 2 LIQ TURBINE Stream 3 LIQ TURBINE Stream 4 PRV BALL Stream 5 GAS DP Stream 6 GAS DP Stream 7 GAS DP Stream 8 GAS ULTRASONIC Advanced Setup Conversions Constants Totals Descriptions Alarms Security Displays Webserver Calc Explorer Revised Jan 07 Use the Displays Webserver option to determine what information each security level 1 9 may access using the webserver Once you have assigned users to an access level verify and modify if necessary the amount of information available to them Note Click Security to switch between this screen and the Security screen This helps you determine which functions should have webserver access To edit displays and webserver access 1 Select the Displays Webserver component from the hierarchy menu The Displays Webserver screen displays DORAS Security Access Allowed Level A f Displays Reports Diagnostics Remote Print ccess r O le E EUNE EUEN TEU REMERA hee ee oes eu bb ues
328. ns a free flowing piston with a coaxially mounted poppet valve The poppet valve which is contained within the prover piston is connected through the actuator shaft to the piston of the actuator cylinder A set pressure in the pneumatic spring plenum combined with the pneumatic system operates the piston During the proving cycle the poppet valve closes and the flowing stream displaces the piston over the calibrated volume In conditions of pulsating flow or varying back pressure it is essential that the poppet remains closed during the proving cycle The compact prover uses a nitrogen spring system to sure that the value remains closed Optical switches in the cylinder detect the piston s position in the cylinder Three switches signal the piston s position one to sense the upstream position of the piston assembly and two to define the displaced volume of the proving system It is extremely unlikely that any one S600 configuration would contain all the settings discussed in this section For that reason several sample configurations demonstrate the settings Run Data settings allow you to define the prover stability check variables the number of prove runs from which the system can calculate K factor Meter Factors and the tolerances allowed on the K factors Meter Factors Once the S600 calculates these values you can Stream Configuration 6 149 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Stability Checking select a new K factor Met
329. nt Dis ABLED v Speed of Sound DISABLED l Dutputs VISCOSITY ISENTROPIC EXPONENT vos Variables METER PRESS METER TEMP BASE DENSITY INUSE COMPOSITION Security Level 1 Figure 6 15 Gas Properties screen 2 Complete the following fields Viscosity Tn Sets the reference viscosity for the gas The default is 0 010861 Stream Configuration 6 25 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Field Viscosity Tn Sutherland Constant Viscosity Calc Type SNUEeEseauecesesuscecescecesesceceseaceceseacecesescecesescecescecesesescesescecesesees Isentropic Exponent Speed of Sound Description Sets the reference viscosity temperature for the gas The default is 15 Sets the Sutherland constant for the gas The default is 164 Indicates the method for calculating the viscosity of the _ gas Click w to display all valid values The default is DISABLED Indicates the method for calculating the isentropic exponent of the gas Click w to display all valid values The default is DISABLED Indicates the method for calculating the speed of sound Click w to display all valid values The default is DISABLED 3 Click any of the following buttons to display a dialog box you use to set gas property outputs or variables Button VISCOSITY ISENTROPIC EXPONENT VOS METER PRESS METER TEMP COMPOSITION Description Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to defin
330. nt The system assumes user moles to be normalised Note The S600 uses these values only if you set the Initial Mode to USER A Modbus download from another computer may overwrite these values on a running configuration Enables limit checking on each gas component When you select this check box the MOLE LO LIMITS and MOLE HI LIMITS buttons display Displays a dialog box you use to define low mole percentage limit values for each gas component Enter 0 in any field to prevent the test for the selected component Note The system uses the values you enter through these buttons only if you select the Check Limits check box The system applies this test to the keypad downloaded user additionals and new analysis components When enabled the system applies the limit check against the high and low limits Limits are considered valid if the limit is greater than zero 0 The system also applies the check to the Total field If you disable the limit check the keypad downloaded and user Total field must lie within 0 1 and 150 A sum of the new analysis must be within 99 5 and 100 5 Displays a dialog box you use to define high mole percentage limit values for each gas component Enter 0 in any field to prevent the test for the selected component Note See note in description of Mole Lo Limits field Enables checking on the deviation from the last good analysis for each component When you select this check box the MOLE DEVN L
331. ny other computers American Gas Association A professional organisation that oversees the AGA3 orifice AGA5 heating value AGA7 turbine AGA8 compressibility and AGA11 ultrasonic gas flow calculation standards See http www aga org Analogue input also known as ANIN Consisting of only the letters A through Z and the numbers 0 through 9 A signal with no defined steps its value being determined by its size A primary flow element that operates by sensing an impact pressure and a reference pressure through multiple sensing ports connected to dual averaging plenums The resultant difference is a differential pressure signal Sensing ports are located on both the up and downstream sides of the flow element The number of ports is proportional to the pipe diameter Analogue output also Known as AO American National Standards Institute An organization responsible for approving U S standards in many areas including computers and communications Standards approved by this organisation are often called ANSI standards for example ANSI C is the version of the C language approved by ANSI ANSI is a member of ISO See http www ansi org American Standard Code for Information Interchange Numeric values assigned to letters numbers and other characters to enable exchange of information between devices for example A 65 B 66 and so on American Wire Gauge a system of sizing wiring The end of day time
332. oad gas composition data directly to each stream Used only if connected to a remote supervisory o computer USER Use customised program for gas cc _ Composition in S600 Acceptance Indicates how the S600 manages in use data Click w Type to display all valid values The default is ACC COPY ACC COPY Copy and normalise keypad data to o in use data only after itis accepted _ ACC NORM Copy normalised keypad data to in suse data after it is accepted AUTO NORM Automatically copy normalised keypad data to in use data Station Number Sets the station associated with this stream gt Apply Splits Indicates the type of analyser connected to the S600 For a C6 analyser use the C6Plus option Click w to display all valid values The default is NO SPLITS If you select any value other than NO SPLITS the system displays the MOLE SPLITS button Use it to define the specific percentage splits for the gases Note This field displays only if you selected CHROMAT 1 as the chromatograph configuration e E E E Revert to Last Continues using the last good composition in the event Good after of failure Otherwise the system reverts to keypad Failure data Note This field displays only if you selected CHROMAT 1 as the chromatograph configuration a DPE Check Critical Marks the received composition as failed if any critical Alarms alarm is set such as the pre amp fail on the Danalyzer for a Daniel 2551 Controller Note This field
333. ode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for ideal relative density Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for ideal density IDEAL CV Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to SUP define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm a mits for ideal calorific value REAL RD Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm _ limits for real relative density Revised Jan 07 Stream Configuration 6 107 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Button Description REAL DENSITY Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for real density REAL CV SUP Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for real calorific value 4 Click in the hierarchy menu when you finish defining settings A confirmation dialog box displays s600ed 5 Click Yes to apply your changes The PCSetup screen displays 6 6 3 Gas Composition Gas Composition settings define the processing and port telemetry parameters for receiving data from the gas chromatograph controller The chromatograph controller derives the individual component concentrations found in the line gas The chromatograph controller settings also allow you to define alarms The system activates these
334. of grabs needed to fill the can derived from the Can Volume and Fill Volume values to determine a volume throughput per pulse FLOW PROP2 Uses the value in the Volume field as the volume throughput per FLOW PROP3 Uses the value in the Volume field as the volume throughput per pulse but supports low pressure digital input and pump prime Mode Indicates the sampling mode Click w to display all valid values The default is SINGLE Revised Jan 07 Stream Configuration 6 29 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Field Can Fill Indicator Volume Can Fill Period Flowrate Low Limit Minimum Interval Can Volume Grab Volume Can Low Limit ANALOGIP Description Indicates how the S600 determines when the sampling _can is full Click v to display all valid values Uses the number of pulses output to the sampler to determine when the sample is full This is the default GRAB COUNT DIG I P Uses a digital input to determine when the sampler is full Uses an analog input to determine when the sampler is full Indicates the event at which the system automatically disables the sampling process Select the appropriate Indicates whether the system automatically restarts sampling after automatically disabling sampling Sets the volume of the sampling can The default is _1000 _ Sets in hours the time required to fill the sampling can The default is 24 Note This field is required for
335. ograph support Do not change unless advised to do so Note This field displays only if you selected CHROMAT 1 as the chromatograph configuration __lype Sets the chromat analysis stream assigned to this metering stream The default is 0 Note This field displays only if you selected CHROMAT 1 as the chromatograph configuration type If you need to support more than one stream contact technical support Set the maximum number of seconds the S600 waits to receive a new composition from the chromatograph controller before raising an alarm The default is 900 Note This field displays only if you selected CHROMAT 1 as the chromatograph configuration Displays a dialog box you use to define mole percentage values for each gas component Note The system assumes the keypad composition adds to 100 normalised when the Acceptance Type is ACC COPY If you select ACC NORM or AUTO NORM the system automatically normalises _the keypad composition Displays a dialog box you use to define mole percentage values for gas components not analysed by the Danalyzer The system assumes any additional values to be normalised values Note This field displays only if you selected CHROMAT 1 as the chromatograph configuration type Stream Configuration 6 99 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Field USER MOLES MOLE LO LIMITS MOLE HI LIMITS MOLE DEVN LIMITS Description Displays a dialog box you use to define mole percentage v
336. oirits Meter Factors Flow Rate Points Meter Factors 1 E Flowrate Calculation Limits Flow Switching nee UWOL FLOWRATE STRO4 GAS CMPNT FWA FWE STRO4 GAS CMPNT FWA REV REYNOLDS NUMBER Time amp Flow Weighted Averaging STRO4 FORWARD TFWA CTSM FOR SPOOL STRO4 REVERSE TEWA En CPSM FOR SPODL Be ed VEL CORAN FACTOR Gas Composition Gas Properties __Wuse FACTOR Ultrasonic Control Stream 5 LIQ CORIOLIS Stream 6 LIQ TURBINE Advanced Setup L i TUT ee ee Se UE i a NNN 10 Formmard A evwerse Premium Limits Forward Premium Limit 100 Premium biling mode FLO Reverse Premium Limit 100 Weter Factor Method METER FACTOR Spool Calibration Diameters Spool Calibration Spool Exponent Coefficients Internal 300 Pressure Pressure 58 005 External 210 Temperature Temperature 58 005 Security Level 1 Figure 6 69 Ultrasonic Flow Setup screen 2 Click any of the following buttons to define primary inputs and calculation limits for the ultrasonic flow Button Description GAS VELOCITY Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm a _ limits for gas velocity 2 METER Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to DENSITY define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm ve limits for meter density LINE Displays an Analog Inputs dialog box you use to TEM
337. ol Loop as the Item Type option for the identified Analog Output Analog Output Assignment ltem Type n a Description Low scale 0 High scale OOOO Conversion 4 to Orn Figure 4 19 Analog Output Assignment PID Loop screen Note S600 does not allow you to modify the Item Type or Item fields on this version of the Analog Output Assignment screen However you can modify the remaining values Complete the Control Action field on the PID Loop screen The system uses this value to determine whether to increase or decrease the output when the process variable exceeds the SP Setpoint value Valid values are Reverse reduce the output when the process variable is greater than the Setpoint value or Forward increase the output when the process variable is greater than the Setpoint value The default is Reverse Complete the SP Clamp Rate field The default is 0 Config600 uses this value to control the rate of change ROC of the setpoint The value defines the maximum rate at which the flow algorithm tracks the setpoint Use this value as a component of flow profiling Indicate an MV Slew Rate as a percentage of the output per second This value controls the output s maximum rate of change ROC The default 1s 60 60 of output For example entering 20 in this field limits a full range 0 to 100 change to a minimum of 5 seconds I O and Comms Configuration Revised Jan 07 Revised Jan 07 Config6
338. on Result dialog box you use to TEMP define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for upstream temperature Note This button may be disabled on some applications i I NUSE Displays a read only table of gas compositions This COMPOSITION _ corresponds to the table defined using the Gas Composition screen s KEYPAD MOLES button 4 Click in the hierarchy menu when you finish defining settings A confirmation dialog box displays 5 Click Yes to apply your changes The PCSetup screen displays 6 4 18 DP Cell Input Conditioning Differential pressure or DP Cell Input Conditioning settings define how the S600 sequences or stacks input cell information and sets calculation limits for differential pressure measurements These settings also allow you to define alarms The system activates these alarms when the calculated results are not within the specified limits Cell Input Stacking The Stack Type you select on the DP Cell Input Conditioning screen see Figure 6 58 defines how the S600 sequences or stacks differential pressure values DP stack handling enables you to mark each input cell as available under either of the following conditions Not available when the value is under range over range in Keypad mode or in a Failed mode for example Keypad F Available when the value is within the low and high fail limits of the analog input or in Measured mode The S600 determines the v
339. onS este ec odiayaie o e a ade 6 2 62 Gommon SITSAN Settings sad adelmowees 6 4 62 General SUS O de 6 4 622 a 0 02 renee ec dd ota 6 5 623 FOW SWIECNING ar a he manus 6 8 6 2 4 Gas Component Flow Weighted Averaging GC FWA ooocccccccccccccnncccnnnncccnnos 6 9 629 BIOCK VAIO iii borne e a aa 6 10 6 2 6 Time Flow Weighted Averaging cccccccssssseeeeceeeeeeeeesaeeeeeeeesseaeeeeeeenaeeeeseaas 6 12 60 Gas COM IS ida 6 16 63 1 AGAS CompressiDilbisartii atlas 6 16 632 Gas CV ISO6976 0r GPA ata ad 6 18 6 33 Galonific Value AGAS tati E E 6 19 Gio GaS GOMPOSINOM renaire arai ian SN eoii 6 21 699 GaS Properes preiron a a a aa ENER 6 25 6096 ENESaAUON reorientar N 6 27 ON 6 28 a e A e E O ON 6 31 64 eS A ds 6 34 6 4 1 Downstream Upstream Corre ction ccccccceccececeeeeeeeesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaaas 6 34 642Z FIDE COMEN nicas 6 36 643 AGAB GC mpressiDIlty sica 6 39 6 44 1505167 Mass Flowrate ccccccccoconnnccnnnccncccnonononcnnoconanannnonnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnas 6 41 BAS TOSOTRIAGA orio a a a 6 43 6 4 6 V Cone Mass Flowrate oooooonnnnccnnnncccccocccoonoccnnnnnnncncnnnnnnononnoonnnnnnnnnncrnnnnnnnnos 6 45 6 4 7 Annubar Mass Flowrate cc ooonccnccccconccnnccononnncnnonancnonononannnnnononancnnnonannennnnss 6 47 648 Purs Gas Alar in 6 48 649 Gas CV ISO6976 0r GPA ii 6 50 6 4 10 SGERG Compressibllity c cssssssseeee
340. onf1g600 defines three default alarm groups Computer Group 1 This group generally includes failures of the computer or the program internally Note This alarm is permanently routed to the watchdog alarm relay on the P152 processor board You cannot remove this routing since it is implicit in the S600 code see Figure 3 3 P152 CPU Terminations in the FloBoss S600 Flow Manager Instruction Manual A6115 Process Group 2 This group generally includes limits such as a high or low Analog Input System Group 3 This group generally includes I O failures such as an under range alarm on an Analog Input You can define up to 13 more report groupings The Available Alarms dialog box lists all of the system modules which have associated alarms Config600 displays the associated alarms as you select the module A check indicates the enabled alarms Editing To edit the alarm configuration 1 Select the Alarms component from the hierarchy menu The Alarms screen displays Advanced Setup Configuration Revised Jan 07 5600 PCSetup complex File Edit View Tools Window Help o a E a E System Graphic System Setup I O Setup Station 1 LIQ Station 2 GAS Stream 1 LIQ TURBINE Stream 2 LIQ TURBINE Stream 3 LIQ TURBINE Stream 4 PRV BALL Stream 5 GAS DP Stream 6 GAS DP Stream 7 GAS DP Stream 8 GAS ULTRASONIC Advanced Setup Conversions Constants Totals Descriptions Security Displays Webserver Calc
341. onfig600 gt Config Transfer Note If you have more than one version of Config600 on your machine select the version appropriate to the configuration file The Config Transfer screen displays Config600 Config Transfer Transter Send Receive Logging Connection Details Seral Port Settings S600 ID ll Baud Rate Connections Data Bits Soon Stop Bits Panty 16 Bit Mode Figure 8 2 Config Transfer screen This screen uses a tab design to address the major components Transfer Send Receive and Logging of the transfer process Transfer Communications Settings The host PC uses a dedicated serial or Ethernet port to connect to the S600 and data transfers in accordance with the communication settings defined for that communications port Both the host PC and the S600 must use the same communications settings for data to transfer successfully Revised Jan 07 Config Transfer 8 3 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Defining Settings To define communications settings 1 Select the Transfer tab on the Config Transfer screen Note This tab displays when you initially access this screen 2 Enter the Modbus address for the S600 in the S600 ID field This value is available from the S600 front panel select Tech Engineer gt Communications gt Assignment gt Modbus Address or from the Network option on the Cold Start menu Note You can also obtain tab displays when you initially access thi
342. onfig600 Lite Lite User Manual To prevent the live metering system from applying a double correction use either a calculated Meter factor or a calculated K factor linearization that is only one factor should have a calculated mode 1 Select Linearisation from the hierarchy menu The Linearisation screen displays 5600 PCSetup ExampleM File Edit View Tools Window Help D sE ta El OO t 1 S System Graphic System Selup Meter Factors K Factors I O Setup Flowrate Freg Value Flowrate Freg Value Station 1 GAS os Station 2 LIQ i oS Stream 1 G45 CORIOLIS Stream 2 GAS DP Stream 3 GAS TURBINE Stream 4 GAS ULTRASONIC Stream 5 LIQ CORIOLIS General Flowrate ERE 3 a Flow Switching 1 DEN TE _ o El E E E E EEE Time amp Flow Weighted Averaging Observed Density Correction Standard Density Correction Coriolis Stream 6 LIQ TURBINE Advanced Setup Calculation Limits METER FACTOR K FACTOR Normal Flow rate 0 Hote Set this to zero for standard linearization Set to none mah zero only for ARAMCO specific linearization For Help press F1 Security Level 1 Figure 6 72 Linearisation screen 2 Enter up to 10 frequency points and corresponding values for the Meter factor and K factors 3 Click Meter Factor or K Factor to display a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for the respective factor 4 Ignore the value
343. onfiguration 2551 EURO S600 is connected to a Daniel 2551 AA _ European controller 2350 EURO S600 is connected to a Daniel 2350 European controller set in SIM_2251 mode USA controller set in SIM_2251 mode controller 6 62 Stream Configuration Revised Jan 07 Field Type cont Address Stream o Analysis Timeout SSeecESeauecesesescesescecesescecesesceceseacecescacecesescscesscscescscesesescese KEYPAD MOLES ADDITIONAL Revised Jan 07 Siemens Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Description Generic S600 is connected to another type of controller This option provides a Mole Order button Click it to display a dialog box on which you indicate the order in which the gas composition information comes into the S600 via telemetry 0 indicates any component which is not included in the Modbus map Note The Modbus map you create must be compatible with the controlled to which the S600 is connected Refer to Chapter 11 Modbus Editor for further information S600 is connected to a Siemens Advanced Maxum via a Siemans Network Access Unit NAU Indicates the communications port 1 7 the S600 uses to communicate with the controller Click w to display all valid values Define this value here and on the I O Setup Comms screen click CHROMAT COMMS Note This field displays only if you selected CHROMAT 1 as the chromatograph configuration _lype Configures multi drop chromatograph su
344. only if you selected CHROMAT 1 as the chromatograph configuration Revised Jan 07 Stream Configuration 6 23 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Field KEYPAD MOLES ADDITIONAL USER MOLES esossssosossssososossesesossssesossesosossesoseseesosessssesessesesessssesesseseseen MOLE LO LIMITS MOLEH LIMITS Check Deviations AIR RARA URNA EI ERES EA LIE S UA LIN SEI URNA EI LILIA EI LIRA EI RARA RA CARR e Ara a rra raros MOLE DEVN LIMITS 6 24 Stream Configuration Description _lype percentage values for each gas component Note The system assumes the keypad composition adds to 100 normalised when the Acceptance Type is ACC COPY If you select ACC NORM or AUTO NORM the system automatically normalises the keypad composition Displays a dialog box you use to define mole percentage values for gas components not analysed by the Danalyzer The system assumes any additional components to be normalised values Note This field displays only if you selected CHROMAT 1 as the chromatograph configuration _lype Displays a dialog box you use to define mole percentage values for each gas component The system assumes user moles to be normalised Note The S600 uses these values only if you set the Initial Mode to USER A Modbus download from another computer may overwrite these values on a running configuration Enables limit checking on each gas component When you select this check box the
345. onnnnccconnnccccononoconnncononnnnnnnannnnnnannnnononnnnss 6 27 Bor anida 6 28 Boo ONO oro 6 31 das D 6 34 6 4 1 Downstream Upstream Correction ooooooconcnnnnncccnnncccccnnnnnns 6 34 642 Pipe COMeCUO viciado cl tica 6 36 6 43 AGAS8 Compressibility cccccccccocoooooonnnncnnnnononnnccnnnos 6 39 6 4 4 1505167 Mass Flowrate ccccccccccccnnnncccooooncccnnnnonnnononononoos 6 41 645 OTRO O apace esc atic ee a 6 43 6 4 6 V Cone Mass Flowrate ccccccccnnnccccccccoccconannncnnnnnnnnnnnonnnos 6 45 6 4 7 Annubar Mass Flowrate ooccccccoconconcccconconcnononncnncnnnnns 6 47 GAG Pue GaS A sc eee et eee eee 6 48 6 4 9 Gas CV ISO6976 or GPA ccccccccccccccceceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeess 6 50 6 4 10 SGERG Compressibility coococccocnoncococoonnononononnnnnno 6 52 6 4 11 NX19 Compressibility oooccccccoooooococonnncccnonnnnnnononononnos 6 55 6 4 12 PTZ Compressibility ooccccccnonnnnnnnononnononononnonnonnnnonnnos 6 57 6 4 13 AGA3 Volume Flowrate ccccccceeeseesseseeeeeeeeeaeeseeeeeeees 6 58 6 4 14 Gas COMPOSITION ooooonnccnnnnnnnncccnnnnococonnnanannnncnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnos 6 60 A e A E E EE 6 65 GIO GO T FOW ea E E cicle 6 66 6 4 17 Gas A o sear oteiiseaiusennensadatsanes 6 68 6 4 18 DP Cell Input Conditioning cccccconccnncccconncnnccoconccanannnos 6 70 gae TINO ee E E E E E 6 90 6 5 1 AGA8 Compressibility cccccoonnncoo
346. ormalises _the keypad composition Displays a dialog box you use to define mole percentage values for gas components not analysed by the Danalyzer The system assumes any additional components to be normalised values Note This field displays only if you selected CHROMAT 1 as the chromatograph configuration type Stream Configuration 6 111 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Field USER MOLES MOLE LO LIMITS MOLE HI LIMITS MOLE DEVN LIMITS Description Displays a dialog box you use to define mole percentage values for each gas component The system assumes user moles to be normalised Note The S600 uses these values only if you set the Initial Mode to USER A Modbus download from another computer may overwrite these values on a running configuration Enables limit checking on each gas component When you select this check box the MOLE LO LIMITS and MOLE HI LIMITS buttons display Displays a dialog box you use to define low mole percentage limit values for each gas component Enter 0 in any field to prevent the test for the selected component Note The system uses the values you enter through these buttons only if you select the Check Limits check box The system applies this test to the keypad downloaded user additionals and new analysis components When enabled the system applies the limit check against the high and low limits Limits are considered valid if the limit is greater than zero 0 The syste
347. ou can switch a frequency input to an analog signal See Chapter 6 Stream Configuration Assigning To assign or reassign a density input data item 1 Select the Density Inputs component from the hierarchy menu The system displays all currently defined density inputs in the right hand pane 2 Double click a Density Input to edit The Assign Input dialog box displays Note You can also click the Assignment icon on the toolbar to display the dialog box 3 Select the I O Board to assign the density input or select Unassigned to deselect the input Config600 lists available channels in the I O Channel field 414 VO and Comms Configuration RevisedJan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Assign Input VO Board kO Channel Channel 2 Board 2 P154 PRY Channel 3 Figure 4 10 I O Channels for Density Input 4 Select the I O Channel for the density input 5 Click OK to apply the assignment The system redisplays the PCSetup screen with your new I O assignment Note Before displaying the PCSetup screen Config600 may display a reminder for you to enable the alarms for the new assignment s600ed Figure 4 11 Alarm Reminder Editing To edit the description for a density data item 1 Select the Density Inputs component from the hierarchy menu The system displays all currently defined density inputs in the right hand pane 2 Right click a data item to edit The system displays a shortcut menu 3 Sele
348. ow Help 6 6 D ca tel a El System Graphic System Setup I O Setup Station 1 LIQ Stream 1 LIQ CORIOLIS General Flow Switching Time amp Flow Weighted Averaging Linearisation Observed Density Correction Standard Density Correction Coriolis Stream 2 LIQ CORIOLIS General Flowrate Flow Switching Time amp Flow Weighted Averaging Linearisation Observed Density Correction Standard Density Correction Coriolis Stream 3 PRV MMETER Advanced Setup 1 Select Flowrate from the hierarchy menu The Flowrate Settings screen displays Ot 7 Alarm Limits STR UVOL F A STR CVOL FAR STR MASS F F STR IVOL F F STR NETT SVOL F A STR NETT MASS F R STR Sw VOL F R Low Flow Cutoff 150 mah Alarms to Suppress on Cutoff Control Limits for flow switching amp flow balancing High Band 80 Low Band a Flowrate Control PID Loop None 7 Security Level 1 Figure 6 4 Flowrate Settings 2 Double click a flowrate object in the Alarm Limits pane A Calculation Result dialog box displays Calculation Result STRO GUVOL FR Cancel Alarm Limits Enabled High High High a 4000 math Low Ca m h Low Low E Figure 6 5 Calculation Result dialog box 3 Select the alarms you want to enable and verify or edit the flowrate associated with that alarm 4 Click OK to apply your changes The Flowrate Settings screen displays 5 Complete the Low Flow Cutoff field to set a cutoff rate
349. ow Help D tae El ea f CO f 14 System Graphic l System Setup Meter Factors E Factors 1 0 Setup Flowrate Freg Value Flowrate Freq Value Station 1 LIQ Stream 1 LIQ CORIOLIS Stream 2 LIQ CORIOLIS Stream 3 PRY MMETER Run Data Constants Hardware Alarm Limits Advanced Setup s00 fos ma 1 2 El 4 5 B i a qd a Calculation Limits K FACTOR Security Level 1 Figure 6 91 Linearisation MMeter Prover 2 Enter up to ten frequency points and corresponding factor values for the K factors as appropriate 3 Click K FACTOR to display a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for that factor wing buttons to set calculation limits 4 Click in the hierarchy menu when you finish defining settings A confirmation dialog box displays s600ed 5 Click Yes to apply your changes The PCSetup screen displays 6 158 Stream Configuration Revised Jan 07 6 11 2 Run Data Stability Checking Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Run Data settings allow you to define the prover stability check variables the number of prove runs from which the system can calculation K factors Meter Factors and the tolerances allowed on the K factors Meter Factors Once the S600 calculates these values you can select a new K factor Meter Factor to replace the current K factor Meter Factor When in the
350. ow Switching GC FWA UPSTREAM DENSITY BASE DENSITY IDEAL RO STRO4 GAS CMPNT FWA FWE A opaha UIPSTR COMPZH BASE COMP Zb STD COMP 2s Time amp Flow Weighted Averaging STRO4 FORWARD TFWA MOLAR MASS 5TRO4 REVERSE TFWA Gas CV Gas Composition Gas Properties Ultrasonic Flow Setup Ultrasonic Control Stream 5 LIQ CORIOLIS Stream 6 LIQ TURBINE Advanced Setup For Help press F1 Security Level 1 Figure 6 65 AGAS screen 2 Complete the following fields Field Description Method Indicates the compressibility method Click w to display all valid values The default is Detail DETAIL Uses 20 component values temperature and pressure GROSS1 Uses SG Heating Value COs ee temperature and pressure GROSS2 Uses SG No COs temperature and pressure VNIC Uses 20 component values temperature and pressure Pressure Sets the pressure under standard conditions The default is 0 SAReUDaeeneneaeeneneaeeneneaeeneneseeneneseeneeeeeSESESSESESESSESSSSSSESSESSESSESESSESESESSESESESESSESESOSSESESUESESESSSSESESSESESESS OSES ESS ES ERED ES ESESSESESESSES ESSE ES ESU SEES ESSE ES ESU ESOS OSU SSOSESUOSOSESE ESOS ESL OS OSESESSOSSUSS ESAS OL OSUSLOL ERIN IEA ALOE ESO SSOSESEOSOS ESE SSOSSESSOSSES OSES ESSA ESE ES ESTES OSES ESS ESOS ESE RSESEOLESEEES Temperature Sets the temperature under standard conditions The default is 15 LINE PRESS Displays an Analog Inputs dialog box you use to define the analog input
351. owing fluid in the orifice meter house to the velocity in the orifice plate bore UVOL Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to FLOWRATE define the specific alarm limits for the uncorrected e _volume flowrate BETA Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the specific alarm limits for the calculated diameter ratio DISCHARGE Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to COEFF define the specific alarm limits for the calculated orifice plate coefficient of discharge 0 FLOW Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to EXTENSION define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for the flow extension 4 Click in the hierarchy menu when you finish defining settings A confirmation dialog box displays s600ed A Apply Changes 5 Click Yes to apply your changes The PCSetup screen displays 6 4 14 Gas Composition Gas Composition settings define the processing and port telemetry parameters for receiving data from the gas chromatograph controller The chromatograph controller derives the individual component concentrations found in the line gas The chromatograph controller settings also allow you to define alarms The system activates these alarms when the calculated results for the chromatograph data are not within specified limits 1 Select Gas Composition from the hierarchy menu The Gas Composition screen displays 6 60 Stream Configuration Revised Ja
352. p Editor automatically performs unit conversions Note Click Conversions Constants to switch between the Units t 5600 PCSetup Example01 File Edit View Tools Window Help D a bed System Graphic System Setup Versions Reports Totalisation Time I O Setup Station 1 GAS Station 2 LIQ ta dal CO f I 4 Totals amp Flowrates Gaz Liquid Totals Flowratez Totals Flowratez Mase tonne th tonne lth Uncorrected Wol m3 m3h m3 m3h Corrected Wol sma IS m3zh 5m3 Smash Stream 1 GAS CORIOLIS Energy GJ Y GJsh Stream 2 PRY BALL Advanced Setup Engineering Values Misc Conversions Constants Totals Descriptions TEMP UNITS Deal COL UNITS MJ Sm3 Alarms Security PRESS UNITS lbarg DYN VISC UNITS Displays Webserver OP UNITS mbar Olah UNITS hi Calc Explorer DENS UNITS kg m3 WEL UNITS ROCTEMPUNITS DegC s pK Factor ROC PRS UNITS bars K FACTOR UNITS pls m3 l CONVERSIONS CONSTANTS Security Level 1 Figure 3 3 Units screen Each process quantity has a predefined list of selectable units Click w to select the units preferred for your application As shown in the Gas System Seup 3 3 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 3 3 3 4 3 3 1 Reports values in Figure 3 3 Config600 removes any units not used in this configuration Note If you change any values on this screen and try to e
353. panel and webserver You can define a maximum of 50 users on each configuration file You cannot repeat the Username or S600 Password for any user since the S600 uses this value to determine who logged in when changes are made through the S600 front panel or PCSetup Note By default PCSetup opens with the user logged on a Level 1 security To activate the security on PCSetup you must enter a Username and a PCSetup Password for Level security see Figure 7 5 The PCSetup program does not allow you to delete Level 1 logins If you do not enable Level 1 security at PCSetup this allows anyone to modify the configuration at PCSetup The default S600 front panel Password is configured so that only authorized personnel can change data at the S600 front panel Note With Security Level 1 any items you change using the S600 front panel create checksum alarms Any objects at Security Level 1 change the NMI checksum Security Level 1s activated only when bit link J8 is set to ON see Table 3 8 in the FloBoss S600 Flow Manager Instruction Manual A6115 Editing Security To edit security settings 1 Select the Security component from the hierarchy menu The Security screen displays Revised Jan 07 Advanced Setup Configuration 7 13 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual S600 PCSetup complex File Edit View Tools Window Help D gt HE O amp System Graphic System Setup I O Setup Station 1 LIQ Station 2 GAS Stream
354. port personnel Reserved for use by technical support personnel 3 Click OK when you have finished The Modbus Editor screen displays Insert a Data Point The Modbus Editor provides three ways to add a data point to the Quick Insert base new data point entirely on selected data point Insert Special define new data point by using the Enter Details Modbus map and Choose dialog boxes Insert do not base new data point on selected data point use the Enter Details dialog box and Connect Wizard to define data point components Modbus Editor Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Note Regardless of the method you select be sure to save the Modbus map after you add each new point These methods correspond to the options on the Edit shortcut menu which are also available through the Edit menu on the Modbus Editor menu bar Config600 Modbus Editor mbenron txt F Fie Edit Slave View Window Help amp Coils Inputs Registers For Help press F1 Quick Insert Insert Special Revised Jan 07 ENRON_EVENT_LOG ENRON_LOG_DATA ENRON_LOG_DATA ENRON_LOG_DATA ENRON_LOG_DATA ENRON_LOG_DATA ENRON_LOG_DATA ENRON_LOG_DATA ENRON_LOG_DATA ENRON_LOG_DATA ENRON_LOG_DATA ENRON_LOG_DATA ENRON_LOG_DATA ai KPINTARR EFM DATA ENRON 16 BIT stem KPINTARR EFM DATA ENRON 16 BIT System KPINTARR EFM DATA ENRON 16 BIT ENRON 16 BIT ENRON_ALMEV_COUNT ENRON_SPARE Copy ENRO
355. position screen 2 Complete the following fields Field Type Initial Mode Description Indicates the chromatograph configuration Click w to display all valid values The default is KP ONLY CHROMAT1 Controller connected uses keypad oo dataasfallback information KP ONLY Uses information entered via keypad not controller connected Note lf you select KP ONLY the system hides a number of fields on this screen Indicates the operational mode for the in use composition data Click w to display all valid values The default is KEYPAD E KEYPAD Use data entered via keypad CHROMAT Use live data from the chromatograph controller DOWNLOAD Download gas composition data directly to each stream Used only if connected to a remote supervisory computer USER Use customised program for gas composition in S600 Acceptance Type Indicates how the S600 manages in use data Click w to display all valid values The default is ACC COPY ACC COPY Copy and normalise keypad data to 2 _ imuse data only after it is accepted ACC NORM Copy normalised keypad data to in use data after it is accepted AUTO NORM Automatically copy normalised keypad data to in use data Station Number _ Sets the station associated with this stream Stream Configuration 6 109 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Field Apply Splits Revert to Last Good after Failure Check Critical Alarms Check Non Critical Al
356. pport Do not change unless advised to do so Note This field displays only if you selected CHROMAT 1 as the chromatograph configuration type Sets the chromat analysis stream assigned to this metering stream The default is 0 Note This field displays only if you selected CHROMAT 1 as the chromatograph configuration type If you need to support more than one stream contact technical support Sets the maximum number of seconds the S600 waits to receive a new composition from the chromatograph controller before raising an alarm Note This field displays only if you selected CHROMAT 1 as the chromatograph configuration Displays a dialog box you use to define mole percentage values for each gas component Note The system assumes the keypad composition adds to 100 normalised when the Acceptance Type is ACC COPY If you select ACC NORM or AUTO NORM the system automatically normalises the keypad composition Displays a dialog box you use to define mole percentage values for gas component not analysed by the Danalyzer The system assumes any additional components to be normalised values Note This field displays only if you selected CHROMAT 1 as the chromatograph configuration type Stream Configuration 6 63 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Field USER MOLES MOLE LO LIMITS MOLE HI LIMITS MOLE DEVN LIMITS Description Displays a dialog box you use to define mole percentage values for each gas compone
357. r Manual Chapter 3 System Setup System Setup is the second option in the hierarchy pane on the S600 PCSetup screen System settings include company details units of measurement required reports and totals While you define these during the initial configuration process you can use the System Setup option to edit these values when necessary t 5600 PCSetup Example01 He Edit View Tools Window Help Dae 24 938 lt 40 00 A S System y Station Calculations Setup Hierarchy Menu E Station 2 LIQ Stream 1 GAS CORIOLIS H Stream 2 PRV BALL E Advanced Setup Hierarchy Pane Stream Calculations Figure 3 1 System Setup screen When you double click System Setup the hierarchy opens to display the sub options Versions Units Reports Totalisations and Time In This Chapter WW SN SIOING adenda cidad 3 2 e Y 0 PPPAAQUE PE O nn seats 3 3 A e E PEO eee cist cle A tec SA 3 4 3 3 1 General Reports o ooccccccccccccccncncncnccnnnnnonnnonn nono non nn nro nnnnnnnnnns 3 4 3 3 2 Base Time Reports coonncnicnccooncnnncnconncnonononnanncnnonannnnnnnnnnanannnos 3 4 3 3 3 Default RO DOINS usina edites 3 5 3 3 4 Adding a General Report to a Configuration 0 008 3 6 3 3 5 Adding a Base Time Report to a Configuration 3 7 3 3 6 Managing Configuration Reports cccccccccccscssssssssseseeeees 3 9 o E EE 3 10 A e a etree E voces deeateemeeeee nese 3 12 3 5 1
358. r las 6 86 Figure 6 54 3 Identical Input Cell Handling PIOW CMAN 6 ttre eae ii 6 87 Figure 6 55 3 Identical Input Cell Handling PIOW CHANT orur 6 87 Figure 6 56 3 Identical Input Cell Handling PIOW CIN ANE Sit teteet tie aceeatvectceere detect 6 87 Figure 6 57 3 Identical Input Cell Handling PIOW CMAN 9 asiduidad 6 87 Figure 6 58 DP Cell Input Conditioning screen 6 88 Figure 6 59 AGAS screen ccccccesseeeeeeees 6 90 Figure 6 60 Gas CV screen coccococccccccncccccccnnss 6 92 Figure 6 61 AGA7 screen sessen 6 94 Figure 6 62 Gas Composition screen 6 97 Figure 6 63 Gas Properties screen 6 101 Figure 6 64 Linearisation screen 6 103 Figure 6 65 AGAS screen cooococcccccccccnnccccnnnss 6 105 Figure 6 66 Gas CV screen seese 6 107 Figure 6 67 Gas Composition screen 6 109 Figure 6 68 Gas Properties screen 6 113 Figure 6 69 Ultrasonic Flow Setup screen 6 115 6 118 Figure 6 71 Ultrasonic Control screen 6 119 Figure 6 72 Linearisation screen 6 121 Figure 6 73 Sampling SCreenN ooocccncncccc 6 122 Figure 6 74 Observed Density Correction screen O bahia Machen anes yetaine 6 125 Figure 6 75 Standard Density Correction screen AEE AE E he cate anise cea eh eae ale ri TE 6 128 Figure 6 76 Coriolis Screen 6 130 Figure 6 77 Linearisation screen 6 133 Figure 6 78 Observed Density Correction screen
359. r natural gases The compressibility settings also allow you to define alarms The system activates these alarms when the calculated results are not within the specified limits 1 Select AGAS from the hierarchy menu The AGAS screen displays t 5600 PCSetup complex File Edit View Tools Window Help O sE a E COT S 1 0 Setul stos LIO Status Control Misc Station 2 GAS Method DETAIL UPSTREAM PRESS Stream 1 LIQ TURBINE Stream 2 LIQ TURBINE UPSTREAM TEMP Stream 3 LIQ TURBINE Standard Stream 4 PRV BALL REAL AD 56 Stream 5 GAS DP Pressure 0 barg General Temperature F Deg C GROSS HY Flowrate Batching Flow Switching GC FWA UPSTREAM DENSITY BASE DENSITY IDEAL AD STROS GAS CMPNT FWA F STROS GAS CMPNT FWA F UPSTR COMP BASE COMP 2b STD COMP s Time amp Flow Weighted Averag STROS FORWARD TFWA MOLAR MASS STROS REVERSE TFWA Downstream Upstream Correc Pipe Correction 1505167 ISOTR9464 Gas CV Gas Properties DP Cell Input Conditioning E E E Calculation Limits Security Level 1 Figure 6 21 AGAS Compressibility screen Revised Jan 07 Stream Configuration 6 39 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 2 Complete the following fields Field Description Method Indicates the compressibility method Click w to display all valid values The default is Detail 7 Detail Uses 20 component values temperature AA and pressure Grosst Uses SG Heat
360. rage If only two cells are within tolerance for example celll cell2 celll 4 cell3 cell2 4 cell3 then choose this pair and take their average If all three cells are outside the discrepancy limits select the middle cell If only two cells are available then take their average If only one cell is available then use it Figures 6 49 through 6 57 provide flowcharts showing how the S600 handles this scheme 6 84 Stream Configuration Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Enter In the decision and notes boxes means within discrepancy limits means outside discrepancy limits Check Discrepancies between available cells active or expired Are all 3 Cells Yes l Yes Yes l i Yes Available Hi 1 Hi 2 Hi 1 HI S Hi 2 Hi 3 D No No No No Yes Hi 2 Hi 3 gt No Yes Yes Hi 1 Hi 3 Hi 2 Hi 3 5 No No Yes 6 Hi 2 Hi 3 gt No O Are Hi 1 AND HI 2 Yes Cells Available DP Hi 1 Hi 2 2 No Are Hi 1 AND HI 3 ly ie DP Hi t Ha 2 No Are Hi 2 AND HI 3 Yes Cells Available DP Hi 2 Hi 3 2 Is Hi 1 Cell Available No DP Hi 1 Cell Is Hi 2 Cell Yes Available DP Hi 2 Cell Hi 3 No Is Hi 3 Cell Yes Available DP Hi 3 Cell No Fail to DP Stack Keypad Value If DP Value lt 0 Use 0 Figure 6 49 3 Identical Input Cell Handling Flowchart 1 Revised Jan 07 Stream Configuration 6 85 Config600
361. range is in use and the differential pressure is still falling the S600 continues to use this range until 1t reaches point C 225 0 mbar At that point the S600 switches to the low range point D Stream Configuration Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 20 N Low Cell Hi Cell 1 Hi Cell 2 Transducer Current mA 250 500 750 1000 Differential Pressure mbar Figure 6 44 Lo Hi Hi Input Cell Handling Figures 6 45 through 6 48 provide flowcharts illustrating how the S600 handles this Revised Jan 07 Stream Configuration 6 81 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Enter Is Lo Cell Yes Is Lo Cell No Is Hi 1 Cell No Is Hi 2 Cell No Fail to DP Stack In Use Available Available Available Keypad Value No Is Hi 1 CellYes Is Hi 1 Cell No Is Lo Cell Is Hi 2 Cell No In Use Available Available Available No Yes Yes Yes Fail to DP Stack Keypad Value Is Hi 2 CelllYes Is Hi 2 Cell No Is Lo Cell No Is Hi 1 Cell No Fail to DP Stack In Use Available Available Available Keypad Value No Yes Yes Yes O Is Lo Cell Yes Available No Is Hi 1 Cell Yes Available No Is Hi 2 Celll Yes Available No Fail to DP Stack Keypad Value E If DP Value lt 0 Use 0 Figure 6 45 Lo Hi Hi Input Cell Handling Flowchart 1 6 82 Stream Configuration Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Enter Is Lo Cell gt Switch Up No Use Lo Cell Use Hi 1 Cell Use Hi
362. ransfers MOOG A craic ntenetiaccuaveterideemocss ree 8 7 TAN ii Ai 10 6 TUDING WA DUG Liar 4 16 TIA 6 12 TABURONSIZO AS 11 4 PO cies ir E E 4 6 Revised Jan 07 U Uaso o AU gn 6 114 6 119 Ultrasonic Control nessa 6 119 UNNS isaac eaaa aan 3 3 7 1 UDS redMin a a 6 34 USSMaMe cerre a 7 13 Revised Jan 07 Index Config600 Lite Lite User Manual V VEIOCILY Of SOUNO srair ninni eaaa i 6 117 MOTION S uei a a a R e 3 2 W VV CIS CIV EL astas 3 2 7 19 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual If you have comments or questions regarding this manual please direct them to your local sales representative or contact Emerson Process Management Remote Automation Solutions Marshalltown lA 50158 U S A Houston TX 77065 U S A Pickering North Yorkshire UK Y018 7JA Website www EmersonProcess com flow l 8 Index EMERSON Revised Jan 07
363. ration process This may take several seconds to complete As the wizard creates the configuration and saves it to the Configs folder a dialog box displays indicating progress 2 14 PCSetup Editor Revised Jan 07 5600 PCSetup Example03 File Edit View Tools Window Help Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Generating Config Generating Report Files Figure 2 8 Generating Config dialog box 5 When the process completes the S600 PCSetup screen redisplays showing a graphic representation of your configuration The following is an example graphic Dad sera HO RS aa System Graphic System Setup Station1 Calculations E I O Setup Station 1 GAS Stream 1 GAS CORIOLIS l Advanced Setup Stream Calculations Figure 2 9 Example System Graphic 2 2 Analyze a Configuration System Graphic Revised Jan 07 System Graphic is the top most option in the hierarchy menu located on the left side of the S600 PCSetup screen This 1s also the default view whenever you open a configuration see Section 2 3 Open an Existing Configuration The System Graphic provides a graphical based analysis of the configuration file you ve created or selected Using the graphic you can quickly review station or stream settings or correct any errors 1n the configuration Note For further information on selecting and assigning input options refer to Chapter 5 Station Configuration or Chapter 6 Stream
364. rature of the liquid at the meter CTLm Note This button displays only if you select the SEL TO BASE stream component lt o METER CCF Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for the combined correction factor at the meter CCF n Note This button displays only if you select the SEL a TOBASE streamcomponent METER CPL Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for the correction of the pressure of the liquid at the meter CPL Note This button displays only if you select the SEL TO BASE stream component 6 126 Stream Configuration Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 4 Click any of the following buttons to define live inputs for the observed density correction calculations Button Description OBS DENS DT Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for observed density Note This button displays only if you select the densitometer DT TO BASE stream component OBS TEMP DT Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for observed temperature Note This button displays only if you select the ee densitometer DT TO BASE stream component OBS PRESS Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to DT define the mode keypad
365. re 6 58 DP Cell Input Conditioning screen 2 Complete the following fields Field Description Stack Type Indicates how the S600 determines the DP value Click v to display all valid values The default is Single Note Refer to Cell Input Stacking for a description of each stack type ASSIGNMENT Displays an Analog Input Assignment dialog box you use to assign Al to the selected stack type Once you select a Stack Type Config600 displays the associated input cell s If any items are unassigned use this button to assign Al to the cell SETTINGS Displays an Analog Input Settings dialog box you use to edit the input assignments for the input cell with assigned Al Use enhanced Enables enhanced error checking in the S600 The error check default is checked enabled Note If you select metric as your measurement units the S600 automatically enables enhanced error checking If you select Imperial as your measurement units the S600 automatically disables enhanced error checking Value Sets the value below which the S600 does not totalise DP measurements The default is 10 Note This value is valid only for Normal mode 6 88 Stream Configuration Revised Jan 07 Field Mode Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Description Indicates the cell input mode of operation Click w to Low Low Normal Totalisation does not occur when the measured DP is less than the value in the o Value field Cats Common Area Tran
366. re General include only events and Detailed include both events and activity The default is General Note The 600 maintains the log until you either close the application or disable the logging process 8 8 Config Transfer Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Chapter 9 Report Editor The Report Editor is a Windows based tool that is a part of the Config600 software suite The Report Editor enables you to modify the reports that you have defined in the S600 configuration The Report Editor allows you to add both background text and data points therefore enabling the generation of completely customized reports Reports have a maximum of 80 characters per line The system automatically numbers each report using a docket number system that maintains up to 65 537 unique reports The docket number starts at 0 and increments to 65536 When the numbering reaches 65536 the numbering system restarts at 0 and replaces the report with the original docket number 0 You can use the Report Editor to modify the format of current period and batch reports which either print upon trigger events you define or appear on the webserver However you cannot use the Report Editor to change the format of constant logs display dumps security dumps alarm dumps config reports Modbus maps or help text The procedures in this chapter describe how to change the fields and text in the body of reports You configure basetime and ot
367. rec STRO3 DOWN UP CORR T STRO3 DOWN UP CORR D Pipe Correction 1505167 ISOTR9464 Gas CV NX19 STRO3 NX 19 STND PTZ Gas Composition Gas Properties DP Cell Input Conditioning i Stream 4 GAS DP A A gt For Help press F1 Revised Jan 07 NX19 settings define the constants and calculation limits for a range of parameters including pressure temperature density and compressibility factors This screen displays when you configure the S600 to use the NX19 standard compressibility calculations NX19 settings also allow you to define alarms The system activates these alarms when the calculated results are not within the specified limits 1 Select NX19 from the hierarchy menu 2 Select either the Upstream NX19 UPSTR or the Standard NX19 STND component The NX19 screen displays Note Although the example shows an NX19 Upstream screen the text describes fields shown in both screens CO 1 8 Pressure UPSTREAM PRESSURE Pseudo Critical 673 barg Temperature UPSTREAM TEMPERATURE Pseudo Critical 344 Deg C Misc SG AD MODIFIED Calculation Type Calculation Limits UPSTR COMP Zf Security Level 1 Figure 6 29 NX19 Compressibility screen 3 Complete the following fields UPSTREAM Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to PRESSURE define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for the upstream pressure Note This button displays only if
368. reenNS ooooccnnnccccccnonnccnnnnnnnnnns 2 20 Constants Compact Prove ooccccccccccncccccconnnnns 6 144 6 152 Master Meter Provelr cccceceeceeeeceeeeeees 6 162 Control Action ceccecceeeeeecesceeeceeeeeeeeseaeeaeeens 4 22 Control Output Settings ccccooonncnncoconcnnnos 4 22 COMNVESLSION ccccccecceccecceccecceeceeeueceecuecuecuseaeeaees 7 1 ANGO ean permanente a mene renee 4 9 4 10 Re m Mil estates santas nated NA E E eens 4 10 CODY DISPO aa dia 10 7 CONOIS mataba 6 31 6 130 COME lada 6 166 Gumulative Totals ui ta 4 19 SUD land delete 10 7 A A A Ne Pi ht 6 18 6 106 AA a ar a ee eee ey 6 166 D Data Bliss nitro A 8 4 EA A ee Sac 10 5 Dala POIS arca laos 11 4 Defaults A E AE E E E 3 12 B1 1i e E E EE E 11 7 DENS Ausencia 6 167 DANS B yiera aleae ara aa Eaa 6 167 DensItoMeters occoccncnccnconcnncnncncnnnnnnononinanononanns 4 14 DENSI asian aaa 7 1 Density INDUS essa ica 4 14 Derivative TIMO comadre 4 23 Description 4 8 4 13 4 16 4 18 4 19 DEVIATION A e 4 9 Differential Pressure Gel OUD ormana 6 101 Digitall Na 4 2 Digital outputs eeg e caca 4 5 Display system UA intacta 7 20 Display Ella cnica ti 10 1 DISPO Sind idc ia 7 19 OWNS FO Mesias dadas 6 34 DP CEID sanaa cis 6 70 Dual ChronoMmetiY oooccccnccc 6 146 6 154 6 164 Dual Ethernet SysteM ooooncccnnncconccnncconnncnnss 4 27 E Ediles tada 10 4 Editor DISPANS 10 1 as esaa e conan
369. rements premium totals at the end of the hour only if the hourly total exceeds the keypad limit Click w to display all valid values The default is FLOW Revised Jan 07 Field Meter Factor Method Temperature Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Description Indicates the method used to calculate meter factor Click w to display all valid values ERROR Interpolate between the two PERCENT nearest percentage error values in E the linearisation table METER Interpolate between the two FACTOR nearest Meter Factors in the linearisation table This is the default Sets the internal diameter of the spool for calibration calculations The default is 300 Sets the external diameter of the spool for calibration calculations The default is 310 Sets the spool pressure for calibration calculations The default is 15 Sets the spool temperature for calibration calculations The default is 20 Sets the exponent coefficients for pressure calculations The default is 5e 005 Sets the temperature coefficients for pressure calculations The default is 6e 005 4 Click in the hierarchy menu when you finish defining settings A confirmation dialog box displays s600ed A Apply Changes 5 Click Yes to apply your changes The PCSetup screen displays 6 6 6 QSonic Interface The QSonic Interface control settings define the input parameters and calculation limits for the velocity of sound at the meter head This sett
370. report you can request this through the Reports screen Click Reports Editor to access the Reports option on the hierarchy menu Seeeceeceuecseceneuseceueuseceueceeeeueueeeeueseeeeueseeeeueeeeeee esses ee es ese Eset Ese EEE gon owen ncnnnncneneueeneneuueesueseeeeeeeesuaseseseseeseseeusseseeeesesuseeseseeeeseseeeeseseeseseseeesusueuesesessesesuscesesuecssesuscesususuecesuscesestscssusuececesesesusecestsuecesteuecesestecesestecesusscestsveseseeuesssusuesesesuscssesns box blank to permit the batch to automatically step through each phase Select this option if you intend either to manually monitor the process or have a supervisory computer monitor the batch process dovccccceccccccscccccccccccccsccccscoccocscecsocscoccocsconcococeccocsceccecscsccecsss se cccccccecescccesescecesescocesescosesescesesescecesesceseseccoseseeseseseesesesessosesecceseseccesesossesesescesecescesscrscesesescosesecsesesceseseseesesesescesescosesecceseseceeceseceesesesessoseecoseseccesesecceseseccesessssasesscsssessssesesese Adjust Totals Adjusts the totals in accordance with the new K Factor Meter Factor This option backwardly corrects batch and any cumulative totals calculated using the original K Factor Meter Factor to totals based on the new K Factor Meter Factor Note This option is effective only on the first change in the K Factor Meter Factor Subsequent K Factor Meter Factor changes have no effect on the totals If you select this option you cannot use K Factor
371. riolis PCSetup Editor Option Moles from Station Only Moles Stream Stream Densitometer No Densitometer CV AGA5 CV GOST CV ISO6976 CV GPA2172 Z AGA8 Z NX19 Z SGERG Valves No Valves Batching No Batching Sampling No Sampling No Densitometer Description streams with matching stream cycle number Employ individual stream keypad sets Use station in use moles directly that is the station s common set No local stream moles employed Use stream moles This is a default value Note You can still source these values directly from the station chromat link if local stream processing is required as in individual stream analysis Do not measure density at stream This is a default Perform AGAS5 calorific calculation Perform GOST calorific calculation Perform 1506976 calorific calculation This is a default Perform GPA2172 calorific calculation calculation using detail gross1 gross2 or VNIC methods This is a default Perform SGREG compressibility calculation Perform monitoring and optional driving of valves Exclude valves This is a default value Perform batch monitoring or control Configure batch reporting to include batch totals objects Exclude batching This is a default value Do not perform sampling This is the default value Do not measure density at stream or station This is a default value Revised Jan 07 Revised Jan 07 Con
372. rol of the shared device is determined by the hardware handshaking lines of the RS 232 port Transducer used to measure the density of the product at current conditions in the pipework where it is mounted Digital input as known as DIGIN A signal with only two states such as on off input output or 5V 0V Deutsches Institut fur Normung German Standard Used to check the difference between a measured variable and a preset value For example if Flow Discrepancy was selected during the generation phase the S600 would check the current uncorrected volume flow rate against the proved uncorrected volume flow rate If the discrepancy exceeded the preset limit the S600 would raise an alarm indicating that a prove was required Note This example is only applicable to a liquid turbine configuration Glossary Revised Jan 07 DMS DO DP DPR DRAM DUI DVM DVS E Format EEPROM Ethernet Exponent EU F G Flash memory Flow Balance Flow Switching FRQ HART Hex Heating Value HV Holding Register Hz Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Daniel Metering Supervisory The DMS consists of a server performing the supervisory calculations controls and reporting and one or more workstations providing the human machine interface The workstations are connected to the server via a LAN using TCP IP protocol and are normally designed around Windows NT or Unix and Oracle development software
373. s 1 Select Annubar from the hierarchy menu The Annubar screen displays f 5600 PCSetup GasConfig1 File Edit View Tools Window Help OQ 1 8 7 o k A System Graphic System Setup I O Setup Station 1 GAS Stream 1 GAS CORIOLIS Stream 2 GAS DP Stream 3 GAS DP Stream 4 GAS DP Stream 5 GAS DP General Flowrate Batching Flow Switching GC FWA STROS GAS CMPNT FWA F STROS GAS CMPNT FWA F Time amp Flow Weighted Averag STROS FORWARD TFWA STROS REVERSE TFWA Downstream Upstream Correc STRO5 DOWN UP CORR T STROS DOWN UP CORR D AGA8 ISOTR9464 Gas CV Gas Composition Gas Properties DP Cell Input Conditioning j Stream 6 GAS DP DR FR FR E For Help press F1 Revised Jan 07 Factors Pressure and Density Annubar Base Temp 15 ag UPSTREAM PRESSURE UPSTREAM TEMP 114 mbar UPSTREAM DENSITY ISENTROPIC EXPONENT FLOW COEFFICIENT Calculation Version Coefficient Linear Exp i 59e 005 Annubar Diamond II 1998 Calculation Limits MASS FLOWRATE PRESSURE LOSS THERMAL EXPN FCTR Premium Billing Forward Premium Flow Limit Sm3 h Viscosity Reverse Premium Flow Limit Sm3 h Premium Billing Mode FLOW GAS EXPN FACTOR REYNOLDS NUMBER Security Level 1 Figure 6 25 Annubar Mass Flowrate screen 2 Complete the following fields Annubar Base Sets the base temperature The default is 15 Temp o o oo ME aea Sets the base viscosity The default is 14 ISENTROPI
374. s The default is 15 Pressure Sets the current pressure used to calculate compressibility Note On some streams this field may be read only SeeeeeaeeuececcececsccacscsceausceseeceeeseeueceseeeeeeseeeeseeeeeeseeeeseseseeseseseeseseeeeseneeseseseeeEsESESDESESESOSSESESSSSESESSSSESESSSSESESUSSESESSSSESESSSSESUSSESESESSSSESESSSSESUSESSESUSESSESUSSOSESUSSESESUSSESESUSESSESUSSOSUSUSSOSUSUSSSSOSUSSSSUSSOSESD ERED ESS SSESOSSESESEESESESEDESESOESESESEESESESEESESESEESESESTESESETESESES Temp Sets the current temperature used to calculate compressibility Note On some streams this field may be read only REAL RD SG Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for the upstream temperature GROSS HV Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for the gross heating value HV 3 Click any of the following buttons to set calculation limits Button Description METER Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to DENSITY define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm a tits for the meter density Ce UPSTR Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to COMP Zf define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for the upstream flowing compressibility MOLAR MASS Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for
375. s provides set up information for the prover including reference conditions and physical properties 1 Select Constants from the hierarchy menu The Constants screen displays t 5600 PCSetup ExampleZ File Edit View Tools Window Help D 6 ll a En OOT HS System Graphic p APA Stability R O C Setup I O Setup Temperature E Deg Crs Density Units KG m3 k Station 1 LIQ Stream 1 LIQ CORIOLIS Pressure 7 a Product Type A CRUDE ee UVOL CPL Calclulation API1121M x Stream 3 PRY MMETER Linearisation Stabilty Bands Rounding DISABLE Run Data Temperature 10 Hardware Alarm Limits Advanced Setup Pressure 0 Reference Temperature 15 Pressure Master Meter Base K Factor ple tros Security Level 1 Figure 6 93 Constants screen MMeter Prover 6 162 Stream Configuration Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 2 Complete the following fields Field Temperature Pressure Density Units Product Type Calculation Rounding _ default is 10 Sets the maximum temperature difference between Description Sets the Rate of Change ROC threshold limit for temperature which the S600 uses to check the ROC between the inlet the outlet and the meter The default is 0 1 Sets the Rate of Change ROC threshold limit for pressure which the S600 uses to check the ROC between the inlet the outlet and the meter The default is 0 05 Sets the Rate of Change ROC thres
376. s the standard expansion coefficient for a US application using Imperial or metric units MONEL Stream Configuration Uses the coefficient value entered in the User Exp Coeff field Sets a specific expansion coefficient the S600 uses for the pipe correction Note This field displays only if you select USER for Pipe Material Sets the calibrated diameter of the orifice The default is 200 6 37 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Orifice Material _all valid values The default is STAINLESS Field Calib Temperature MONEL gt CARBON ST Description Sets the calibrated temperature of the orifice The default is 15 Identifies the material for the orifice Click w to display Uses a value of either 0 00000925 in in F or 0 0000167 in in C This is the standard expansion coefficient for a US application using Imperial or metric units Uses a value of either 0 00000795 in in9F or 0 0000143 in in C This is the standard expansion coefficient for a US application using Imperial or metric units o Uses a value of either 0 00000620 in in F or 0 00001 12 in in C This is the standard expansion coefficient for a US application using Imperial or metric units STAINLESS Uses the coefficient value entered in the User Exp Coeff field User Exp Coeff Sets a specific expansion coefficient the S600 uses for _ the orifice correction The default is 1 6e 005 Note This field displays only if you
377. s Editor displays the Enter Details dialog box Modbus Editor 11 5 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Enter Details Start Address Cancel Figure 11 4 Enter Details dialog box 7 Indicate a starting address for the new data point As a default the Modbus Editor uses the next available address based on the data point you selected in step 2 8 Click OK The Choose dialog box displays Choose ENRON LOG CONFIG ENRON EVENT LOG Carol ENRON SPARE Cancel ENRON EVENT CLEAR ENRON _EYENT COUNT ENRON _ALSRM_COUNT ENRON DATE CRI TIAC Figure 11 5 Choose dialog box 9 Select a data item type and click OK The Modbus Editor adds the new data point to the data point listing Note To further define this data point refer to the procedures described in Section 11 4 3 Edit Modbus Format Insert Creates the next available address using the same parameters as the selected data item 1 Select the data type in the hierarchy menu The associated list displays in the right pane 2 Select a data point in the right pane Right click the data point to display the shortcut menu 3 Select Insert The Modbus Editor displays the Enter Details dialog box Enter Details Start Address Figure 11 6 Enter Details dialog box 11 6 Modbus Editor Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 4 Indicate a starting address for the new data point As a default the Modbus Editor uses the next avail
378. s hierarchy menu select I O Setup gt Comms Select a Modbus task that includes an Address Map and click Edit The Modbus Editor displays From Windows click Start gt Programs gt Config600 gt Modbus Editor Select File gt Open and select a configuration file from the Select Config dialog box The Modbus Editor displays Note If you have more than one version of Config600 on your machine select the version appropriate to the configuration file Use the Modbus map Properties dialog box to set parameters for the map s txt file 1 Select File gt Properties from the Modbus Editor s menu bar The Properties dialog box displays Properties Ts Buffer Size Rs Butter Size Message Length Mode Master Settings Poll Delay bDthe of a second Loop Delay OO BUths of a second Retry Limit OO Timeout Dp Say 3 Slave Status Object E com DIsPLaY E Slave Control Object jE comi DISPLAY Slave Address Object E COMI DISPLAY y Figure 11 2 Properties dialog box Note If you selected a slave map to edit Config600 greys out the Master Settings Modbus Editor 11 3 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 11 4 1 2 Complete the following fields Field TX Buffer Size AAA Message Length Mode Loop Delay _poll loop Retry Limit Timeout Slave Status Object Slave Control Object Slave Address Object Description Sets in bytes the size of the message tran
379. s screen 3 Indicate the specific serial or network Ethernet COM port in the S600 Connections field Note To verify the serial connection click Scan to display the current serial port connected to the S600 4 Ifyou are using a serial port review the following fields Change the default values only if you have a good reason for doing so Baud Rate Indicates the serial transfer rate Click w to display all valid values _Note The default value is 38400 _ Data Bits Indicates the number of data bits the port uses Click v to display all valid values Note The default value is 8 Stop Bits Indicates the period length Click w to display all valid values A Note The default value is 1 Parity Indicates the type of parity used to detect data corruption during transmission Click w to display all valid values Note The default value is None 5 If you are using a network Ethernet port complete the Hostname field Note The 16 Bit Mode checkbox represents an advanced Modbus option It permits a 16 bit byte count on Modbus communications allowing longer messages Refer to Chapter 11 Modbus Editor for further information 8 4 Send Configuration Y ou can send the following files to the S600 from the host PC Config the main configuration file for the S600 including all the initialization values Displays configuration file for the display menus and data pages Reports report format configuration fi
380. s soon as the error conditions have been resolved value automatically sets when entering an alarm value and automatically Revised Jan 07 Alarms Events Archive Alarms Events Printer Comms Advanced Setup Configuration clears when leaving the alarm value Note Latched is the default value Select this check box to send alarm reports to the printer as they are raised cleared and acknowledged Select this check box to save alarm reports to an alarm history file You can still query on these values Click to access the Printer definition on the Comms Links screen in I O Setup 7 5 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 3 Define Alarm Archive Size parameters Field Automatic Alarms Description Select this check box to automatically save alarms to the Alarm Archive file If you select this option you cannot use the Alarms field to indicate a specific number of archived alarms Instead the S600 archives alarms based on memory resources as well as the settings in the Event Archive Size fields Indicates the total number of alarms you want to save in the Alarm Archive file Note If you complete this field you cannot use the Automatic function You may also find that your configuration will not cold start if you do not have enough memory To resolve this you may need to reduce the number of alarms saved in the archive file 4 Define Event Archive Size parameters Field Automatic Events Descript
381. s value to ensure that when a stream flows at its maximum possible flow rate this limit would not cause the total to roll over to zero within a 24 hour period Typically leave the value at its default of 12 digits Decimal Indicates the number of decimal places in the total Valid Places values are 0 to 5 The default is 2 Click 4 or w to increase or decrease the total number of decimal places 3 Complete the Total Rollover digit field see Figure 3 8 Totalisation to indicate the value at which rollover occurs For example if you either leave this field at 0 default or set it to 9 rollover occurs at 9 999 If you set this field to 3 rollover occurs at 3 999 and so on 4 Select the Increment Cumulatives in Maintenance Mode check box see Figure 3 8 Totalisation to enable the S600 to increment all totals in maintenance mode Otherwise the S600 increments only Maintenance Mode totals when in maintenance mode Note If you change any values on this screen and try to exit Config600 displays a dialog box asking to save those changes to your configuration file Config600 Lite Lite User Manual s600ed Click Yes to apply the changes to your configuration file 3 5 Time Click the Time option on the hierarchy to display the Date Time Parameters screen Figure 3 10 and to manage how the system formats dates and displays time t 5600 PCSetup Example01 File Edit View Tools Window Help O El ta i OE A S
382. s when the calculated results are not within specified limits 1 Select Coriolis from the hierarchy menu The Coriolis screen displays E 600 PCSetup GasConfig1 File Edit View Tools Window Help D El a E DO A System Graphic System Setup I O Setup Flow Units MASS z Pressure CORIOLIS z Station 1 GAS Stream 1 GAS CORIOLIS Flow Data Source SERIAL Temperature CORIOLIS v General fo Flowrate Kdpf Density CORIOLIS GC FWA Density Calib Pressure fo barg STRO1 GAS CMPNT FWA FWE STRO1 GAS CMPNT FWA REV Ktpf fo Time amp Flow Weighted Averaging y STRO1 FORWARD TFWA Flow Calib Pressure fo barg STRO1 REVERSE TFWA AGA8 Walidation Parameters Calorific Value Max Acceptable Gap Between Successive Polls 50 Gas Composition Gas Properties Flow Integral Acceptance Factor 20 Meter Setup 120 Selection Linearisation Max Meter Total 3390000 tonne Sampling Mas Flowrate fi 60 t h Stream 2 GAS DP Stream 3 GAS DP _ Stream 4 GAS DP Meter Variable Limits Stream 5 GAS DP Serial SERIAL PRESS SERIAL TEMP SERIAL DENSITY Stream 6 GAS DP Stream 7 GAS DP Stream 8 GAS DP 120 1 0 PRESSURE 1 0 TEMPERATURE 140 DENSITY Stream 9 GAS DP Stream 10 GAS DP Advanced Setup CORIOLIS COMMS 44 44 4444 Security Level 1 Figure 6 18 Coriolis screen Revised Jan 07 Stream Configuration 6 31 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 2 Complete t
383. s when your configuration send is successful Revised Jan 07 Config Transfer 8 5 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 8 5 8 6 Note If you are updating the VxWorks bin file under the direction of technical support personnel you must first place the S600 in Reflash Firmware mode For further instructions refer to Reflash Firmware in Chapter 8 Troubleshooting in the FloBoss S600 Flow Manager Instruction Manual A6115 Receive Configuration Receiving a Configuration You can receive the following files from the S600 onto the host PC Config the main configuration file for the S600 including all the initialization values Displays configuration file for the display menus and data pages Reports report format configuration files Modbus Maps Modbus configuration files including slave register maps and master polling sequences Logicalcs custom written files that allow creation of user defined functions Extras user defined look up tables and configuration backup files To receive a configuration file from the S600 into a host PC 1 Select the Receive tab on the Config Transfer screen Config600 Config Transfer Transfer Send Receive Logging Available Configurations Quit Help Figure 8 4 Config Transfer Receive tab To overwrite an existing configuration select 1t from the Available Configurations listing You can also select lt new gt to create a new configuration on t
384. sampling mode Click w to display all Valid values The default is SINGLE Indicates how the S600 determines when the sampling can is full Click w to display all valid values The _default is GRAB COUNT Uses the number of pulses output during the sample to determine when the can is full Uses a digital input to determine _whenthe can is ful 2 Uses an analog input to determine when the can is full GRAB COUNT Indicates the event at which the system automatically disables the sampling process Select the appropriate _check box to identify the specific event _ Indicates whether the system automatically restarts sampling after automatically disabling sampling Sets the volume of the sampling can The defaultis Sets in hours the time required to fill the sampling can The default is 24 Note This field is required for the TIME PROP _ sampling method Sets the volume at which automatic disabling occurs The default is 0 Note This field is required if you select the On Flowrate Limit check box for Auto Disable Set the minimum interval in seconds for sampling The default is 30 Note If the sample exceeds this limit the system sets the overspeed alarm and increments the overspeed Sets the volume of the sampling can The default is 0 5 RA Volume The default is 5 Cam High Limit Sets the high limit alarm as a percentage of the Can Can High High Limit TwinCan Changeover
385. scosity of the Type gas Click w to display all valid values The default is ne SERG GOST 30319 96 Isentropic Indicates the method for calculating the isentropic Exponent exponent of the gas Click w to display all valid values a The default is SERG GOST 30319 9600 Speed of Indicates the method for calculating the speed of Sound sound Click w to display all valid values The default is SERG GOST 30319 96 3 Click any of the following buttons to set gas property outputs or variables Button Description VISCOSITY Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for viscosity VOS Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for the velocity of sound VOS ISENTROPIC Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to EXPONENT define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for the isentropic exponent Revised Jan 07 Stream Configuration 6 69 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 6 70 Button Description UPSTREAM Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to PRESS define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for upstream pressure Note This button may be disabled on some applications BASE DENSITY Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for base density UPSTREAM Displays a Calculati
386. se time 1 is at 6 hours after midnight Multi day period f days Report Periods Polea period 1 7 minutes HOURLY Store 24 reports Print DAILY Store 35 reports Print Start of Week SUNDAY v Month FIRST DAY y v Security Level 1 Figure 3 7 Managing Configurations Note If you change any values on this screen and try to exit Config600 displays a dialog box asking to save those changes to your configuration file s600ed Click Yes to apply the changes to your configuration file Revised Jan 07 System Seup 3 9 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 3 4 Totalisations Click the Totalisation option on the hierarchy to display the Totalisation screen Figure 3 8 Use this screen to manage how the system displays totals The Totalisation screen has three components a Totals Resolutions pane a Total Rollover Digit field and an Increment Cumulatives in Maintenance Mode check box Edit the Totals Resolution values using a dialog box Figure 3 9 For example 1f you set the Rollover value to 7 and the Decimal Place value to 3 rollover occurs at 9 999 999 999 Similarly if you set Rollover to 4 and Decimal Place to 2 rollover occurs at 9 999 99 Note The main calculation routines always use full double precision accuracy for all totalisers and maintain accuracy internally even if you select a restricted number of decimal places for display and reporting 1 5600 PCSetup Example01 File Edit V
387. ses these values when converting the raw value into a scaled analog output value The default value for the Low scale is 0 the default value for the High scale is 10000000 To invert the output set the High scale lower than the Low scale I O and Comms Configuration 4 13 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Note Config600 changes the units associated with these fields kg m t h m h pls m and such based on the data item you select 7 Select a conversion factor for the Low scale and High scale values Valid options are 0 to 20mA or 4 to 20mA The default is 4 to 20mA For example if you select the 4 to 20mA option Config600 equates the Low scale value to 4 mA and the High scale value to 20mA 8 Click OK to apply your selections The system redisplays the PCSetup screen with your new assignments 4 5 Density Inputs Config600 supports either single or twin densitometers which you assign to each station or stream during the Generation phase of developing a configuration You can assign each densitometer frequency to a specific density input channel on the I O board Each installed P144 I O board provides three available density input channels Each installed P154 I O board provides two channels Ifthe densitometer also acts as the temperature element for the meter assign the meter temperature densitometer temperature and pressure transmitter to the same analog input Using the Streams option in the PCSetup Editor y
388. settings Refer to Figure 4 1 for a sample screen Note that some items have already been assigned values In This Chapter 4 1 Discrete Digital Inputs onccccconcnncoconcncoconcnccnanonconanonnononennononnononnos 4 2 4 2 Discrete Digital OUtputS ooocccccnccccococonccnnnnconenannnnnnnnonononannnnnnnnnnos 4 5 43 Analog INDUS veian io 4 6 4 4 Analog Outputs srasessnnensseceaacscdaeweiensandteeneds ler 4 13 4 5 Density Inputs cccooonncnccconnnccconconocnonnncnoncnnnnnnronononnnnconannncnnanrnnnrarinnnnas 4 14 4 6 Turbine INputS cccconncnccconcnncconcnnccnnnnncononnnonnnronononnnnnnnanrnnonanrnnnrannnnonas 4 16 4 7 Pulse Outputs ee 4 19 Le HART Boado aerea 4 20 4 9 PID Loop SettiMgS cccccccccococnnccnnncccononnncnnnnnnnnnonanncnnnnnonononanennnnnnos 4 20 4 9 1 Proportional Plus Integral and Derivative Action 4 24 4 10 Communications Port ccccccconncnnccccooccnnncconnnnnnnnnonnnnnnnonannnnnnononanonoss 4 25 t 5600 PCSetup Example01 File Edit View Tools Window Help ta i 0 g A D0Ot1 e P System Graphic System Setup 1 0 Setup Discrete Outputs Analog Inputs Analog Outputs Density Inputs Turbine Inputs Pulse Outputs Hart Boards PID Loops Comms Station 1 GAS Station 2 LIQ Stream 1 GAS CORIOLIS Stream 2 PRV BALL Advanced Setup Input Channel STNO1 1 0 POINT O STNO1 1 0 POINT 1 STNO2 1 0 POINT 4 STNO2 1 0 POINT 5 STNO2 1 0 POINT 6 STNO2 1 0 P
389. shortcut menu The Edit Format dialog box displays Modbus Editor 11 7 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Edit Format Format ENRON 32 BIT Addrltem 2 Cancel Figure 11 8 Edit Format dialog box 4 Select an address format Click w to display additional formats Field Description Scale n nnnn Reads holding registers as integers scaled between the values n and nnnn In master mode the S600 displays the value returned in terms of the selected scaling For example 500 would represent 50 on the scaling 0 999 or 5 on the scaling 0 9999 You can configure data at every address such as 40001 49999 Float Reads holding registers as IEEE format single precision floating point numbers Most Significant Byte MSB first For each point required one address is requested in the Modbus message and 4 bytes are returned You can configure data at every address such as 40001 49999 Double Reads holding registers as IEEE format double precision floating point numbers For each point required one address is requested in the Modbus message and 8 bytes are returned You can configure data at every address such as 40001 49999 Enron 16 Bit Reads holding registers as signed integers in the range 32767 Hex 8001 to 32767 Hex 7FFF You can configure data at every address such as 40001 49999 Enron 32 Bit Reads holding registers as unsigned long integers Negative numbers are not allowed You can configur
390. smission System Totalisation does not occur when the measured DP is less than the defined Low Low Alarm Limit expressed as a percentage of the range of the lower cell The default is 95 The S600 uses this value for all cell ranges Sets the switch down point between two input cells expressed as a percentage of the range of the lower cell The default is 90 The S600 uses this value for all cell ranges Sets the discrepancy allowed between the readings of two active input cells in the operating range The value is defined as a percentage of the high scale value from the lower of the two cells The default is 10 Note The S600 performs this test continuously Sets a period of time during which the S600 ignores the discrepancy between the readings of two available transducers The default is 5 When the duration of the discrepancy exceeds this time limit the S600 raises an alarm Indicates the S600 startup mode MEASURED is the only currently valid value Sets a keypad value the S600 uses as a default if it cannot select a cell for example all are out of range The default is 100 _ Enables and defines a high alarm limit Enables and defines a low alarm limit Enables and defines a low low alarm limit 3 Click in the hierarchy menu when you finish defining settings A confirmation dialog box displays 4 Click Yes to apply your changes The PCSetup screen displays Revised Jan 07 Stream Configuration
391. smit buffer Valid values are 256 to 65535 For normal Modbus operation set this to 256 since this is the maximum message size Modbus supports Sets in bytes the size of the message receive buffer Valid values are 256 to 65535 For normal Modbus operation set this to 256 since this is the maximum message size Modbus supports Indicates how the system handles the message length section of the Modbus message Click w to display valid values which include Byte 8 Byte 16 ltem 8 and Item 16 The basic Modbus specification defines this field as a single byte which defines the number of bytes of data in the message Many implementations have changed this field to be an item count indicating the number of data items in the message To increase the amount of data you can transfer S600 supports a 16 bit value for this field This 16 bit value is not compatible with standard Modbus Note If you use either of the 16 bit formats messages may be longer than 256 bytes Adjust the values in the TX Buffer Size and RX Buffer Size fields accordingly Sets in sixtieths of a second the delay between system polls Sets in sixtieths of a second the delay at the end of a Sets the number of retries the master polls for a single message before classing it as failed Sets in seconds the amount of time the master waits for a response from the slave Reserved for use by technical support personnel Reserved for use by technical sup
392. stability checking phase of the loop the prover checks for deviations from acceptable bands on the following parameters 1f configured Prover Inlet Pressure vs Prover Outlet Pressure Meter Pressure vs Prover Inlet Pressure Meter Pressure vs Prover Outlet Pressure Prover Inlet Temperature vs Prover Outlet Temperature Meter Temperature vs Prover Inlet Temperature Meter Temperature vs Prover Outlet Temperature Flowrate Limits The prover also performs Rate Of Change checks on the following parameters Prover Inlet Pressure Prover Outlet Pressure Prover Inlet Temperature Prover Outlet Temperature Uncorrected Volume Flowrate To edit the prover run data settings 1 Select Run Data from the hierarchy menu The Run Data screen displays Stream Configuration 6 159 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual t 5600 PCSetup ExampleZ File Edit View Tools Window Help D car El System Graphic System Setup I O Setup Station 1 LIQ Stream 1 LIQ CORIOLIS Stream 2 LIQ CORIOLIS Stream 3 PRY MMETER Linearisation Constants Hardware Alarm Limits Advanced Setup 6 160 ta En OO amp 1 2 7 Stability Override Wait Time Hold Time Runs Required Maximum Method Figure 6 92 Run Data MMeter Prover K Factor Tolerance EA Algorithm API 1 r Aun Paramter Pulses 0000 Timeout Stream Configuration Security Level 1
393. stem Graphic also provides other icons you can select When you move the cursor over a selectable icon the cursor changes to the image of a hand For example double clicking the communication icon accesses the Communications screen Figure 2 15 Selectable icons Once you are familiar with system components you can use the System Graphic to review and modify the components of your configuration file Revised Jan 07 PCSetup Editor 2 17 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 2 3 Open an Existing Configuration PCSetup Editor Using the Configuration wizard you can quickly create a basic configuration file You can then use the PCSetup Editor to edit and customize the basic settings in an existing configuration file to meet an application s specific requirements your PC off line You cannot edit a configuration file that resides and is active on line on the S600 Editing a configuration includes changing the default values and setting alternative I O configurations screen definitions report formats and external communications links You can Change measurement units Configure reports Assign and re assign I O Configure communications links Enable disable alarms Change cold start values such as densitometer constants Change descriptors Configure existing calculations Change passwords PCSetup Editor To edit an existing configuration file
394. sure When the proof run completes the S600 calculates a Meter Factor for the stream based on the Master Meter s Meter Factor and the ratio of the correct stream output pulse count to the Master Meter s turbine pulse count It is extremely unlikely that any one S600 configuration would contain all the settings discussed in this section For that reason several sample configurations demonstrate the settings 6 11 1 Linearisation Revised Jan 07 Linearisation settings define the constants and calculation limits for the F factor The S600 calculates a K factor corresponding to the turbine frequency by interpolating the frequency between fixed points and then cross referencing this value to a look up table Linearisation settings also allow you to define alarms The system activates these alarms when the calculated results for the K factors are not within the specified limits Flow meters produce pulses proportional to the total flow through the meter The K factor represents the number of pulses produced per unit volume Stream Configuration 6 157 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Note To prevent the live metering system from applying a double correction use either a calculated Meter factor or a calculated K factor linearization that 1s only one factor should have a calculated mode 1 Select Linearisation from the hierarchy menu The Linearisation screen displays t 5600 PCSetup ExampleZ Fie Edit View Tools Wind
395. t dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for base density BSW PERCENT Displays an Analog Input dialog box you use to define various values for the analogue input For further Analogue Displays the I O Setup screen s settings related to the Inputs BSW analog input for the selected stream 4 Click in the hierarchy menu when you finish defining settings A confirmation dialog box displays Revised Jan 07 Stream Configuration 6 139 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual s600ed A Apply Changes 5 Click Yes to apply your changes The PCSetup screen displays 6 9 Prover Ball A ball or sphere or pipe prover consists mainly of a loop of pipe a section of which was a precisely known volume This calibrated portion is typically made from commercial grade industrial pipe with an internal coating of baked on phenolic resin The microns thin resin coating has several benefits It protects the calibrated portion from any corrosive elements in the crude oil or products minimizes the likelihood of volume changes in the calibrated section and provides a smooth surface to enhance the movement and sealing of the sphere the ball in a ball prover during prover operations l It is extremely unlikely that any one S600 configuration would contain amp Caution all the settings discussed in this section For that reason several sample configurations demonstrate the settings
396. t of Observed Density Correction DT TO BASE or SEL TO BASE from the hierarchy menu The Observed Density Correction screen displays Note This example selects SEL TO BASE but discusses options from both selections 6 124 Stream Configuration Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual t 5600 PCSetup GasConfig2 File Edit View Tools Window Help ta El oo E System Graphic System Setup 1 0 Setup Station 1 GAS CO 1 4 KG Ama ASTM Density Table Units Iteration Type Station 2 LIQ Stream 1 GAS DP Stream 2 LIQ CORIOLIS General Flowrate Batching Flow Switching Time amp Flow Weighted Averaging Linearization Sampling Observed Density Correction STRO2 DT TO BASE Standard Density Correction Coriolis Stream 3 LIQ CORIOLIS Stream 4 LIQ CORIOLIS Stream 5 PRY BALL Advanced Setup For Help press F1 Revised Jan 07 Hydrometer Correction NO Product Selection Product Type A CRUDE CPL Calculation APITTZTH Rounding HO Reference Temp M5 Deg C Alpha co sd 7 FF actor r Live Inputs MTA DENS SEL MTR TEMP SEL MTA PRESS SEL MTA Pe Calculation Results BASE DENS SEL MTR CTL SEL MTA CCF SEL MTA CPL SEL Security Level 1 Figure 6 74 Observed Density Correction screen 2 Complete the following fields Field Density Table Units Iteration Type Hydrometer Correction Rounding Stream Configuration
397. te GOST from base density BD CO2 N2 COs and nitrogen SGERG Calculate SGERG from calorific CV RD N2 value relative density and nitrogen SGERG Calculate SGERG from calorific CV RD N2 H2 value relative density nitrogen and hydrogen SGERG Calculate SGERG from relative RD CO2 N2 density COs and nitrogen SGERG Calculate SGERG from relative RD CO2 N2 H2 density COs nitrogen and hydrogen Stream Configuration 6 53 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Field Pressure Temperature Description Sets the pressure the S600 uses to calculate compressibility at base conditions The default is 0 Sets the temperature the S600 uses to calculate compressibility at base conditions The default is 15 3 Click any of the following buttons to define SGERG miscellaneous values and calculation limits Button RELATIVE DENSITY SG Description Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for the relative density Note Relative density is assumed to be at reference 0 C 25 0 define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for the calculated calorific value Note Calorific value is assumed to be 25 0 Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for the upstream meter pressure Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value
398. ter Linearisation additional calculation for the MasterMeter option 2 13 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 2 1 6 Select Communications Step 6 of 6 Use the sixth screen Figure 2 7 to indicate the external communications for the S600 The selections depend on the defined stream and station types Config600 New Configuration Step 6 of 6 Please select the details of any required comms ports FloBoss 5600 Modbus Slave Pot Peerto Peerlink D Chromat Slave Address fi Meter Slave Addresses Coriolis 1 i Coriolis 2 Prover Remote Streams 10 E Address 1 BZ Address 2 5 Address 3 i Address 4 Zz Address 5 D Address 6 Zz Address 7 1 Address8 fi Address9 f Address 10 1 z Back Cancel Help Figure 2 7 Configuration Generator Step 6 1 Select the check boxes to include an optional Modbus slave or Peer to Peer link Note The wizard displays only those options relevant to the configuration you have defined in the previous five screens Valid port options based on configuration include Modbus Slave Peer to Peer Chromatograph Ultrasonic Coriolis and Prover 2 Indicate the Chromat or Meter Slave Addresses for the configuration These are mandatory The default is 1 3 Indicate the addresses for up to 10 prover streams Note This option appears only if you define a single liquid station and a single prover stream in the configuration file 4 Click Finish to complete the configu
399. ters The other area consisting of the Reference Setup Plenum and Misc panes provides set up information for the prover including reference conditions and physical t 5600 PCSetup ExampleC 6 File Edit View Tools Window Help o a E ea E System Graphic System Setup I O Setup Station 1 GAS Station 2 LIQ Stream 1 GAS CORIOLIS Stream 2 GAS CORIOLIS Stream 3 PRY COMPACT Run Data Hardware Alarm Limits Advanced Setup 6 152 properties 1 Select Constants from the hierarchy menu The Constants screen displays OE A SS Stability A Temperature a Pressure UVOL Stability Bands Temperature Pressure Reference Temperature Pressure Misc Calibration Temp a Pipe Diam Elasticity Wall Thick Tube Coeff E na Rod Coeff Deg Cs bars Base Volume Base Yolume Setup Density Units Product Type CPL Calclulation APII ZIM DISABLE Rounding Flenum R HER Fos Limit Neg Lirnit Figure 6 88 Constants screen Compact Prover Stream Configuration Security Level 1 Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 2 Complete the following fields Field Temperature AA Temperature Stability Pressure Stability _Bands Tem peratu re Reference Pressure Reference Elasticity Wall Thick Tube Coeff a default is 1 5e 005 Rod Coeff Base Volume o SPhere switches
400. th the S600 using a host personnel computer PC The software has three versions Config600 Lite which provides a basic set of tools designed to help you modify existing configurations Config600 Lite which adds a tool to create configurations to Conf1g600 Lite Config600 Pro which provides a more powerful set of tools to help you create and manage configurations Refer to Table 1 1 in Section 1 3 for a comparison of the tools Using the PCSetup Editor in Config600 you define the initial S600 configuration settings for gas liquid or prover applications These initial configurations include system setup Input Output I O setup stations and streams You save these configurations to a configuration directory on the host PC Using the Config Transfer utility you send download the configuration to the S600 through a serial or Ethernet communications port The download also stores the sent configuration permanently in the S600 s memory Note If you are new to the 600 review Chapter 2 PCSetup Editor This section describes the basic steps involved in configuring your S600 for your application You can then use the PCSetup Editor or the System Editor available in Config600 Pro to edit existing configurations With Config600 Pro software you can configure Front panel webserver displays using the Display Editor Reports using the Report Editor Logicalc applications using the LogiCalc Editor
401. the Item field with available items Pulse Output Assignment ltem Type Cumulative Totals STNOT GS OL STAMOT NETT MASS Description 14001 POP 03 ST NOT SW SWOL Frequency 5 H Grab Size i 0 m3 pulse Figure 4 15 Pulse Output Items Select an item to associate with the Pulse Output 5 Edit the description associated with the item and item type Config600 uses this value only on screen displays and reports 6 Complete the Frequency field using a Hertz value to indicate the output s pulse width For example a frequency of 5 Hz equates to a 20 millisecond pulse width with a 50 50 duty cycle The default value is 5 7 Complete the Grab Size field to indicate the number of units per pulse the type of unit being dependent on the application Config600 accumulates before sending a pulse For example use a Grab Size value of 10m to measure increments in the Cumulative Volume Totals for each outputted pulse The default is 10 8 Click OK to apply the new assignment The PCSetup screen displays showing the new assignment I O and Comms Configuration 4 19 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 4 8 1 5600 PCSetup Example01 HART Boards Each Highway Addressable Remote Transducer HART card supports 12 channels with up to 8 transmitters per channel However the S600 has an overall restriction of 50 transmitters Note You cannot add a HART board definition to an existing configuration file If you add a
402. the TIME PROP _ Sampling method Sets the volume at which automatic disabling occurs _ The default is 0 Note This field is required if you select the On _Flowrate Limit check box for Auto Disable _ Sets the minimum interval in seconds for sampling The default is 30 Note If the sample exceeds this limit the system sets the overspeed alarm and increments the overspeed counter Sets the volume of the sampling can The default is 0 5 Sets the volume of each sampling grab The default is 0 001 Sets the low limit alarm as a percentage of the Can Volume The default is 5 Cam High Limit Sets the high limit alarm as a percentage of the Can Can High High Limit _TwinCan Changeover Mode Volume The default is 90 Sets the high high alarm as a percentage of the Can Volume The default is 95 Indicates the changeover method fortwincan sampling Click w to display all valid values 3 Click in the hierarchy menu when you finish defining settings A confirmation dialog box displays 6 30 Stream Configuration Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual s600ed A Apply Changes 4 Click Yes to apply your changes The PCSetup screen displays 6 3 8 Coriolis Coriolis settings define the constants and calculation limits for a range of parameters including stream input sources and modes of operation The Coriolis settings also allow you to define alarms The system activates these alarm
403. the molar mass __ BASE DENSITY Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you useto define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for the base density BASE Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you useto COMP Zb define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for the base compressibility IDEALRD Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for the ideal relative density STD COMP Zs Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for the standard compressibility 4 Click in the hierarchy menu when you finish defining settings A confirmation dialog box displays Revised Jan 07 Stream Configuration 6 17 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual s600ed A Apply Changes 5 Click Yes to apply your changes The PCSetup screen displays 6 3 2 Gas CV ISO6976 or GPA Calorific Value settings define the composition type table to be used and calculation limits for a range of parameters including density relative density and calorific value This screen displays when you configure the S600 to use the ISO6976 or GPA standards to calculate the calorific value heating value of the gas mixture The calorific value settings also allow you to define alarms The system activates these alarms when the calculated results are not within the specified limits 1 Select
404. the number of active chords falls below the minimum permitted chords Occurs when any of the alarms in displayed group has been raised This is a common alarm if you use only a minimum alarm set You then need to determine the Occurs when the In Use value for the identified variable exceeds the Hi Hi alarm limit Occurs when the Measured period exceeds HIGH PeRioD the high period alarm limit Occurs when the Ultrasonic Meter detects a hardware failure the PRT RTD circuitry to be outside the range 0 8mA to 1 5mA INTEGrity FAIL Occurs when an input to the calculation is outside the valid range Occurs when the valve status inputs indicate that the valve is not in a valid position that is not Open Closed or Moving Occurs when the Coriolis transmitter reports an input is over range Occurs when the S600 receives an invalid increment Occurs when the Keypad composition is outside the limits set on the Gas Composition page on PCSetup Occurs when the In Use value for the identified variable falls below the Low alarm limit Occurs when the In Use value for the identified variable falls below the Low Low alarm limit Occurs when slave address x is in fault condition Occurs when the Measured period falls below the low period LOW PeRioD alarm limit Occurs when the Analog Outputs on the Coriolis transmitter are saturated Advanced Setup Configuration 7 9 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Code MA
405. tion 1 LIQ Station 2 GAS Wrait Time Stream 1 LIQ TURBINE Stream 2 LIQ TURBINE Hold Time Tolerance Stream 3 LIQ TURBINE L Stream 4 PRV BALL Runz Algorithm Constants Hardware Alarm Limits d Stream 5 GAS DP Enable User Stages H Stream 6 GAS DP H Stream GAS DP H Stream 3 GAS ULTRASONIC H Advanced Setup K Factor 0 5 0 5 H E Required Maximum Prover mode For Help press F1 Security Level ae Figure 6 81 Run Data screen Ball Prover 2 Complete the following fields Field Description Override Disables temperature and pressure stability checking The default is unchecked stability checking is enabled Note If you do not enable this option you must complete the Wait Time and Hold Time fields Wait Time Sets in seconds how long the S600 waits for stability before moving to the hold stability prover stage The eat is 60 Hold Time Sets in seconds how long the S600 holds stability before starting prover runs The default is 10 Note The S600 aborts the prover run if stability is lost during the stability hold time Required Sets the required number of consecutive runs which must be within the defined tolerance limits typically 5 The default is 5 Maximum Sets the maximum number of runs to perform before aborting the sequence up to 12 for the S600 The default is 12 RevisedJan 07 StreamConfiguration 66 141 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual
406. to COMP Zb define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm A limits for base compressibility IDEAL RD Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm o limits for ideal relative density STD COMP Zs Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for standard compressibility 4 Click in the hierarchy menu when you finish defining settings A confirmation dialog box displays s600ed A Apply Changes 5 Click Yes to apply your changes The PCSetup screen displays 6 6 2 Gas CV 1506976 or GPA Calorific Value settings define the composition type table to be used and calculation limits for a range of parameters including density relative density and calorific value This screen displays when you configure the S600 to use the S06976 or GPA standards to calculate the calorific value heating value of the gas mixture The calorific value settings also allow you to define alarms The system activates these alarms when the calculated results are not within the specified limits 1 Select Gas CV from the hierarchy menu The Calorific Value screen displays Stream Configuration Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 5600 PCSetup ExampleM File Edit View Tools Window Help o a E ta f 00t1e System Graphic System Setup I O Setup Station 1 Station 2 Stream 1 GAS
407. to organize the items you place on the Calc Explorer screen Add All Inputs Use this option to add all defined inputs for the selected item to the Calc Explorer screen 1 Right click an item to display the Calc Explorer menu Revised Jan 07 Advanced Setup Configuration 7 23 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 1 5600 PCSetup complex File Edit View Tools Window Help Cae 2er AS 1 00 tla System Graphic System Setup I O Setup Station 1 LIQ Station 2 GAS Stream 1 LIQ TURBINE Stream 2 LIQ TURBINE Steam 3 LIQ TURBINE Stream 4 PRV BALL STRO4 PID MF CALC Stream 5 GAS DP Calculatic TER Stream 6 GAS DP eas i Stream 7 GAS DP Akl Ouan Stream 8 GAS ULTRASONIC Advanced Setup Delete Item s Conversions Constants Add All Inputs Totals Descriptions Add All Outputs Alarms Security Displays Webserver ao Calc Explorer Clear All Zoom In Fe H H H H H H H E E mm Zoom Out Save As Bitmap Figure 7 18 Adding Inputs 2 Click Add All Inputs The Calc Explorer displays all inputs for the selected item t 5600 PCSetup complex File Edit View Tools Window Help D da iba a A OO t l n System Graphic H System Setup H 1 0 Setup H Station 1 LIQ Station 2 GAS Stream 1 LIQ TURBINE Stream 2 LIQ TURBINE Stream 3 LIQ TURBINE Stream 4 PRV BALL ide di STRO4 PID MF CALC Stream 5 GAS DP Keypad Reals pls m3 Calculation Tables Stream 6
408. to save configurations and the System Graphic utility Chapter 3 Describes the System Setup screens Versions Units System Setup Reports and Totalisation in the PCSetup Editor and Configuration the configuration wizard Chapter 4 Describes the Input Output I O assignment screens I O and Comms the PID loop settings screens and the communication Configuration task settings screen in the PCSetup Editor Chapter 5 Describes the Station Settings screens in the PCSetup Stations Editor Note Station setup information also includes some stream information Chapter 6 Describes the Stream Settings screens in the PCSetup Streams Editor Chapter 7 Describes the Advanced Setup screens Conversions Advanced Setup Totals Descriptors Alarms Security and Configuration Displays Webserver in the PCSetup Editor and the Calc Explorer utility Chapter 8 Describes the configuration transfer utility Config Transfer Introduction 1 1 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 1 2 on Describes the report format editor Chapter 10 Describes the editor used to customize the front panel Display Editor and webserver displays of the S600 vara Lan Describes the Modbus map editor Glossary Provides definitions of acronyms and terms Index Provides an alphabetic listing of items and topics contained in this manual Software Basics Conf1g600 software is a Windows based suite of tools that enables you to configure and communicate wi
409. tput channel to an individual data item You can also assign individual data items to more than one output which allows you to create a repeat signal Up to four analog output channels are available for each installed P144 I O board Neither the P154 nor the P188 I O board has any available analog output channels Editing To edit an analog output data item 1 Select the Analog Outputs component from the hierarchy menu The system displays all currently defined analog outputs in the right hand pane Double click an analog output to edit The Analog Output Assignment dialog box displays Select the Item Type to assign the Analog Output or select Unassigned to deselect the output Config600 completes the Item field with available data items Analog Output Assignment ltem Type STAN GSVOL FAT Analog Inputs STNO MASS FAT PRT ATO Inputs 5TNO MOL FRI FID Control Loops STNOT OBS DENS STNO1 STD DENSITY 20 STNOM ITAK DENSITY ROC STNO1 AVE TEMP Pare STNO1 AVE PRESS Description 12007 DAC 04 STNI AVE SPARE 1 STNOT AYE SPARE 2 Low scale 0 math STNO1 AVE SPARE 3 ST TN AVE SPARE 4 High scale 110000000 mah STNA NSWOI ERA ad Conversions 4 to z mA Cancel hal Figure 4 9 Analog Output Items 4 Click on a data item to assign to the item type 5 Review the contents of the Description field and change if appropriate Define the output scales by entering values in the Low scale and High scale fields S600 u
410. ttings on the menu An input specific dialog box displays Note You can also click the Settings icon on the toolbar after highlighting the data item to display the menu Board 1 P144 IIO Channel 9 Analog Inputs Board 1 P144 IIO Channel 1 PRT RTD Inputs Initial Mode KEYPAD ciclo Initial Mode KEYPAD y ON i il wi E lwi ET Behaviour Keypad Fail withRecovey y AS Behaviour Keypad Fail with Recovery vw Non Linear Cal Keypad fo High Scale 00 Keypad 140 Deg C fo Description 1 001 ADC 9 O SERE Description 1 001 PRT 01 Mas High Fail 20 5 m s Misc il 3 5 ROC 110 ls A i ROC 110 Deg C s E Calibration A Calibration Setpoint 50 Setpoint 25 Deg C Low Scale fo Low Scale fo Deg C Deviation 20 Deviation 5 Deg C Mid Scale 50 Mid Scale fi 0 Deg C EE High Scale 100 aE ERE High Scale 20 Deg C High High wv f 05 High High P High Y 102 High E Low iv 2 Low a IS O x Low Low Low Low Cancel Cancel Board 2 HART Channel 6 Sensor 1 Hart Devices Initial Mode KEYPAD Conversion Behaviour Keypad Fail with Recovery v Keypad fi 00 mbar Description 1 002 CH 6 SENS 1 Misc ROC fi 0 mbar s Setpoint 50 mbar Calibration Low Scale Deviation 20 mbar Mid Scale Alarm Limits Enabled High Scale High High Y A High iv B Y E lv AD Low Low Low Cancel Figure 4 7 Analog Input PRT RTD and HART dialog boxes 3 Select an
411. tton Click it to display a dialog box on which you indicate the order in which the gas composition information comes into the S600 via telemetry 0 indicates any component which is not included in the Modbus map Note The Modbus map you create must be compatible with the controller to which the S600 is connected Refer to Chapter 11 Modbus Editor for further information Siemens S600 is connected to a Siemens Advance Maxum via a Siemens Network Access Unit NAU Indicates the communications port 1 7 the S600 uses to communicate with the controller Click w to display all valid values The default is PORT 5 Define this value here and on the I O Setup Comms screen click CHROMAT COMMS Note This field displays only if you selected CHROMAT 1 as the chromatograph configuration a ype Address Configures multi drop chromatograph support Do not change unless advised to do so Note This field displays only if you selected CHROMAT 1 as the chromatograph configuration __lype Sets the chromat analysis stream assigned to this metering stream The default is 1 Note This field displays only if you selected CHROMAT 1 as the chromatograph configuration type If you need to support more than one stream contact technical support Sets the maximum number of seconds the S600 waits to receive a new composition from the chromatograph controller before raising an alarm The default is 900 Note This field displays
412. ue it sets the flow rate and input frequency to zero although totalisation still Occurs 7 Complete the fields in the Thresholds pane which displays only if you selected Dual Level A or B as a pulse mode Field Reset Bad Pulse Description Determines the number of consecutive valid pulses the system must receive after the occurrence of the bad pulse alarm before it clears the bad pulse alarm The default value is 200000 Note Config600 ignores all bad pulses that occur below the value you enter in the Error Check Indicates the number of bad pulses that need to accumulate in the bad pulse buffer before the system raises the bad pulse alarm The default is 50 8 Complete the fields in the Bad Pulse Configuration pane which displays only 1f you selected Dual Level A or B as a pulse mode Field Bad Pulse Reset Mode Error Check Frequency Revised Jan 07 I O and Comms Configuration Description Defines how the system manages the bad pulse buffer Valid values are Clear clear the buffer when the input frequency is below the error check frequency or Set do not clear the buffer The default value is Clear Config600 detects and records bad pulses below this value Config600 does not include them in bad pulse checking Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 9 Click OK to apply the assignments The PCSetup screen displays showing your new values Editing To edit the description for a pulse input data item
413. ughput per pulse Mode Indicates the sampling mode Only the Single sampler _ option is currently supported Can Fill Determines when the sampling can is full Click w to Indicator display valid values Uses the number of pulses output to the sample to determine when the can is full Uses a Digital Input to determine when the can is full Uses an Analog Input to determine when the can is full When this value is greater than or equal to the value in the Can Volume field the can is On Can Full Select to automatically disable the sampling process _ when the can is full On Flowrate Select to automatically disable the sampling process __ Limit when the flowrate is less than the value of the Flowrate _ Low Limit On Flow Status Select to automatically disable the sampling process when the flow status value is not on line Select to automatically restart the sampling process following an automatic disabling Indicates in cubic meters the flow volume This is the value the Flow Prop1 and Flow Prop2 sampling methods use for their calculations Indicates in hours the amount of time required to fill the sampling can This is the value the Time Prop Can Fill Period Flowrate Low Indicates in cubic meters the low limit of flowrate that Limit Minimum Interval Can Volume Station Configuration _automatically disables the sampling process Indicates in seconds the minimum amount of time between grabs T
414. ure 9 4 Select Config dialog box 2 Select a configuration Note that Config600 completes the information fields for the selected configuration select Config Description HS05 ANP 2 streams 1 prover 1 station Config Version 261 Last Edited OF Jul 2005 Config Format 6 Min or 0 3 25 Delete canos Figure 9 5 Select Config dialog box 3 Click OK Config600 loads all of the reports defined within that configuration file and displays the first report on the Report Editor screen Note that the screen s title bar now displays the report name rep8 txt in this case 9 4 Report Editor Revised Jan 07 Config600 Report Editor rep8 txt By Fie Edit view MUY Help New Window Cascade Tile Arrange Icons 1rep1 txt 2repi5 txt 3rep3 txt 4 rep4 txt Srep7 txt v 6reps txt 0 00 000 2 ARCHIVE 000 000 000 000 0 00 0 00 0 00 000 3 ARCHIVE 000 000 000 000 0 00 0 00 0 00 000 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Figure 9 6 Report Editor screen populated Note By default Report Editor displays the rep8 txt report first To display a list of all currently defined reports within this configuration file click the Window option on the menu bar 9 1 1 Revised Jan 07 Report Names Conf1g600 uses the following naming convention for the report files Y ou cannot change these report file names which are listed so you can locate them
415. urrently not used Sets a maximum allowable flowrate The default is 160 3 Click any of the following buttons to set meter variable limits Button SERIAL PRESS SERIAL DENSITY Coriolis Comms Description Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for serial pressure Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for serial temperature ss Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for serial density O O Displays an Analog Input dialog box you use to define various values for the analog input For further information refer to Section 4 3 Analog Inputs Displays an Analog Input dialog box you use to define various values for the analog input For further Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for I O density Accesses the I O Setup screen in Comms 4 Click in the hierarchy menu when you finish defining settings A confirmation dialog box displays s600ed A Apply Changes 5 Click Yes to apply your changes The PCSetup screen displays Revised Jan 07 Stream Configuration 6 33 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 6 4 6 34 Gas DP AN caution 6 4 1 These stream settings are specific to
416. use this range until it reaches point A 237 5 mbar At that point the S600 switches to the mid range point B If the mid range is in use and the differential pressure 1s still rising the S600 continues to use this range until 1t reaches point E 475 0 mbar At that point the S600 switches to the high range point F If the high range is in use and the differential pressure is falling the S600 continues to use this range until 1t reaches point H 450 0 mbar At that point the S600 switches to the mid range point G If the mid range is in use and the differential pressure 1s still falling the S600 continues to use this range until it reaches point C 225 0 mbar At that point the S600 switches to the low range point D Stream Configuration 6 75 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Low Cell Mid Cell Hi Cell 20 A E Transducer Current mA 250 500 750 1000 Differential Pressure mbar Figure 6 39 Lo Mid Hi Cell Input Handling Figures 6 40 through 6 43 provide flowcharts showing how the S600 handles this 6 76 Stream Configuration Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Enter Is Lo Cell Yes Is Lo Cell No Is Mid Cell No Is Hi Cell No Fail to DP Stack In Use Available Available Available Keypad Value No vw gl Fail to DP Stack Keypad Value Is Mid Cell Is Mid Cell No Is Lo Cell Is Hi Cell In Use Available Available Available No Yes Yes Yes Is Hi Cell Yes Is Hi Cell No
417. uter as raw current mA value but will be displayed as the calculated pressure value according to the scaling of the input Stream Configuration 6 167 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 6 168 Stream Configuration Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Chapter 7 Advanced Setup Configuration Y ou initially define the Advanced settings which include conversion factors totals descriptors alarm mappings Passwords and stream to station mappings when you create an S600 configuration file To edit these settings select Advanced Setup in the PCSetup Editor In This Chapter 7 1 7 2 7 3 7 4 7 9 7 6 GOAVEFSIONS GONStAMIS ass noi hedole A checseda testi aeaatlae 7 1 Otal DOSCIDLONS atacada darla lado aaanecseanes 7 3 A ated hehe Pats chee thirst Sette ac alta ae 7 4 Tal Alarm Descuido Seda 7 7 Sec ii AA ea ee 7 13 F441 Data Mem Secunia eee hate 7 16 742 PCsetuo Editor Lolli 7 18 Dis plays W eCDSeIvel n d ee ee 7 19 Cal Explorer tae eos est ee ee 7 20 7 1 Conversions Constants Revised Jan 07 S600 acquires the default conversion factors from the API Publication 2564 Chapter 15 However you can edit these settings If the units conversions have been changed elsewhere change the values in Conversions including Density of Water see Figure 7 1 Note The S600 does not perform unit conversions on coefficients For that reason always ensure that the coefficients are related to the selected units
418. utput cannot match the required pulse rate or when the number of pulses to be output exceeds the pulse reservoir Occurs when the high frequency limit has been exceeded Some pulses may be unaccounted for Occurs when the internal printer queue is filled This may clear if the printer is made available but some O P ERR OVERFLOW O FLOW PRINTING ERR Occurs when the S600 detects a hardware failure of the indicated I O board I O Board Hardware Failure If this alarm occurs remove the S600 from service and replace the faulty I O board before returning the S600 to service PIC FAIL PRE WARN Occurs when a power reset occurs on the Coriolis transmitter PWR RESET PR OP SAT PR OP FXD transmitter is in fixed mode 7 10 Advanced Setup Configuration Revised Jan 07 Code ROC RESET ROM FAIL RAM FAIL RT INT RX FAIL SCALING SAMPLER SEAL FAIL SELECT SPLITS SPEED STOPPED SENS FAIL SLUG FLOW SELF CALIB SEC OP SAT SEC OP FXD TOT RES TOT PART TOT CORR TOT ROLL OVR TOT ROLL UDR Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Description Occurs when the ROC Rate Of Change exceeds the Occurs if the S600 detects a discrepancy between the S600 calculated checksum and a preset checksum If this alarm occurs remove the S600 from service Note This alarm is also used to check the I O board Occurs if the S600 detects a discrepancy between the data written to
419. uts Revised Jan 07 NO Reference Temp 1 5 Deg E r BASE DENSITY Field Density Table Units BASE DENS DT Config600 Lite Lite User Manual DER Live Inputs Calculation Results MTA PRESS METER CCF Pe METER CTL METER cL Security Level 1 Figure 6 79 Standard Density Correction screen 2 Complete the following fields Description Indicates the density units the S600 uses for the density correction calculations Click w to display all valid values The default is KG M3 DEG API Use degrees API KG M3 Use kilograms per cubic meter S G Use specific gravity Indicates the type of petroleum product involved in the calculation Click w to display all valid values The default is A CRUDE Indicates the specific CPL calculation the S600 uses Click w to display all valid values The default is API1221M Indicates whether the S600 rounds the calculation results Valid values are YES and NO the default is SAEAONeeEeNeneeeeneeeeeneaeeeneaeeneNOSEEEONOSEEE SEES ESET ESESESESSEESSSESEEL AAA AAA AAA eeeene we Sets the reference temperature for the correction calculations The default is 15 degrees C Sets the coefficient of thermal expansion The default is 0 Sets the compressibility factor for the liquid also known as the beta factor The default is 0 Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for
420. value The default is 0 Note This field provides compatibility with early Coriolis meters Do not change this value unless Sets a pulse correction factor value The default is 0 Note This field provides compatibility with early Coriolis meters Do not change this value unless directed by technical support personnel Sets a flow calibration pressure value The default is 0 Note This field provides compatibility with early Coriolis meters Do not change this value unless _ directed by technical support personnel Indicates the source of pressure l O Select CORIOLIS to use data from the Coriolis serial link Select I O to either use data from the ADC PRT Density inputs if correctly configured or from the Coriolis serial link if incorrectly configured Click w to display all valid values The default is CORIOLIS Note If you select I O remember to configure the analog inputs Indicates the source of temperature I O Select CORIOLIS to use data from the Coriolis serial link Select I O to either use data from the ADC PRT Density inputs if correctly configured or from the Coriolis serial link if incorrectly configured Click w to display all valid values The default is CORIOLIS Note If you select I O remember to configure the to use data from the Coriolis serial link Select I O to either use data from the ADC PRT Density inputs if correctly configured or from the Coriolis serial link if incorrectly configured
421. when any daily weekly or monthly reports print also known as contract hour S600 supports three basetimes A system option used to allow a liquid station within the S600 to control a number of streams to dispatch a precise amount of product If batch control is required it should be enabled on all relevant streams and on the station settings during the configuration generation stage Baud rate An indicator of the rate of serial data transfer for example a baud rate of 10 indicates 10 bits per second or approximately 1 character per second Binary Numbers in base 2 that is only numbers O and 1 are used May be represented as a digital signal and referred to as True False High Low or On Off Bit A binary digit either a binary O or 1 One byte is the amount of memory needed to store each character of information text or numbers Eight bits constitute one byte or character Bit Link A metal bridge that closes an electrical circuit also known as a jumper Typically a bit link consists of a plastic plug that fits over a pair of protruding pins Placing a bit link plug over a different set of pins allows you to change a board s parameters Bit switch Switches that represent data bits by on or off state Buffer A device inserted between devices to match impedance equipment speeds or to Revised Jan 07 supply additional drive capability Also a storage area for data that compensates for the speed difference when transferri
422. when the calculated results are not within the specified limits 1 Select AGAS from the hierarchy menu The AGAS screen displays D0O0O t 18 Status Control Method Misc METER PRESS METER TEMP REAL RD SG GROSS HY Calculation Limits METER DENSITY BASE DENSITY IDEAL RD UPSTR COMP Zf BASE COMP Zb STD COMP Zs MOLAR MASS DETAIL Standard Pressure fo barg fi 5 Deg C Temperature Security Level 1 Figure 6 59 AGAS screen Stream Configuration Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 2 Complete the following fields Field Description Method Indicates the compressibility method Click w to display all valid values The default is Detail 7 Detail Uses 20 component values temperature AA and pressure Grosst Uses SG Heating Value COs o temperature and pressure Gross2 Uses SG Ne COs temperature and o pressure VNIC Uses 20 component values temperature o _ and pressure Pressure Sets the pressure under standard conditions The a defaults O Temperature Sets the temperature under standard conditions The METER Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to PRESSURE define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for meter pressure METER TEMP Displays a Calculation Result dialog box you use to define the mode keypad value and the specific alarm limits for meter temperature REAL RD SG Displays a Calculation Resu
423. wrate gt 0 0 then TWA period time TWA process var delta period time delta period time period time delta As an example steady flowrate 360 m hour initial temperature 15 deg C increasing at 0 1 deg C every second present TWA 15 0 At 00 00 00 TWA period time 0 0 t 15 0 TWA 15 0 No action TWA remains at 15 0 At 00 00 01 TWA period time 0 0 t 15 1 TWA 15 0 Delta 0 1 0 0 0 1 TWA 0 0 15 0 15 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 15 1 TWA period time 0 0 0 1 0 1 At 00 00 02 TWA period time 0 1 t 15 2 TWA 15 1 Delta 0 2 0 1 0 1 TWA 0 1 15 1 15 2 0 1 0 1 0 1 15 15 TWA period time 0 1 0 1 0 2 At 00 00 03 TWA period time 0 2 t 15 3 TWA 15 15 Delta 0 3 0 2 0 1 TWA 0 2 15 15 15 3 0 1 0 2 0 1 15 2 TWA period time 0 2 0 1 0 3 At 00 00 04 TWA period time 0 3 t 15 4 TWA 15 2 Delta 0 4 0 3 0 1 TWA 0 3 15 2 15 4 0 1 0 3 0 1 15 25 TWA period time 0 3 0 1 0 4 Revised Jan 07 Stream Configuration 6 13 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual Time Weighted Averaging XFLOW TW XFLOW The S600 calculates TWA XFLOW regardless of the measured flowrate The algorithm used is the same as that for TWA with the exception that the system does not check 1f the flowrate 1s greater than zero Refer to the TWA description for an example Note The methods detailed for flow and time weighted av
424. x displays s600ed A Apply Changes Revised Jan 07 Stream Configuration 6 127 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 6 Click Yes to apply your changes The PCSetup screen displays 6 7 4 Standard Density Correction This calculation enables you to use base density to determine the factors for the correction for temperature of the liquid at the meter CTL and the correction for the pressure of the liquid at the meter CPL The system then uses the CTL and CPL values to correct the metered volume to reference conditions 1 Select Standard Density Correction from the hierarchy menu The Standard Density Correction screen displays t 5600 PCSetup GasConfig2 File Edit View Tools Window Help O 6 el ta E 500 tA1 3 7 System Graphic E System Setup Density Table Units KG PTE I O Setup Product Selection Live Inputs Calculation Results Station 1 GAS See Observed Density Correction for product selection Station 2 LIQ cee F SEL TEMF MTA DENS DT ae roduct Type A CRUDE ve E nome a eam 2 e CPL Calculation me Stream 3 LIQ CORIOLIS el APITT21M MTA Pe General Rounding HO Flowrate Batching Reference Temp i 5 Deg Flow Switching Time amp Flow Weighted Averaging Alpha 0 Linearisation SEC oc Sampling Observed Density Correction BASE DENS DT S5TROS DT TO BASE STRO3 SEL TO BASE Standard Density Correction Coriolis Stream 4 LIQ CORIOLIS Stream 5 PRW BALL Advanced Setup
425. xclude batching This is a Batching default value Sampling Perform twin can sampling No Do not perform sampling This Sampling is a default value Option1 Calculate standard density using header density from station input with header temperature and pressure from stream inputs Calculate meter density using standard density with meter temperature and pressure Option2 Calculate meter density using station standard density with meter temperature and pressure Option3 Calculate standard density using header density from stream input with header temperature and pressure from stream input Calculate meter density using standard density with meter temperature Option4 Calculate standard density using meter density from stream input with meter temperature and pressure Option5 Calculate meter density using stream standard density with meter temperature and pressure inputs This is a E default value o Valves Perform monitoring and optional driving of valves This is a default value o No Valves Exclude valves Batching Perform batch monitoring or control Configure batch reporting to include batch totals E objects 2 No Exclude batching This is a Batching default value Sampling Perform twin can sampling No Do not perform sampling This Sampling is a default value Select one of three Prover options Ball Compact or Mmeter Each option has pre set sub options although you can specify a Me
426. xit Config600 displays a dialog box asking to save those changes to your configuration file s600ed Click Yes to apply the changes to your configuration file Click the Reports option to display a screen identifying the reports currently associated with your configuration Figure 3 4 Config600 provides two report categories General and Base Time General Reports General reports which generate as a result of some exception event include Report Name Definition Batch Shows totals for the end of the batch Current Shows the current flow rate and cumulative totals Note You can request this report from the S600 front panel or webserver ANNIE INNER NINAS GEI UN NIE N UNS FUN UN SUSE NNF NIUE UNI NIN SEI NN NANI UN NANI UNES UN UNEN UN LN SEI UI NINA UI LN SNA UN NR UNEN EN RNNEN NIE N UNI N NUERA NN URNA NINA NANI NINA NINA NANI UNA NI NINA NIN INN UN UNI UI UN NI UN NGN IUNN NUI NN LIN UN ENE RUN ENS NANI ERE RI ERE BI LIRA ESSE Maint _ Shows totals as you enter and exit maintenance mode _ Prover Vol Reserved for prover configurations summarises trial a runs and final volume data for a prove run Prover Mass Reserved for prover configurations summarises trial mm runs and final mass data for a prove fun User defined 21 reports with content you define Compact Hourly report option may appear on this listing This report a system generated base time Hourly report is available but no longer supported
427. ystem Graphic System Setup DateTime Parameters a DateFormat DD MMY Units Reports DISABLED v Totalisation Dista DISABLED z Time 1 0 Setup Station 1 GAS Station 2 LIQ Stream 1 GAS CORIOLIS Stream 2 PRV BALL Advanced Setup Security Level 1 Figure 3 10 Date Time Parameters 1 Review the Date Format which S600 uses when displaying dates throughout the system Click w to display available format options The default format is DD MM YY YY 2 Review the Time Accept value which S600 uses to perform time synchronisation procedures for a supervisory system see Section 3 5 1 Configuring the Time Accept Parameters Valid values are Automatic and Disabled Click w to display the valid values The default is Disabled Note If you change any values on this screen and try to exit Config600 displays a dialog box asking to save those changes to your configuration file 3 12 System Setup Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual s600ed Click Yes to apply the changes to your configuration file 3 5 1 Configuring the Time Accept Parameter The Time Accept value on the Date Time Parameters screen enables you to configure the S600 through its front panel so you can set synchronise its system clock locally or remotely This is typically a function used in supervisory systems Setting the Time Accept value to Automatic is only one part of a multi step process You must
428. ystem averages the component of each value Click w to display all options MASS Average based on percentage of mass each component contributes For example ethane could contribute more mass than methane even though there is a higher percentage of methane This is the default value MOL Average based on the mol percentage each component contributes TOTALS Determine component mass totals based on the percentage mass each component contributes Normalisation Indicates whether the system normalises components Click w to display all options The default is CLEAR non normalised 5 Select the REV option and repeat step 4 6 Click in the hierarchy menu when you finish defining settings A confirmation dialog box displays s600ed 7 Click Yes to apply your changes The PCSetup screen displays 6 2 5 Block Valves Block Valve settings define the type of valves used as well as any associated settings and alarms The system activates these alarms when the relevant timers expire or when the status is different than expected 1 Select Block Values from the hierarchy menu The Block Valves screen displays 6 10 Stream Configuration Revised Jan 07 Config600 Lite Lite User Manual 600 PCSetup ExampleT File Edit View Tools Window Help Dw amp E DOtA1S System Graphic System Setup 1 0 Setup Type SOLENIOD Travel 10 sec Station 1 LIQ Flowrate Average Temp amp Pres Stream 1 L

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

Desa LSFG20NT User's Manual  RibEye™Software User`s Manual September 2010  AERO4GEN OWNERS MANUAL  CPC308 User Manual  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file